From: nsz Date: Fri, 22 Jul 2011 20:26:33 +0000 (+0200) Subject: cosmetic change (h6 is small on modern browsers) X-Git-Url: http://nsz.repo.hu/git/?p=c-standard;a=commitdiff_plain;h=6fa09ff7f9eb20582513c80f0fa883b056bde241 cosmetic change (h6 is small on modern browsers) --- diff --git a/ann2html.sh b/ann2html.sh index b628fe6..a4c127c 100755 --- a/ann2html.sh +++ b/ann2html.sh @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ seencontents && !seenfore && /^[^@]/ { } /^ ?(Syntax|Semantics|Description|Constraints|Synopsis|Returns|Recommended practice|Implementation limits|Environmental limits)$/ { - ss[sid] = ss[sid] "
" $0 "
\n" + ss[sid] = ss[sid] "

" $0 "\n" next } @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ END { print ss[i] n = split(snote[i],a) if (n > 0) { - s = "

footnotes
\n" + s = "

Footnotes\n" for (j = 1; j <= n; j++) { s = s "

" a[j] ")" note[a[j]+0] "\n" } diff --git a/n1256.html b/n1256.html index 1c784ea..c88b2e6 100644 --- a/n1256.html +++ b/n1256.html @@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ WG14/N1256 Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007 -

footnotes
+

Footnotes

1) This International Standard is designed to promote the portability of C programs among a variety of data-processing systems. It is intended for use by implementors and programmers. @@ -878,7 +878,7 @@ WG14/N1256 Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007 -

footnotes
+

Footnotes

2) A strictly conforming program can use conditional features (such as those in annex F) provided the use is guarded by a #ifdef directive with the appropriate macro. For example: @@ -979,7 +979,7 @@ WG14/N1256 Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007 -

footnotes
+

Footnotes

5) Implementations shall behave as if these separate phases occur, even though many are typically folded together in practice. Source files, translation units, and translated translation units need not necessarily be stored as files, nor need there be any one-to-one correspondence between these entities @@ -1010,7 +1010,7 @@ WG14/N1256 Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007 as being both a constraint error and resulting in undefined behavior, the constraint error shall be diagnosed. -

footnotes
+

Footnotes

8) The intent is that an implementation should identify the nature of, and where possible localize, each violation. Of course, an implementation is free to produce any number of diagnostics as long as a valid program is still correctly translated. It may also successfully translate an invalid program. @@ -1083,7 +1083,7 @@ WG14/N1256 Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007 startup and program termination. -

footnotes
+

Footnotes

9) Thus, int can be replaced by a typedef name defined as int, or the type of argv can be written as char ** argv, and so on. @@ -1106,7 +1106,7 @@ WG14/N1256 Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007 termination status returned to the host environment is unspecified.

Forward references: definition of terms (7.1.1), the exit function (7.20.4.3). -

footnotes
+

Footnotes

10) In accordance with 6.2.4, the lifetimes of objects with automatic storage duration declared in main will have ended in the former case, even where they would not have in the latter. @@ -1278,7 +1278,7 @@ WG14/N1256 Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007 signal function (7.14), files (7.19.3). -

footnotes
+

Footnotes

11) The IEC 60559 standard for binary floating-point arithmetic requires certain user-accessible status flags and control modes. Floating-point operations implicitly set the status flags; modes affect result values of floating-point operations. Implementations that support such floating-point state are @@ -1378,7 +1378,7 @@ WG14/N1256 Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007 -

footnotes
+

Footnotes

12) The trigraph sequences enable the input of characters that are not defined in the Invariant Code Set as described in ISO/IEC 646, which is a subset of the seven-bit US ASCII code set. @@ -1506,7 +1506,7 @@ WG14/N1256 Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007

  • 63 levels of nested structure or union definitions in a single struct-declaration-list -
    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    13) Implementations should avoid imposing fixed translation limits whenever possible.

    14) See ''future language directions'' (6.11.3). @@ -1617,7 +1617,7 @@ WG14/N1256 Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007 UCHAR_MAX.15) The value UCHAR_MAX shall equal 2CHAR_BIT - 1.

    Forward references: representations of types (6.2.6), conditional inclusion (6.10.1). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    15) See 6.2.5. @@ -1811,7 +1811,7 @@ WG14/N1256 Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007 LDBL_MIN 1E-37 -

    Recommended practice
    +

    Recommended practice

    Conversion from (at least) double to decimal with DECIMAL_DIG digits and back should be the identity function. @@ -1898,7 +1898,7 @@ WG14/N1256 Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007 (7.20), input/output <stdio.h> (7.19), mathematics <math.h> (7.12). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    16) The floating-point model is intended to clarify the description of each floating-point characteristic and does not require the floating-point arithmetic of the implementation to be identical. @@ -2030,7 +2030,7 @@ WG14/N1256 Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007

    Forward references: declarations (6.7), expressions (6.5), external definitions (6.9), statements (6.8). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    21) There is no linkage between different identifiers.

    22) A function declaration can contain the storage-class specifier static only if it is at file scope; see @@ -2063,7 +2063,7 @@ WG14/N1256 Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007 -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    24) There is only one name space for tags even though three are possible. @@ -2107,7 +2107,7 @@ WG14/N1256 Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007 -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    25) The term ''constant address'' means that two pointers to the object constructed at possibly different times will compare equal. The address may be different during two different executions of the same program. @@ -2298,7 +2298,7 @@ WG14/N1256 Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007

    Forward references: compatible type and composite type (6.2.7), declarations (6.7). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    28) Implementation-defined keywords shall have the form of an identifier reserved for any use as described in 7.1.3. @@ -2384,7 +2384,7 @@ WG14/N1256 Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007

    Forward references: declarations (6.7), expressions (6.5), lvalues, arrays, and function designators (6.3.2.1). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    40) A positional representation for integers that uses the binary digits 0 and 1, in which the values represented by successive bits are additive, begin with 1, and are multiplied by successive integral powers of 2, except perhaps the bit with the highest position. (Adapted from the American National @@ -2459,7 +2459,7 @@ WG14/N1256 Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007 for signed integer types the width is one greater than the precision. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    44) Some combinations of padding bits might generate trap representations, for example, if one padding bit is a parity bit. Regardless, no arithmetic operation on valid values can generate a trap representation other than as part of an exceptional condition such as an overflow, and this cannot occur @@ -2526,7 +2526,7 @@ WG14/N1256 Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007 int f(int (*)(char *), double (*)[3]); -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    46) Two types need not be identical to be compatible.

    47) As specified in 6.2.1, the later declaration might hide the prior declaration. @@ -2589,7 +2589,7 @@ WG14/N1256 Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007

    Forward references: enumeration specifiers (6.7.2.2), structure and union specifiers (6.7.2.1). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    48) The integer promotions are applied only: as part of the usual arithmetic conversions, to certain argument expressions, to the operands of the unary +, -, and ~ operators, and to both operands of the shift operators, as specified by their respective subclauses. @@ -2612,7 +2612,7 @@ WG14/N1256 Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007 Otherwise, the new type is signed and the value cannot be represented in it; either the result is implementation-defined or an implementation-defined signal is raised. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    49) The rules describe arithmetic on the mathematical value, not the value of a given type of expression. @@ -2631,7 +2631,7 @@ WG14/N1256 Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007 in an implementation-defined manner. If the value being converted is outside the range of values that can be represented, the behavior is undefined. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    50) The remaindering operation performed when a value of integer type is converted to unsigned type need not be performed when a value of real floating type is converted to unsigned type. Thus, the range of portable real floating values is (-1, Utype_MAX+1). @@ -2716,7 +2716,7 @@ WG14/N1256 Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007 -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    51) For example, addition of a double _Complex and a float entails just the conversion of the float operand to double (and yields a double _Complex result). @@ -2762,7 +2762,7 @@ WG14/N1256 Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007 -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    53) The name ''lvalue'' comes originally from the assignment expression E1 = E2, in which the left operand E1 is required to be a (modifiable) lvalue. It is perhaps better considered as representing an object ''locator value''. What is sometimes called ''rvalue'' is in this International Standard described @@ -2828,7 +2828,7 @@ WG14/N1256 Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007 capable of holding object pointers (7.18.1.4), simple assignment (6.5.16.1). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    55) The macro NULL is defined in <stddef.h> (and other headers) as a null pointer constant; see 7.17.

    56) The mapping functions for converting a pointer to an integer or an integer to a pointer are intended to @@ -2840,7 +2840,7 @@ WG14/N1256 Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007

    6.4 Lexical elements

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax 

               token:
@@ -2858,11 +2858,11 @@ WG14/N1256                Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007
                  punctuator
                  each non-white-space character that cannot be one of the above
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    Each preprocessing token that is converted to a token shall have the lexical form of a keyword, an identifier, a constant, a string literal, or a punctuator. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    A token is the minimal lexical element of the language in translation phases 7 and 8. The categories of tokens are: keywords, identifiers, constants, string literals, and punctuators. @@ -2907,13 +2907,13 @@ WG14/N1256 Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007 (6.5.3.1), preprocessing directives (6.10), preprocessing numbers (6.4.8), string literals (6.4.5). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    58) An additional category, placemarkers, is used internally in translation phase 4 (see 6.10.3.3); it cannot occur in source files.

    6.4.1 Keywords

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax 

               keyword: one of
@@ -2928,7 +2928,7 @@ WG14/N1256                Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007
                 double                  long                  typedef
                 else                    register              union
    -
    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    The above tokens (case sensitive) are reserved (in translation phases 7 and 8) for use as keywords, and shall not be used otherwise. The keyword _Imaginary is reserved for @@ -2938,14 +2938,14 @@ WG14/N1256 Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007 -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    59) One possible specification for imaginary types appears in annex G.

    6.4.2 Identifiers

    6.4.2.1 General
    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax 

               identifier:
@@ -2964,7 +2964,7 @@ WG14/N1256                Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007
           digit: one of
                  0 1        2     3    4    5    6     7    8    9
    -
    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    An identifier is a sequence of nondigit characters (including the underscore _, the lowercase and uppercase Latin letters, and other characters) and digits, which designates @@ -2984,7 +2984,7 @@ WG14/N1256 Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007 -

    Implementation limits
    +

    Implementation limits

    As discussed in 5.2.4.1, an implementation may limit the number of significant initial characters in an identifier; the limit for an external name (an identifier that has external @@ -2996,7 +2996,7 @@ WG14/N1256 Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007 identifiers differ only in nonsignificant characters, the behavior is undefined.

    Forward references: universal character names (6.4.3), macro replacement (6.10.3). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    60) On systems in which linkers cannot accept extended characters, an encoding of the universal character name may be used in forming valid external identifiers. For example, some otherwise unused character or sequence of characters may be used to encode the \u in a universal character name. @@ -3004,7 +3004,7 @@ WG14/N1256 Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007

    6.4.2.2 Predefined identifiers
    -
    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    The identifier __func__ shall be implicitly declared by the translator as if, immediately following the opening brace of each function definition, the declaration @@ -3038,13 +3038,13 @@ WG14/N1256 Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007 -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    61) Since the name __func__ is reserved for any use by the implementation (7.1.3), if any other identifier is explicitly declared using the name __func__, the behavior is undefined.

    6.4.3 Universal character names

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax 

               universal-character-name:
@@ -3054,16 +3054,16 @@ WG14/N1256                Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007
                  hexadecimal-digit hexadecimal-digit
                               hexadecimal-digit hexadecimal-digit
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    A universal character name shall not specify a character whose short identifier is less than 00A0 other than 0024 ($), 0040 (@), or 0060 ('), nor one in the range D800 through DFFF inclusive.62) -

    Description
    +

    Description

    Universal character names may be used in identifiers, character constants, and string literals to designate characters that are not in the basic character set. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    The universal character name \Unnnnnnnn designates the character whose eight-digit short identifier (as specified by ISO/IEC 10646) is nnnnnnnn.63) Similarly, the universal @@ -3075,7 +3075,7 @@ WG14/N1256 Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007 -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    62) The disallowed characters are the characters in the basic character set and the code positions reserved by ISO/IEC 10646 for control characters, the character DELETE, and the S-zone (reserved for use by UTF-16). @@ -3084,7 +3084,7 @@ WG14/N1256 Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007

    6.4.4 Constants

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax 

               constant:
@@ -3093,16 +3093,16 @@ WG14/N1256                Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007
                  enumeration-constant
                  character-constant
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    Each constant shall have a type and the value of a constant shall be in the range of representable values for its type. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    Each constant has a type, determined by its form and value, as detailed later.

    6.4.4.1 Integer constants
    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax 

    @@ -3141,7 +3141,7 @@ WG14/N1256                Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007
         long-long-suffix: one of
                ll LL
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    An integer constant begins with a digit, but has no period or exponent part. It may have a prefix that specifies its base and a suffix that specifies its type. @@ -3151,7 +3151,7 @@ WG14/N1256 Committee Draft -- Septermber 7, 2007 digits 0 through 7 only. A hexadecimal constant consists of the prefix 0x or 0X followed by a sequence of the decimal digits and the letters a (or A) through f (or F) with values 10 through 15 respectively. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    The value of a decimal constant is computed base 10; that of an octal constant, base 8; that of a hexadecimal constant, base 16. The lexically first digit is the most significant. @@ -3233,7 +3233,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    6.4.4.2 Floating constants
    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax 

    @@ -3272,7 +3272,7 @@ unsigned long long int
           floating-suffix: one of
                  f l F L
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    A floating constant has a significand part that may be followed by an exponent part and a suffix that specifies its type. The components of the significand part may include a digit @@ -3281,7 +3281,7 @@ unsigned long long int e, E, p, or P followed by an exponent consisting of an optionally signed digit sequence. Either the whole-number part or the fraction part has to be present; for decimal floating constants, either the period or the exponent part has to be present. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    The significand part is interpreted as a (decimal or hexadecimal) rational number; the digit sequence in the exponent part is interpreted as a decimal integer. For decimal @@ -3300,7 +3300,7 @@ unsigned long long int Floating constants are converted to internal format as if at translation-time. The conversion of a floating constant shall not raise an exceptional condition or a floating- point exception at execution time. -

    Recommended practice
    +

    Recommended practice

    The implementation should produce a diagnostic message if a hexadecimal constant cannot be represented exactly in its evaluation format; the implementation should then @@ -3316,25 +3316,25 @@ unsigned long long int -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    64) The specification for the library functions recommends more accurate conversion than required for floating constants (see 7.20.1.3).

    6.4.4.3 Enumeration constants
    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax 

               enumeration-constant:
                 identifier
    -
    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int.

    Forward references: enumeration specifiers (6.7.2.2).

    6.4.4.4 Character constants
    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax 

    @@ -3364,7 +3364,7 @@ unsigned long long int
                 \x hexadecimal-digit
                 hexadecimal-escape-sequence hexadecimal-digit
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    An integer character constant is a sequence of one or more multibyte characters enclosed in single-quotes, as in 'x'. A wide character constant is the same, except prefixed by the @@ -3411,12 +3411,12 @@ unsigned long long int -

    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    The value of an octal or hexadecimal escape sequence shall be in the range of representable values for the type unsigned char for an integer character constant, or the unsigned type corresponding to wchar_t for a wide character constant. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    An integer character constant has type int. The value of an integer character constant containing a single character that maps to a single-byte execution character is the @@ -3462,13 +3462,13 @@ unsigned long long int (7.20.7.2). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    65) The semantics of these characters were discussed in 5.2.2. If any other character follows a backslash, the result is not a token and a diagnostic is required. See ''future language directions'' (6.11.4).

    6.4.5 String literals

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax 

               string-literal:
@@ -3482,7 +3482,7 @@ unsigned long long int
                                  the double-quote ", backslash \, or new-line character
                     escape-sequence
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    A character string literal is a sequence of zero or more multibyte characters enclosed in double-quotes, as in "xyz". A wide string literal is the same, except prefixed by the @@ -3493,7 +3493,7 @@ unsigned long long int character constant, except that the single-quote ' is representable either by itself or by the escape sequence \', but the double-quote " shall be represented by the escape sequence \". -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    In translation phase 6, the multibyte character sequences specified by any sequence of adjacent character and wide string literal tokens are concatenated into a single multibyte @@ -3529,13 +3529,13 @@ unsigned long long int

    Forward references: common definitions <stddef.h> (7.17), the mbstowcs function (7.20.8.1). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    66) A character string literal need not be a string (see 7.1.1), because a null character may be embedded in it by a \0 escape sequence.

    6.4.6 Punctuators

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax 

               punctuator: one of
@@ -3547,7 +3547,7 @@ unsigned long long int
                  , # ##
                  <: :> <% %> %: %:%:
    -
    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    A punctuator is a symbol that has independent syntactic and semantic significance. Depending on context, it may specify an operation to be performed (which in turn may @@ -3568,7 +3568,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    Forward references: expressions (6.5), declarations (6.7), preprocessing directives (6.10), statements (6.8). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    67) These tokens are sometimes called ''digraphs''.

    68) Thus [ and <: behave differently when ''stringized'' (see 6.10.3.2), but can otherwise be freely @@ -3576,7 +3576,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    6.4.7 Header names

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax 

               header-name:
@@ -3595,7 +3595,7 @@ unsigned long long int
                     any member of the source character set except
                                  the new-line character and "
    -
    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    The sequences in both forms of header names are mapped in an implementation-defined manner to headers or external source file names as specified in 6.10.2. @@ -3627,14 +3627,14 @@ unsigned long long int

    Forward references: source file inclusion (6.10.2). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    69) Thus, sequences of characters that resemble escape sequences cause undefined behavior.

    70) For an example of a header name preprocessing token used in a #pragma directive, see 6.10.9.

    6.4.8 Preprocessing numbers

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax 

               pp-number:
@@ -3648,14 +3648,14 @@ unsigned long long int
                 pp-number       P sign
                 pp-number       .
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    A preprocessing number begins with a digit optionally preceded by a period (.) and may be followed by valid identifier characters and the character sequences e+, e-, E+, E-, p+, p-, P+, or P-.

    Preprocessing number tokens lexically include all floating and integer constant tokens. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    A preprocessing number does not have type or a value; it acquires both after a successful conversion (as part of translation phase 7) to a floating constant token or an integer @@ -3697,7 +3697,7 @@ unsigned long long int -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    71) Thus, /* ... */ comments do not nest. @@ -3764,7 +3764,7 @@ unsigned long long int -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    72) A floating-point status flag is not an object and can be set more than once within an expression.

    73) This paragraph renders undefined statement expressions such as @@ -3804,7 +3804,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    6.5.1 Primary expressions

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax 

               primary-expression:
@@ -3813,7 +3813,7 @@ unsigned long long int
                  string-literal
                  ( expression )
    -
    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    An identifier is a primary expression, provided it has been declared as designating an object (in which case it is an lvalue) or a function (in which case it is a function @@ -3830,12 +3830,12 @@ unsigned long long int designator, or a void expression.

    Forward references: declarations (6.7). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    79) Thus, an undeclared identifier is a violation of the syntax.

    6.5.2 Postfix operators

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax 

               postfix-expression:
@@ -3861,11 +3861,11 @@ unsigned long long int
    6.5.2.1 Array subscripting
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    One of the expressions shall have type ''pointer to object type'', the other expression shall have integer type, and the result has type ''type''. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    A postfix expression followed by an expression in square brackets [] is a subscripted designation of an element of an array object. The definition of the subscript operator [] @@ -3899,7 +3899,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    6.5.2.2 Function calls
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    The expression that denotes the called function80) shall have type pointer to function returning void or returning an object type other than an array type. @@ -3908,7 +3908,7 @@ unsigned long long int number of arguments shall agree with the number of parameters. Each argument shall have a type such that its value may be assigned to an object with the unqualified version of the type of its corresponding parameter. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    A postfix expression followed by parentheses () containing a possibly empty, comma- separated list of expressions is a function call. The postfix expression denotes the called @@ -3978,7 +3978,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    Forward references: function declarators (including prototypes) (6.7.5.3), function definitions (6.9.1), the return statement (6.8.6.4), simple assignment (6.5.16.1). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    80) Most often, this is the result of converting an identifier that is a function designator.

    81) A function may change the values of its parameters, but these changes cannot affect the values of the @@ -3988,7 +3988,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    6.5.2.3 Structure and union members
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    The first operand of the . operator shall have a qualified or unqualified structure or union type, and the second operand shall name a member of that type. @@ -3997,7 +3997,7 @@ unsigned long long int structure'' or ''pointer to qualified or unqualified union'', and the second operand shall name a member of the type pointed to. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    A postfix expression followed by the . operator and an identifier designates a member of a structure or union object. The value is that of the named member,82) and is an lvalue if @@ -4091,7 +4091,7 @@ unsigned long long int specifiers (6.7.2.1). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    82) If the member used to access the contents of a union object is not the same as the member last used to store a value in the object, the appropriate part of the object representation of the value is reinterpreted as an object representation in the new type as described in 6.2.6 (a process sometimes called "type @@ -4102,11 +4102,11 @@ unsigned long long int

    6.5.2.4 Postfix increment and decrement operators
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    The operand of the postfix increment or decrement operator shall have qualified or unqualified real or pointer type and shall be a modifiable lvalue. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    The result of the postfix ++ operator is the value of the operand. After the result is obtained, the value of the operand is incremented. (That is, the value 1 of the appropriate @@ -4121,7 +4121,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    Forward references: additive operators (6.5.6), compound assignment (6.5.16.2).

    6.5.2.5 Compound literals
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    The type name shall specify an object type or an array of unknown size, but not a variable length array type. @@ -4131,7 +4131,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    If the compound literal occurs outside the body of a function, the initializer list shall consist of constant expressions. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    A postfix expression that consists of a parenthesized type name followed by a brace- enclosed list of initializers is a compound literal. It provides an unnamed object whose @@ -4255,7 +4255,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    Forward references: type names (6.7.6), initialization (6.7.8). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    84) Note that this differs from a cast expression. For example, a cast specifies a conversion to scalar types or void only, and the result of a cast expression is not an lvalue. @@ -4266,7 +4266,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    6.5.3 Unary operators

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax 

               unary-expression:
@@ -4281,11 +4281,11 @@ unsigned long long int
    6.5.3.1 Prefix increment and decrement operators
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    The operand of the prefix increment or decrement operator shall have qualified or unqualified real or pointer type and shall be a modifiable lvalue. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    The value of the operand of the prefix ++ operator is incremented. The result is the new value of the operand after incrementation. The expression ++E is equivalent to (E+=1). @@ -4297,14 +4297,14 @@ unsigned long long int

    Forward references: additive operators (6.5.6), compound assignment (6.5.16.2).

    6.5.3.2 Address and indirection operators
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    The operand of the unary & operator shall be either a function designator, the result of a [] or unary * operator, or an lvalue that designates an object that is not a bit-field and is not declared with the register storage-class specifier.

    The operand of the unary * operator shall have pointer type. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    The unary & operator yields the address of its operand. If the operand has type ''type'', the result has type ''pointer to type''. If the operand is the result of a unary * operator, @@ -4324,7 +4324,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    Forward references: storage-class specifiers (6.7.1), structure and union specifiers (6.7.2.1). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    87) Thus, &*E is equivalent to E (even if E is a null pointer), and &(E1[E2]) to ((E1)+(E2)). It is always true that if E is a function designator or an lvalue that is a valid operand of the unary & operator, *&E is a function designator or an lvalue equal to E. If *P is an lvalue and T is the name of @@ -4335,11 +4335,11 @@ unsigned long long int

    6.5.3.3 Unary arithmetic operators
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    The operand of the unary + or - operator shall have arithmetic type; of the ~ operator, integer type; of the ! operator, scalar type. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    The result of the unary + operator is the value of its (promoted) operand. The integer promotions are performed on the operand, and the result has the promoted type. @@ -4363,12 +4363,12 @@ unsigned long long int

    6.5.3.4 The sizeof operator
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    The sizeof operator shall not be applied to an expression that has function type or an incomplete type, to the parenthesized name of such a type, or to an expression that designates a bit-field member. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    The sizeof operator yields the size (in bytes) of its operand, which may be an expression or the parenthesized name of a type. The size is determined from the type of @@ -4428,27 +4428,27 @@ unsigned long long int

    Forward references: common definitions <stddef.h> (7.17), declarations (6.7), structure and union specifiers (6.7.2.1), type names (6.7.6), array declarators (6.7.5.2). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    88) When applied to a parameter declared to have array or function type, the sizeof operator yields the size of the adjusted (pointer) type (see 6.9.1).

    6.5.4 Cast operators

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax 

               cast-expression:
                  unary-expression
                  ( type-name ) cast-expression
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    Unless the type name specifies a void type, the type name shall specify qualified or unqualified scalar type and the operand shall have scalar type.

    Conversions that involve pointers, other than where permitted by the constraints of 6.5.16.1, shall be specified by means of an explicit cast. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    Preceding an expression by a parenthesized type name converts the value of the expression to the named type. This construction is called a cast.89) A cast that specifies @@ -4465,13 +4465,13 @@ unsigned long long int -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    89) A cast does not yield an lvalue. Thus, a cast to a qualified type has the same effect as a cast to the unqualified version of the type.

    6.5.5 Multiplicative operators

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax 

               multiplicative-expression:
@@ -4480,11 +4480,11 @@ unsigned long long int
                   multiplicative-expression / cast-expression
                   multiplicative-expression % cast-expression
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    Each of the operands shall have arithmetic type. The operands of the % operator shall have integer type. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    The usual arithmetic conversions are performed on the operands.

    @@ -4498,12 +4498,12 @@ unsigned long long int fractional part discarded.90) If the quotient a/b is representable, the expression (a/b)*b + a%b shall equal a. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    90) This is often called ''truncation toward zero''.

    6.5.6 Additive operators

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax 

               additive-expression:
@@ -4511,7 +4511,7 @@ unsigned long long int
                   additive-expression + multiplicative-expression
                   additive-expression - multiplicative-expression
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    For addition, either both operands shall have arithmetic type, or one operand shall be a pointer to an object type and the other shall have integer type. (Incrementing is @@ -4529,7 +4529,7 @@ unsigned long long int

  • the left operand is a pointer to an object type and the right operand has integer type. (Decrementing is equivalent to subtracting 1.) -
    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    If both operands have arithmetic type, the usual arithmetic conversions are performed on them. @@ -4593,7 +4593,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    Forward references: array declarators (6.7.5.2), common definitions <stddef.h> (7.17). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    91) Another way to approach pointer arithmetic is first to convert the pointer(s) to character pointer(s): In this scheme the integer expression added to or subtracted from the converted pointer is first multiplied by the size of the object originally pointed to, and the resulting pointer is converted back to the @@ -4605,7 +4605,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    6.5.7 Bitwise shift operators

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax 

               shift-expression:
@@ -4613,10 +4613,10 @@ unsigned long long int
                   shift-expression << additive-expression
                   shift-expression >> additive-expression
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    Each of the operands shall have integer type. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    The integer promotions are performed on each of the operands. The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand. If the value of the right operand is negative or is @@ -4639,7 +4639,7 @@ unsigned long long int resulting value is implementation-defined.

    6.5.8 Relational operators

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax 

               relational-expression:
@@ -4649,7 +4649,7 @@ unsigned long long int
                   relational-expression   <=   shift-expression
                   relational-expression   >=   shift-expression
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    One of the following shall hold:

      @@ -4659,7 +4659,7 @@ unsigned long long int
    • both operands are pointers to qualified or unqualified versions of compatible incomplete types.
    -
    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    If both of the operands have arithmetic type, the usual arithmetic conversions are performed. @@ -4685,13 +4685,13 @@ unsigned long long int (greater than or equal to) shall yield 1 if the specified relation is true and 0 if it is false.92) The result has type int. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    92) The expression a<b<c is not interpreted as in ordinary mathematics. As the syntax indicates, it means (a<b)<c; in other words, ''if a is less than b, compare 1 to c; otherwise, compare 0 to c''.

    6.5.9 Equality operators

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax 

               equality-expression:
@@ -4699,7 +4699,7 @@ unsigned long long int
                  equality-expression == relational-expression
                  equality-expression != relational-expression
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    One of the following shall hold:

      @@ -4709,7 +4709,7 @@ unsigned long long int qualified or unqualified version of void; or
    • one operand is a pointer and the other is a null pointer constant.
    -
    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    The == (equal to) and != (not equal to) operators are analogous to the relational operators except for their lower precedence.93) Each of the operators yields 1 if the @@ -4741,7 +4741,7 @@ unsigned long long int array behaves the same as a pointer to the first element of an array of length one with the type of the object as its element type. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    93) Because of the precedences, a<b == c<d is 1 whenever a<b and c<d have the same truth-value.

    94) Two objects may be adjacent in memory because they are adjacent elements of a larger array or @@ -4752,17 +4752,17 @@ unsigned long long int

    6.5.10 Bitwise AND operator

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax 

               AND-expression:
                 equality-expression
                 AND-expression & equality-expression
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    Each of the operands shall have integer type. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    The usual arithmetic conversions are performed on the operands.

    @@ -4776,17 +4776,17 @@ unsigned long long int

    6.5.11 Bitwise exclusive OR operator

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax 

               exclusive-OR-expression:
                   AND-expression
                   exclusive-OR-expression ^ AND-expression
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    Each of the operands shall have integer type. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    The usual arithmetic conversions are performed on the operands.

    @@ -4795,17 +4795,17 @@ unsigned long long int operands is set).

    6.5.12 Bitwise inclusive OR operator

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax 

               inclusive-OR-expression:
                   exclusive-OR-expression
                   inclusive-OR-expression | exclusive-OR-expression
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    Each of the operands shall have integer type. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    The usual arithmetic conversions are performed on the operands.

    @@ -4815,17 +4815,17 @@ unsigned long long int

    6.5.13 Logical AND operator

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax 

                logical-AND-expression:
                    inclusive-OR-expression
                    logical-AND-expression && inclusive-OR-expression
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    Each of the operands shall have scalar type. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    The && operator shall yield 1 if both of its operands compare unequal to 0; otherwise, it yields 0. The result has type int. @@ -4835,17 +4835,17 @@ unsigned long long int compares equal to 0, the second operand is not evaluated.

    6.5.14 Logical OR operator

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax 

                logical-OR-expression:
                    logical-AND-expression
                    logical-OR-expression || logical-AND-expression
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    Each of the operands shall have scalar type. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    The || operator shall yield 1 if either of its operands compare unequal to 0; otherwise, it yields 0. The result has type int. @@ -4856,14 +4856,14 @@ unsigned long long int

    6.5.15 Conditional operator

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax 

               conditional-expression:
                  logical-OR-expression
                  logical-OR-expression ? expression : conditional-expression
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    The first operand shall have scalar type.

    @@ -4877,7 +4877,7 @@ unsigned long long int

  • one operand is a pointer to an object or incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified version of void. -
    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    The first operand is evaluated; there is a sequence point after its evaluation. The second operand is evaluated only if the first compares unequal to 0; the third operand is evaluated @@ -4927,12 +4927,12 @@ unsigned long long int -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    95) A conditional expression does not yield an lvalue.

    6.5.16 Assignment operators

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax 

               assignment-expression:
@@ -4941,10 +4941,10 @@ unsigned long long int
           assignment-operator: one of
                  = *= /= %= +=                       -=     <<=      >>=      &=     ^=     |=
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    An assignment operator shall have a modifiable lvalue as its left operand. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    An assignment operator stores a value in the object designated by the left operand. An assignment expression has the value of the left operand after the assignment, but is not an @@ -4959,7 +4959,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    6.5.16.1 Simple assignment
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    One of the following shall hold:96)

      @@ -4976,7 +4976,7 @@ unsigned long long int
    • the left operand is a pointer and the right is a null pointer constant; or
    • the left operand has type _Bool and the right is a pointer.
    -
    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    In simple assignment (=), the value of the right operand is converted to the type of the assignment expression and replaces the value stored in the object designated by the left @@ -5031,7 +5031,7 @@ unsigned long long int value of the const object c. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    96) The asymmetric appearance of these constraints with respect to type qualifiers is due to the conversion (specified in 6.3.2.1) that changes lvalues to ''the value of the expression'' and thus removes any type qualifiers that were applied to the type category of the expression (for example, it removes const but @@ -5039,7 +5039,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    6.5.16.2 Compound assignment
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    For the operators += and -= only, either the left operand shall be a pointer to an object type and the right shall have integer type, or the left operand shall have qualified or @@ -5047,21 +5047,21 @@ unsigned long long int

    For the other operators, each operand shall have arithmetic type consistent with those allowed by the corresponding binary operator. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    A compound assignment of the form E1 op = E2 differs from the simple assignment expression E1 = E1 op (E2) only in that the lvalue E1 is evaluated only once.

    6.5.17 Comma operator

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax 

               expression:
                  assignment-expression
                  expression , assignment-expression
    -
    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    The left operand of a comma operator is evaluated as a void expression; there is a sequence point after its evaluation. Then the right operand is evaluated; the result has its @@ -5084,22 +5084,22 @@ unsigned long long int -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    97) A comma operator does not yield an lvalue.

    6.6 Constant expressions

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax 

               constant-expression:
                  conditional-expression
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    A constant expression can be evaluated during translation rather than runtime, and accordingly may be used in any place that a constant may be. -

    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    Constant expressions shall not contain assignment, increment, decrement, function-call, or comma operators, except when they are contained within a subexpression that is not @@ -5107,7 +5107,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    Each constant expression shall evaluate to a constant that is in the range of representable values for its type. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    An expression that evaluates to a constant is required in several contexts. If a floating expression is evaluated in the translation environment, the arithmetic precision and range @@ -5160,7 +5160,7 @@ unsigned long long int -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    98) The operand of a sizeof operator is usually not evaluated (6.5.3.4).

    99) An integer constant expression is used to specify the size of a bit-field member of a structure, the @@ -5177,7 +5177,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    6.7 Declarations

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax 

               declaration:
@@ -5194,7 +5194,7 @@ unsigned long long int
                   declarator
                   declarator = initializer
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    A declaration shall declare at least a declarator (other than the parameters of a function or the members of a structure or union), a tag, or the members of an enumeration. @@ -5205,7 +5205,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    All declarations in the same scope that refer to the same object or function shall specify compatible types. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    A declaration specifies the interpretation and attributes of a set of identifiers. A definition of an identifier is a declaration for that identifier that: @@ -5231,12 +5231,12 @@ unsigned long long int

    Forward references: declarators (6.7.5), enumeration specifiers (6.7.2.2), initialization (6.7.8). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    101) Function definitions have a different syntax, described in 6.9.1.

    6.7.1 Storage-class specifiers

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax 

               storage-class-specifier:
@@ -5246,11 +5246,11 @@ unsigned long long int
                  auto
                  register
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    At most, one storage-class specifier may be given in the declaration specifiers in a declaration.102) -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    The typedef specifier is called a ''storage-class specifier'' for syntactic convenience only; it is discussed in 6.7.7. The meanings of the various linkages and storage durations @@ -5273,7 +5273,7 @@ unsigned long long int or union member objects.

    Forward references: type definitions (6.7.7). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    102) See ''future language directions'' (6.11.5).

    103) The implementation may treat any register declaration simply as an auto declaration. However, @@ -5285,7 +5285,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    6.7.2 Type specifiers

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax 

               type-specifier:
@@ -5304,7 +5304,7 @@ unsigned long long int
                  enum-specifier
                  typedef-name
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    At least one type specifier shall be given in the declaration specifiers in each declaration, and in the specifier-qualifier list in each struct declaration and type name. Each list of @@ -5340,7 +5340,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    The type specifier _Complex shall not be used if the implementation does not provide complex types.104) -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    Specifiers for structures, unions, and enumerations are discussed in 6.7.2.1 through 6.7.2.3. Declarations of typedef names are discussed in 6.7.7. The characteristics of the @@ -5357,12 +5357,12 @@ unsigned long long int -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    104) Freestanding implementations are not required to provide complex types. *

    6.7.2.1 Structure and union specifiers
    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax 

               struct-or-union-specifier:
@@ -5386,7 +5386,7 @@ unsigned long long int
                   declarator
                   declaratoropt : constant-expression
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    A structure or union shall not contain a member with incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to an instance @@ -5403,7 +5403,7 @@ unsigned long long int A bit-field shall have a type that is a qualified or unqualified version of _Bool, signed int, unsigned int, or some other implementation-defined type. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    As discussed in 6.2.5, a structure is a type consisting of a sequence of members, whose storage is allocated in an ordered sequence, and a union is a type consisting of a sequence @@ -5558,7 +5558,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    Forward references: tags (6.7.2.3). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    105) A structure or union can not contain a member with a variably modified type because member names are not ordinary identifiers as defined in 6.2.3. @@ -5573,7 +5573,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    6.7.2.2 Enumeration specifiers
    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax 

               enum-specifier:
@@ -5587,11 +5587,11 @@ unsigned long long int
                 enumeration-constant
                 enumeration-constant = constant-expression
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant shall be an integer constant expression that has a value representable as an int. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    The identifiers in an enumerator list are declared as constants that have type int and may appear wherever such are permitted.109) An enumerator with = defines its @@ -5627,7 +5627,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    Forward references: tags (6.7.2.3). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    109) Thus, the identifiers of enumeration constants declared in the same scope shall all be distinct from each other and from other identifiers declared in ordinary declarators. @@ -5636,7 +5636,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    6.7.2.3 Tags
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    A specific type shall have its content defined at most once.

    @@ -5648,7 +5648,7 @@ unsigned long long int enum identifier without an enumerator list shall only appear after the type it specifies is complete. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    All declarations of structure, union, or enumerated types that have the same scope and use the same tag declare the same type. The type is incomplete111) until the closing brace @@ -5753,7 +5753,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    Forward references: declarators (6.7.5), array declarators (6.7.5.2), type definitions (6.7.7). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    111) An incomplete type may only by used when the size of an object of that type is not needed. It is not needed, for example, when a typedef name is declared to be a specifier for a structure or union, or when a pointer to or a function returning a structure or union is being declared. (See incomplete types @@ -5768,7 +5768,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    6.7.3 Type qualifiers

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax 

               type-qualifier:
@@ -5776,11 +5776,11 @@ unsigned long long int
                  restrict
                  volatile
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    Types other than pointer types derived from object or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    The properties associated with qualified types are meaningful only for expressions that are lvalues.114) @@ -5852,7 +5852,7 @@ unsigned long long int -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    114) The implementation may place a const object that is not volatile in a read-only region of storage. Moreover, the implementation need not allocate storage for such an object if its address is never used. @@ -5988,7 +5988,7 @@ unsigned long long int -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    119) In other words, E depends on the value of P itself rather than on the value of an object referenced indirectly through P. For example, if identifier p has type (int **restrict), then the pointer expressions p and p+1 are based on the restricted pointer object designated by p, but the pointer @@ -5996,13 +5996,13 @@ unsigned long long int

    6.7.4 Function specifiers

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax 

               function-specifier:
                  inline
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    Function specifiers shall be used only in the declaration of an identifier for a function.

    @@ -6012,7 +6012,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    In a hosted environment, the inline function specifier shall not appear in a declaration of main. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    A function declared with an inline function specifier is an inline function. The function specifier may appear more than once; the behavior is the same as if it appeared @@ -6062,7 +6062,7 @@ unsigned long long int -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    120) By using, for example, an alternative to the usual function call mechanism, such as ''inline substitution''. Inline substitution is not textual substitution, nor does it create a new function. Therefore, for example, the expansion of a macro used within the body of the function uses the @@ -6080,7 +6080,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    6.7.5 Declarators

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax 

               declarator:
@@ -6113,7 +6113,7 @@ unsigned long long int
                   identifier
                   identifier-list , identifier
    -
    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    Each declarator declares one identifier, and asserts that when an operand of the same form as the declarator appears in an expression, it designates a function or object with the @@ -6147,7 +6147,7 @@ unsigned long long int then ident has the type specified by the declaration ''T D''. Thus, a declarator in parentheses is identical to the unparenthesized declarator, but the binding of complicated declarators may be altered by parentheses. -

    Implementation limits
    +

    Implementation limits

    As discussed in 5.2.4.1, an implementation may limit the number of pointer, array, and function declarators that modify an arithmetic, structure, union, or incomplete type, either @@ -6155,7 +6155,7 @@ unsigned long long int

    Forward references: array declarators (6.7.5.2), type definitions (6.7.7).

    6.7.5.1 Pointer declarators
    -
    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    If, in the declaration ''T D1'', D1 has the form 

    @@ -6190,7 +6190,7 @@ unsigned long long int
  
 
 
    6.7.5.2 Array declarators
    
-
    Constraints
    
+
    Constraints
 
    
  In addition to optional type qualifiers and the keyword static, the [ and ] may delimit
  an expression or *. If they delimit an expression (which specifies the size of an array), the
@@ -6203,7 +6203,7 @@ unsigned long long int
  An ordinary identifier (as defined in 6.2.3) that has a variably modified type shall have
  either block scope and no linkage or function prototype scope. If an identifier is declared
  to be an object with static storage duration, it shall not have a variable length array type.
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  If, in the declaration ''T D1'', D1 has one of the forms:
 
    @@ -6306,14 +6306,14 @@ unsigned long long int
 
     Forward references:            function declarators (6.7.5.3), function definitions (6.9.1),
  initialization (6.7.8).
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    123) When several ''array of'' specifications are adjacent, a multidimensional array is declared.
 
 
    124) Thus, * can be used only in function declarations that are not definitions (see 6.7.5.3).
 
 
 
    6.7.5.3 Function declarators (including prototypes)
    
-
    Constraints
    
+
    Constraints
 
    
  A function declarator shall not specify a return type that is a function type or an array
  type.
@@ -6325,7 +6325,7 @@ unsigned long long int
 
    
  After adjustment, the parameters in a parameter type list in a function declarator that is
  part of a definition of that function shall not have incomplete type.
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  If, in the declaration ''T D1'', D1 has the form
 
    @@ -6473,7 +6473,7 @@ unsigned long long int
 
     Forward references: function definitions (6.9.1), type names (6.7.6).
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    125) The macros defined in the <stdarg.h> header (7.15) may be used to access arguments that
  correspond to the ellipsis.
 
@@ -6483,7 +6483,7 @@ unsigned long long int
 
 
 
    6.7.6 Type names
    
-
    Syntax
    
+
    Syntax
 
    
 
               type-name:
@@ -6502,7 +6502,7 @@ unsigned long long int
                   direct-abstract-declaratoropt [ * ]
                   direct-abstract-declaratoropt ( parameter-type-listopt )
 
    
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  In several contexts, it is necessary to specify a type. This is accomplished using a type
  name, which is syntactically a declaration for a function or an object of that type that
@@ -6531,22 +6531,22 @@ unsigned long long int
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    128) As indicated by the syntax, empty parentheses in a type name are interpreted as ''function with no
  parameter specification'', rather than redundant parentheses around the omitted identifier.
 
 
 
    6.7.7 Type definitions
    
-
    Syntax
    
+
    Syntax
 
    
 
               typedef-name:
                  identifier
 
    
-
    Constraints
    
+
    Constraints
 
    
  If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type then it shall have block scope.
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  In a declaration whose storage-class specifier is typedef, each declarator defines an
  identifier to be a typedef name that denotes the type specified for the identifier in the way
@@ -6644,7 +6644,7 @@ unsigned long long int
 
    
 
 
    6.7.8 Initialization
    
-
    Syntax
    
+
    Syntax
 
    
 
               initializer:
@@ -6663,7 +6663,7 @@ unsigned long long int
                  [ constant-expression ]
                  . identifier
 
    
-
    Constraints
    
+
    Constraints
 
    
  No initializer shall attempt to provide a value for an object not contained within the entity
  being initialized.
@@ -6692,7 +6692,7 @@ unsigned long long int
  then the current object (defined below) shall have structure or union type and the
  identifier shall be the name of a member of that type.
 
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  An initializer specifies the initial value stored in an object.
 
    
@@ -6963,7 +6963,7 @@ unsigned long long int
 
     Forward references: common definitions <stddef.h> (7.17).
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    129) If the initializer list for a subaggregate or contained union does not begin with a left brace, its
  subobjects are initialized as usual, but the subaggregate or contained union does not become the
  current object: current objects are associated only with brace-enclosed initializer lists.
@@ -6981,7 +6981,7 @@ unsigned long long int
 
 
 
    6.8 Statements and blocks
    
-
    Syntax
    
+
    Syntax
 
    
 
               statement:
@@ -6992,7 +6992,7 @@ unsigned long long int
                  iteration-statement
                  jump-statement
 
    
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  A statement specifies an action to be performed. Except as indicated, statements are
  executed in sequence.
@@ -7014,7 +7014,7 @@ unsigned long long int
  (6.8.4), iteration statements (6.8.5), the return statement (6.8.6.4).
 
 
    6.8.1 Labeled statements
    
-
    Syntax
    
+
    Syntax
 
    
 
               labeled-statement:
@@ -7022,14 +7022,14 @@ unsigned long long int
                  case constant-expression : statement
                  default : statement
 
    
-
    Constraints
    
+
    Constraints
 
    
  A case or default label shall appear only in a switch statement. Further
  constraints on such labels are discussed under the switch statement.
 
 
    
  Label names shall be unique within a function.
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  Any statement may be preceded by a prefix that declares an identifier as a label name.
  Labels in themselves do not alter the flow of control, which continues unimpeded across
@@ -7037,7 +7037,7 @@ unsigned long long int
 
     Forward references: the goto statement (6.8.6.1), the switch statement (6.8.4.2).
 
 
    6.8.2 Compound statement
    
-
    Syntax
    
+
    Syntax
 
    
 
               compound-statement:
@@ -7049,18 +7049,18 @@ unsigned long long int
                   declaration
                   statement
 
    
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  A compound statement is a block.
 
 
    6.8.3 Expression and null statements
    
-
    Syntax
    
+
    Syntax
 
    
 
               expression-statement:
                  expressionopt ;
 
    
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  The expression in an expression statement is evaluated as a void expression for its side
  effects.134)
@@ -7108,12 +7108,12 @@ unsigned long long int
  
 
     Forward references: iteration statements (6.8.5).
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    134) Such as assignments, and function calls which have side effects.
 
 
 
    6.8.4 Selection statements
    
-
    Syntax
    
+
    Syntax
 
    
 
               selection-statement:
@@ -7121,7 +7121,7 @@ unsigned long long int
                   if ( expression ) statement else statement
                   switch ( expression ) statement
 
    
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  A selection statement selects among a set of statements depending on the value of a
  controlling expression.
@@ -7131,10 +7131,10 @@ unsigned long long int
  subset of the scope of the selection statement.
 
 
    6.8.4.1 The if statement
    
-
    Constraints
    
+
    Constraints
 
    
  The controlling expression of an if statement shall have scalar type.
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  In both forms, the first substatement is executed if the expression compares unequal to 0.
  In the else form, the second substatement is executed if the expression compares equal
@@ -7146,7 +7146,7 @@ unsigned long long int
  syntax.
 
 
    6.8.4.2 The switch statement
    
-
    Constraints
    
+
    Constraints
 
    
  The controlling expression of a switch statement shall have integer type.
 
    
@@ -7160,7 +7160,7 @@ unsigned long long int
  (Any enclosed switch statement may have a default label or case constant
  expressions with values that duplicate case constant expressions in the enclosing
  switch statement.)
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  A switch statement causes control to jump to, into, or past the statement that is the
  switch body, depending on the value of a controlling expression, and on the presence of a
@@ -7174,7 +7174,7 @@ unsigned long long int
  a default label, control jumps to the labeled statement. If no converted case constant
  expression matches and there is no default label, no part of the switch body is
  executed.
-
    Implementation limits
    
+
    Implementation limits
 
    
  As discussed in 5.2.4.1, the implementation may limit the number of case values in a
  switch statement.
@@ -7202,13 +7202,13 @@ unsigned long long int
  access an indeterminate value. Similarly, the call to the function f cannot be reached.
  
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    135) That is, the declaration either precedes the switch statement, or it follows the last case or
  default label associated with the switch that is in the block containing the declaration.
 
 
 
    6.8.5 Iteration statements
    
-
    Syntax
    
+
    Syntax
 
    
 
               iteration-statement:
@@ -7217,13 +7217,13 @@ unsigned long long int
                   for ( expressionopt ; expressionopt ; expressionopt ) statement
                   for ( declaration expressionopt ; expressionopt ) statement
 
    
-
    Constraints
    
+
    Constraints
 
    
  The controlling expression of an iteration statement shall have scalar type.
 
    
  The declaration part of a for statement shall only declare identifiers for objects having
  storage class auto or register.
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  An iteration statement causes a statement called the loop body to be executed repeatedly
  until the controlling expression compares equal to 0. The repetition occurs regardless of
@@ -7238,7 +7238,7 @@ unsigned long long int
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    136) Code jumped over is not executed. In particular, the controlling expression of a for or while
  statement is not evaluated before entering the loop body, nor is clause-1 of a for statement.
 
@@ -7270,7 +7270,7 @@ unsigned long long int
  Both clause-1 and expression-3 can be omitted. An omitted expression-2 is replaced by a
  nonzero constant.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    137) Thus, clause-1 specifies initialization for the loop, possibly declaring one or more variables for use in
  the loop; the controlling expression, expression-2, specifies an evaluation made before each iteration,
  such that execution of the loop continues until the expression compares equal to 0; and expression-3
@@ -7278,7 +7278,7 @@ unsigned long long int
 
 
 
    6.8.6 Jump statements
    
-
    Syntax
    
+
    Syntax
 
    
 
               jump-statement:
@@ -7287,7 +7287,7 @@ unsigned long long int
                  break ;
                  return expressionopt ;
 
    
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  A jump statement causes an unconditional jump to another place.
  
@@ -7297,12 +7297,12 @@ unsigned long long int
 
 
 
    6.8.6.1 The goto statement
    
-
    Constraints
    
+
    Constraints
 
    
  The identifier in a goto statement shall name a label located somewhere in the enclosing
  function. A goto statement shall not jump from outside the scope of an identifier having
  a variably modified type to inside the scope of that identifier.
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  A goto statement causes an unconditional jump to the statement prefixed by the named
  label in the enclosing function.
@@ -7354,10 +7354,10 @@ unsigned long long int
  
 
 
    6.8.6.2 The continue statement
    
-
    Constraints
    
+
    Constraints
 
    
  A continue statement shall appear only in or as a loop body.
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  A continue statement causes a jump to the loop-continuation portion of the smallest
  enclosing iteration statement; that is, to the end of the loop body. More precisely, in each
@@ -7373,15 +7373,15 @@ unsigned long long int
  unless the continue statement shown is in an enclosed iteration statement (in which
  case it is interpreted within that statement), it is equivalent to goto contin;.138)
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    138) Following the contin: label is a null statement.
 
 
 
    6.8.6.3 The break statement
    
-
    Constraints
    
+
    Constraints
 
    
  A break statement shall appear only in or as a switch body or loop body.
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  A break statement terminates execution of the smallest enclosing switch or iteration
  statement.
@@ -7391,12 +7391,12 @@ unsigned long long int
 
 
 
    6.8.6.4 The return statement
    
-
    Constraints
    
+
    Constraints
 
    
  A return statement with an expression shall not appear in a function whose return type
  is void. A return statement without an expression shall only appear in a function
  whose return type is void.
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  A return statement terminates execution of the current function and returns control to
  its caller. A function may have any number of return statements.
@@ -7434,7 +7434,7 @@ unsigned long long int
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    139) The return statement is not an assignment. The overlap restriction of subclause 6.5.16.1 does not
  apply to the case of function return. The representation of floating-point values may have wider range
  or precision and is determined by FLT_EVAL_METHOD. A cast may be used to remove this extra
@@ -7442,7 +7442,7 @@ unsigned long long int
 
 
 
    6.9 External definitions
    
-
    Syntax
    
+
    Syntax
 
    
 
               translation-unit:
@@ -7452,7 +7452,7 @@ unsigned long long int
                  function-definition
                  declaration
 
    
-
    Constraints
    
+
    Constraints
 
    
  The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not appear in the declaration
  specifiers in an external declaration.
@@ -7462,7 +7462,7 @@ unsigned long long int
  linkage is used in an expression (other than as a part of the operand of a sizeof
  operator whose result is an integer constant), there shall be exactly one external definition
  for the identifier in the translation unit.
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  As discussed in 5.1.1.1, the unit of program text after preprocessing is a translation unit,
  which consists of a sequence of external declarations. These are described as ''external''
@@ -7482,13 +7482,13 @@ unsigned long long int
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    140) Thus, if an identifier declared with external linkage is not used in an expression, there need be no
  external definition for it.
 
 
 
    6.9.1 Function definitions
    
-
    Syntax
    
+
    Syntax
 
    
 
               function-definition:
@@ -7497,7 +7497,7 @@ unsigned long long int
                  declaration
                  declaration-list declaration
 
    
-
    Constraints
    
+
    Constraints
 
    
  The identifier declared in a function definition (which is the name of the function) shall
  have a function type, as specified by the declarator portion of the function definition.141)
@@ -7523,7 +7523,7 @@ unsigned long long int
  
  
 
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  The declarator in a function definition specifies the name of the function being defined
  and the identifiers of its parameters. If the declarator includes a parameter type list, the
@@ -7607,7 +7607,7 @@ unsigned long long int
 
    
  
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    141) The intent is that the type category in a function definition cannot be inherited from a typedef:
 
 
    @@ -7628,7 +7628,7 @@ unsigned long long int
 
 
 
    6.9.2 External object definitions
    
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  If the declaration of an identifier for an object has file scope and an initializer, the
  declaration is an external definition for the identifier.
@@ -7674,7 +7674,7 @@ unsigned long long int
 
 
 
    6.10 Preprocessing directives
    
-
    Syntax
    
+
    Syntax
 
    
 
 
    @@ -7730,7 +7730,7 @@ unsigned long long int
           new-line:
                  the new-line character
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  A preprocessing directive consists of a sequence of preprocessing tokens that satisfies the
  following constraints: The first token in the sequence is a # preprocessing token that (at
@@ -7749,14 +7749,14 @@ unsigned long long int
  When in a group that is skipped (6.10.1), the directive syntax is relaxed to allow any
  sequence of preprocessing tokens to occur between the directive name and the following
  new-line character.
-
    Constraints
    
+
    Constraints
 
    
  The only white-space characters that shall appear between preprocessing tokens within a
  preprocessing directive (from just after the introducing # preprocessing token through
  just before the terminating new-line character) are space and horizontal-tab (including
  spaces that have replaced comments or possibly other white-space characters in
  translation phase 3).
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  The implementation can process and skip sections of source files conditionally, include
  other source files, and replace macros. These capabilities are called preprocessing,
@@ -7775,14 +7775,14 @@ unsigned long long int
  replaced.
  
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    143) Thus, preprocessing directives are commonly called ''lines''. These ''lines'' have no other syntactic
  significance, as all white space is equivalent except in certain situations during preprocessing (see the
  # character string literal creation operator in 6.10.3.2, for example).
 
 
 
    6.10.1 Conditional inclusion
    
-
    Constraints
    
+
    Constraints
 
    
  The expression that controls conditional inclusion shall be an integer constant expression
  except that: it shall not contain a cast; identifiers (including those lexically identical to
@@ -7807,7 +7807,7 @@ unsigned long long int
  Each preprocessing token that remains (in the list of preprocessing tokens that will
  become the controlling expression) after all macro replacements have occurred shall be in
  the lexical form of a token (6.4).
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  Preprocessing directives of the forms
 
    @@ -7859,7 +7859,7 @@ unsigned long long int
 
     Forward references: macro replacement (6.10.3), source file inclusion (6.10.2), largest
  integer types (7.18.1.5).
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    144) Because the controlling constant expression is evaluated during translation phase 4, all identifiers
  either are or are not macro names -- there simply are no keywords, enumeration constants, etc.
 
@@ -7881,11 +7881,11 @@ unsigned long long int
 
 
 
    6.10.2 Source file inclusion
    
-
    Constraints
    
+
    Constraints
 
    
  A #include directive shall identify a header or source file that can be processed by the
  implementation.
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  A preprocessing directive of the form
 
    @@ -7962,13 +7962,13 @@ unsigned long long int
  
 
     Forward references: macro replacement (6.10.3).
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    148) Note that adjacent string literals are not concatenated into a single string literal (see the translation
  phases in 5.1.1.2); thus, an expansion that results in two string literals is an invalid directive.
 
 
 
    6.10.3 Macro replacement
    
-
    Constraints
    
+
    Constraints
 
    
  Two replacement lists are identical if and only if the preprocessing tokens in both have
  the same number, ordering, spelling, and white-space separation, where all white-space
@@ -7997,7 +7997,7 @@ unsigned long long int
 
    
  A parameter identifier in a function-like macro shall be uniquely declared within its
  scope.
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  The identifier immediately following the define is called the macro name. There is one
  name space for macro names. Any white-space characters preceding or following the
@@ -8051,7 +8051,7 @@ unsigned long long int
  merger, the number of arguments is one more than the number of parameters in the macro
  definition (excluding the ...).
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    149) Since, by macro-replacement time, all character constants and string literals are preprocessing tokens,
  not sequences possibly containing identifier-like subsequences (see 5.1.1.2, translation phases), they
  are never scanned for macro names or parameters.
@@ -8074,11 +8074,11 @@ unsigned long long int
  replace it.
 
 
    6.10.3.2 The # operator
    
-
    Constraints
    
+
    Constraints
 
    
  Each # preprocessing token in the replacement list for a function-like macro shall be
  followed by a parameter as the next preprocessing token in the replacement list.
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  If, in the replacement list, a parameter is immediately preceded by a # preprocessing
  token, both are replaced by a single character string literal preprocessing token that
@@ -8098,11 +8098,11 @@ unsigned long long int
 
 
 
    6.10.3.3 The ## operator
    
-
    Constraints
    
+
    Constraints
 
    
  A ## preprocessing token shall not occur at the beginning or at the end of a replacement
  list for either form of macro definition.
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  If, in the replacement list of a function-like macro, a parameter is immediately preceded
  or followed by a ## preprocessing token, the parameter is replaced by the corresponding
@@ -8144,7 +8144,7 @@ unsigned long long int
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    151) Placemarker preprocessing tokens do not appear in the syntax because they are temporary entities that
  exist only within translation phase 4.
 
@@ -8326,10 +8326,10 @@ unsigned long long int
  
 
 
    6.10.4 Line control
    
-
    Constraints
    
+
    Constraints
 
    
  The string literal of a #line directive, if present, shall be a character string literal.
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  The line number of the current source line is one greater than the number of new-line
  characters read or introduced in translation phase 1 (5.1.1.2) while processing the source
@@ -8363,7 +8363,7 @@ unsigned long long int
 
 
 
    6.10.5 Error directive
    
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  A preprocessing directive of the form
 
    @@ -8373,7 +8373,7 @@ unsigned long long int
  sequence of preprocessing tokens.
 
 
    6.10.6 Pragma directive
    
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  A preprocessing directive of the form
 
    @@ -8404,7 +8404,7 @@ unsigned long long int
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    152) An implementation is not required to perform macro replacement in pragmas, but it is permitted
  except for in standard pragmas (where STDC immediately follows pragma). If the result of macro
  replacement in a non-standard pragma has the same form as a standard pragma, the behavior is still
@@ -8415,7 +8415,7 @@ unsigned long long int
 
 
 
    6.10.7 Null directive
    
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  A preprocessing directive of the form
 
    @@ -8481,7 +8481,7 @@ unsigned long long int
  in any standard header.
 
     Forward references: the asctime function (7.23.3.1), standard headers (7.1.2).
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    154) See ''future language directions'' (6.11.9).
 
 
    155) The presumed source file name and line number can be changed by the #line directive.
@@ -8492,7 +8492,7 @@ unsigned long long int
 
 
 
    6.10.9 Pragma operator
    
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  A unary operator expression of the form:
 
    @@ -8609,7 +8609,7 @@ unsigned long long int
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    157) The functions that make use of the decimal-point character are the numeric conversion functions
  (7.20.1, 7.24.4.1) and the formatted input/output functions (7.19.6, 7.24.2).
 
@@ -8666,7 +8666,7 @@ unsigned long long int
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    159) A header is not necessarily a source file, nor are the < and > delimited sequences in header names
  necessarily valid source file names.
 
@@ -8700,7 +8700,7 @@ unsigned long long int
  If the program removes (with #undef) any macro definition of an identifier in the first
  group listed above, the behavior is undefined.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    160) The list of reserved identifiers with external linkage includes errno, math_errhandling,
  setjmp, and va_end.
 
@@ -8782,7 +8782,7 @@ unsigned long long int
 
    
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    161) This means that an implementation shall provide an actual function for each library function, even if it
  also provides a macro for that function.
 
@@ -8832,13 +8832,13 @@ unsigned long long int
 
    7.2.1 Program diagnostics
    
 
 
    7.2.1.1 The assert macro
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <assert.h>
          void assert(scalar expression);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The assert macro puts diagnostic tests into programs; it expands to a void expression.
  When it is executed, if expression (which shall have a scalar type) is false (that is,
@@ -8848,7 +8848,7 @@ unsigned long long int
  the preprocessing macros __FILE__ and __LINE__ and of the identifier
  __func__) on the standard error stream in an implementation-defined format.165) It
  then calls the abort function.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The assert macro returns no value.
 
     Forward references: the abort function (7.20.4.1).
@@ -8858,7 +8858,7 @@ unsigned long long int
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    165) The message written might be of the form:
  Assertion failed: expression, function abc, file xyz, line nnn.
 
@@ -8912,7 +8912,7 @@ unsigned long long int
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    166) See ''future library directions'' (7.26.1).
 
 
    167) The imaginary unit is a number i such that i2  = -1.
@@ -8945,13 +8945,13 @@ unsigned long long int
  so the cut maps to the positive imaginary axis.
 
 
    7.3.4 The CX_LIMITED_RANGE pragma
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
               #include <complex.h>
           #pragma STDC CX_LIMITED_RANGE on-off-switch
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The usual mathematical formulas for complex multiply, divide, and absolute value are
  problematic because of their treatment of infinities and because of undue overflow and
@@ -8970,7 +8970,7 @@ unsigned long long int
  compound statement. If this pragma is used in any other context, the behavior is
  undefined. The default state for the pragma is ''off''.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    169) The purpose of the pragma is to allow the implementation to use the formulas:
 
 
    @@ -8984,7 +8984,7 @@ unsigned long long int
 
    7.3.5 Trigonometric functions
    
 
 
    7.3.5.1 The cacos functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <complex.h>
@@ -8992,18 +8992,18 @@ unsigned long long int
         float complex cacosf(float complex z);
         long double complex cacosl(long double complex z);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The cacos functions compute the complex arc cosine of z, with branch cuts outside the
  interval [-1, +1] along the real axis.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The cacos functions return the complex arc cosine value, in the range of a strip
  mathematically unbounded along the imaginary axis and in the interval [0, pi ] along the
  real axis.
 
 
    7.3.5.2 The casin functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <complex.h>
@@ -9011,11 +9011,11 @@ unsigned long long int
         float complex casinf(float complex z);
         long double complex casinl(long double complex z);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The casin functions compute the complex arc sine of z, with branch cuts outside the
  interval [-1, +1] along the real axis.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The casin functions return the complex arc sine value, in the range of a strip
  mathematically unbounded along the imaginary axis and in the interval [-pi /2, +pi /2]
@@ -9023,7 +9023,7 @@ unsigned long long int
 
 
 
    7.3.5.3 The catan functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <complex.h>
@@ -9031,18 +9031,18 @@ unsigned long long int
         float complex catanf(float complex z);
         long double complex catanl(long double complex z);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The catan functions compute the complex arc tangent of z, with branch cuts outside the
  interval [-i, +i] along the imaginary axis.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The catan functions return the complex arc tangent value, in the range of a strip
  mathematically unbounded along the imaginary axis and in the interval [-pi /2, +pi /2]
  along the real axis.
 
 
    7.3.5.4 The ccos functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <complex.h>
@@ -9050,15 +9050,15 @@ unsigned long long int
         float complex ccosf(float complex z);
         long double complex ccosl(long double complex z);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The ccos functions compute the complex cosine of z.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The ccos functions return the complex cosine value.
 
 
    7.3.5.5 The csin functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <complex.h>
@@ -9066,16 +9066,16 @@ unsigned long long int
         float complex csinf(float complex z);
         long double complex csinl(long double complex z);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The csin functions compute the complex sine of z.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The csin functions return the complex sine value.
 
 
 
    7.3.5.6 The ctan functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <complex.h>
@@ -9083,17 +9083,17 @@ unsigned long long int
         float complex ctanf(float complex z);
         long double complex ctanl(long double complex z);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The ctan functions compute the complex tangent of z.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The ctan functions return the complex tangent value.
 
 
    7.3.6 Hyperbolic functions
    
 
 
    7.3.6.1 The cacosh functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <complex.h>
@@ -9101,18 +9101,18 @@ unsigned long long int
         float complex cacoshf(float complex z);
         long double complex cacoshl(long double complex z);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The cacosh functions compute the complex arc hyperbolic cosine of z, with a branch
  cut at values less than 1 along the real axis.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The cacosh functions return the complex arc hyperbolic cosine value, in the range of a
  half-strip of non-negative values along the real axis and in the interval [-ipi , +ipi ] along
  the imaginary axis.
 
 
    7.3.6.2 The casinh functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <complex.h>
@@ -9120,19 +9120,19 @@ unsigned long long int
         float complex casinhf(float complex z);
         long double complex casinhl(long double complex z);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The casinh functions compute the complex arc hyperbolic sine of z, with branch cuts
  outside the interval [-i, +i] along the imaginary axis.
 
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The casinh functions return the complex arc hyperbolic sine value, in the range of a
  strip mathematically unbounded along the real axis and in the interval [-ipi /2, +ipi /2]
  along the imaginary axis.
 
 
    7.3.6.3 The catanh functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <complex.h>
@@ -9140,18 +9140,18 @@ unsigned long long int
         float complex catanhf(float complex z);
         long double complex catanhl(long double complex z);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The catanh functions compute the complex arc hyperbolic tangent of z, with branch
  cuts outside the interval [-1, +1] along the real axis.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The catanh functions return the complex arc hyperbolic tangent value, in the range of a
  strip mathematically unbounded along the real axis and in the interval [-ipi /2, +ipi /2]
  along the imaginary axis.
 
 
    7.3.6.4 The ccosh functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <complex.h>
@@ -9159,15 +9159,15 @@ unsigned long long int
         float complex ccoshf(float complex z);
         long double complex ccoshl(long double complex z);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The ccosh functions compute the complex hyperbolic cosine of z.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The ccosh functions return the complex hyperbolic cosine value.
 
 
    7.3.6.5 The csinh functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
 
    @@ -9176,15 +9176,15 @@ unsigned long long int
         float complex csinhf(float complex z);
         long double complex csinhl(long double complex z);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The csinh functions compute the complex hyperbolic sine of z.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The csinh functions return the complex hyperbolic sine value.
 
 
    7.3.6.6 The ctanh functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <complex.h>
@@ -9192,17 +9192,17 @@ unsigned long long int
         float complex ctanhf(float complex z);
         long double complex ctanhl(long double complex z);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The ctanh functions compute the complex hyperbolic tangent of z.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The ctanh functions return the complex hyperbolic tangent value.
 
 
    7.3.7 Exponential and logarithmic functions
    
 
 
    7.3.7.1 The cexp functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <complex.h>
@@ -9210,15 +9210,15 @@ unsigned long long int
         float complex cexpf(float complex z);
         long double complex cexpl(long double complex z);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The cexp functions compute the complex base-e exponential of z.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The cexp functions return the complex base-e exponential value.
 
 
    7.3.7.2 The clog functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
 
    @@ -9227,11 +9227,11 @@ unsigned long long int
         float complex clogf(float complex z);
         long double complex clogl(long double complex z);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The clog functions compute the complex natural (base-e) logarithm of z, with a branch
  cut along the negative real axis.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The clog functions return the complex natural logarithm value, in the range of a strip
  mathematically unbounded along the real axis and in the interval [-ipi , +ipi ] along the
@@ -9240,7 +9240,7 @@ unsigned long long int
 
    7.3.8 Power and absolute-value functions
    
 
 
    7.3.8.1 The cabs functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <complex.h>
@@ -9248,16 +9248,16 @@ unsigned long long int
         float cabsf(float complex z);
         long double cabsl(long double complex z);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The cabs functions compute the complex absolute value (also called norm, modulus, or
  magnitude) of z.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The cabs functions return the complex absolute value.
 
 
    7.3.8.2 The cpow functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <complex.h>
@@ -9266,17 +9266,17 @@ unsigned long long int
         long double complex cpowl(long double complex x,
              long double complex y);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The cpow functions compute the complex power function xy , with a branch cut for the
  first parameter along the negative real axis.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The cpow functions return the complex power function value.
 
 
 
    7.3.8.3 The csqrt functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <complex.h>
@@ -9284,11 +9284,11 @@ unsigned long long int
         float complex csqrtf(float complex z);
         long double complex csqrtl(long double complex z);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The csqrt functions compute the complex square root of z, with a branch cut along the
  negative real axis.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The csqrt functions return the complex square root value, in the range of the right half-
  plane (including the imaginary axis).
@@ -9296,7 +9296,7 @@ unsigned long long int
 
    7.3.9 Manipulation functions
    
 
 
    7.3.9.1 The carg functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <complex.h>
@@ -9304,16 +9304,16 @@ unsigned long long int
         float cargf(float complex z);
         long double cargl(long double complex z);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The carg functions compute the argument (also called phase angle) of z, with a branch
  cut along the negative real axis.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The carg functions return the value of the argument in the interval [-pi , +pi ].
 
 
    7.3.9.2 The cimag functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
 
    @@ -9322,19 +9322,19 @@ unsigned long long int
         float cimagf(float complex z);
         long double cimagl(long double complex z);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The cimag functions compute the imaginary part of z.170)
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The cimag functions return the imaginary part value (as a real).
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    170) For a variable z of complex type, z == creal(z) + cimag(z)*I.
 
 
 
    7.3.9.3 The conj functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <complex.h>
@@ -9342,16 +9342,16 @@ unsigned long long int
         float complex conjf(float complex z);
         long double complex conjl(long double complex z);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The conj functions compute the complex conjugate of z, by reversing the sign of its
  imaginary part.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The conj functions return the complex conjugate value.
 
 
    7.3.9.4 The cproj functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <complex.h>
@@ -9359,7 +9359,7 @@ unsigned long long int
         float complex cprojf(float complex z);
         long double complex cprojl(long double complex z);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The cproj functions compute a projection of z onto the Riemann sphere: z projects to
  z except that all complex infinities (even those with one infinite part and one NaN part)
@@ -9368,7 +9368,7 @@ unsigned long long int
 
             INFINITY + I * copysign(0.0, cimag(z))
 
    
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The cproj functions return the value of the projection onto the Riemann sphere.
  
@@ -9378,7 +9378,7 @@ unsigned long long int
 
 
 
    7.3.9.5 The creal functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <complex.h>
@@ -9386,10 +9386,10 @@ unsigned long long int
         float crealf(float complex z);
         long double creall(long double complex z);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The creal functions compute the real part of z.171)
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The creal functions return the real part value.
  
@@ -9398,7 +9398,7 @@ unsigned long long int
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    171) For a variable z of complex type, z == creal(z) + cimag(z)*I.
 
 
@@ -9418,7 +9418,7 @@ unsigned long long int
  characters.173) All letters and digits are printing characters.
 
     Forward references: EOF (7.19.1), localization (7.11).
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    172) See ''future library directions'' (7.26.2).
 
 
    173) In an implementation that uses the seven-bit US ASCII character set, the printing characters are those
@@ -9432,24 +9432,24 @@ unsigned long long int
  argument c conforms to that in the description of the function.
 
 
    7.4.1.1 The isalnum function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
               #include <ctype.h>
           int isalnum(int c);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The isalnum function tests for any character for which isalpha or isdigit is true.
 
 
    7.4.1.2 The isalpha function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
               #include <ctype.h>
           int isalpha(int c);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The isalpha function tests for any character for which isupper or islower is true,
  or any character that is one of a locale-specific set of alphabetic characters for which
@@ -9460,19 +9460,19 @@ unsigned long long int
  none of iscntrl, isdigit, ispunct, or isspace is true.174) In the "C" locale,
  isalpha returns true only for the characters for which isupper or islower is true.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    174) The functions islower and isupper test true or false separately for each of these additional
  characters; all four combinations are possible.
 
 
 
    7.4.1.3 The isblank function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <ctype.h>
          int isblank(int c);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The isblank function tests for any character that is a standard blank character or is one
  of a locale-specific set of characters for which isspace is true and that is used to
@@ -9481,29 +9481,29 @@ unsigned long long int
  for the standard blank characters.
 
 
    7.4.1.4 The iscntrl function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <ctype.h>
          int iscntrl(int c);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The iscntrl function tests for any control character.
 
 
    7.4.1.5 The isdigit function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <ctype.h>
          int isdigit(int c);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The isdigit function tests for any decimal-digit character (as defined in 5.2.1).
 
 
    7.4.1.6 The isgraph function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <ctype.h>
@@ -9514,18 +9514,18 @@ unsigned long long int
  
  
 
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The isgraph function tests for any printing character except space (' ').
 
 
    7.4.1.7 The islower function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <ctype.h>
         int islower(int c);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The islower function tests for any character that is a lowercase letter or is one of a
  locale-specific set of characters for which none of iscntrl, isdigit, ispunct, or
@@ -9533,24 +9533,24 @@ unsigned long long int
  letters (as defined in 5.2.1).
 
 
    7.4.1.8 The isprint function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <ctype.h>
         int isprint(int c);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The isprint function tests for any printing character including space (' ').
 
 
    7.4.1.9 The ispunct function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <ctype.h>
         int ispunct(int c);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The ispunct function tests for any printing character that is one of a locale-specific set
  of punctuation characters for which neither isspace nor isalnum is true. In the "C"
@@ -9558,13 +9558,13 @@ unsigned long long int
  nor isalnum is true.
 
 
    7.4.1.10 The isspace function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <ctype.h>
         int isspace(int c);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The isspace function tests for any character that is a standard white-space character or
  is one of a locale-specific set of characters for which isalnum is false. The standard
@@ -9574,13 +9574,13 @@ unsigned long long int
  "C" locale, isspace returns true only for the standard white-space characters.
 
 
    7.4.1.11 The isupper function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <ctype.h>
         int isupper(int c);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The isupper function tests for any character that is an uppercase letter or is one of a
  locale-specific set of characters for which none of iscntrl, isdigit, ispunct, or
@@ -9588,29 +9588,29 @@ unsigned long long int
  letters (as defined in 5.2.1).
 
 
    7.4.1.12 The isxdigit function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <ctype.h>
         int isxdigit(int c);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The isxdigit function tests for any hexadecimal-digit character (as defined in 6.4.4.1).
 
 
    7.4.2 Character case mapping functions
    
 
 
    7.4.2.1 The tolower function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <ctype.h>
         int tolower(int c);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The tolower function converts an uppercase letter to a corresponding lowercase letter.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  If the argument is a character for which isupper is true and there are one or more
  corresponding characters, as specified by the current locale, for which islower is true,
@@ -9619,16 +9619,16 @@ unsigned long long int
 
 
 
    7.4.2.2 The toupper function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <ctype.h>
         int toupper(int c);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The toupper function converts a lowercase letter to a corresponding uppercase letter.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  If the argument is a character for which islower is true and there are one or more
  corresponding characters, as specified by the current locale, for which isupper is true,
@@ -9671,7 +9671,7 @@ unsigned long long int
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    175) The macro errno need not be the identifier of an object. It might expand to a modifiable lvalue
  resulting from a function call (for example, *errno()).
 
@@ -9777,7 +9777,7 @@ unsigned long long int
  FE_ and an uppercase letter, and having type ''pointer to const-qualified fenv_t'', may
  also be specified by the implementation.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    178) This header is designed to support the floating-point exception status flags and directed-rounding
  control modes required by IEC 60559, and other similar floating-point state information. Also it is
  designed to facilitate code portability among all systems.
@@ -9799,13 +9799,13 @@ unsigned long long int
 
 
 
    7.6.1 The FENV_ACCESS pragma
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
               #include <fenv.h>
           #pragma STDC FENV_ACCESS on-off-switch
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The FENV_ACCESS pragma provides a means to inform the implementation when a
  program might access the floating-point environment to test floating-point status flags or
@@ -9851,7 +9851,7 @@ unsigned long long int
  contain an appropriately placed invocation of #pragma STDC FENV_ACCESS ON.185)
  
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    184) The purpose of the FENV_ACCESS pragma is to allow certain optimizations that could subvert flag
  tests and mode changes (e.g., global common subexpression elimination, code motion, and constant
  folding). In general, if the state of FENV_ACCESS is ''off'', the translator can assume that default
@@ -9870,7 +9870,7 @@ unsigned long long int
  FE_OVERFLOW | FE_INEXACT. For other argument values the behavior of these
  functions is undefined.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    186) The functions fetestexcept, feraiseexcept, and feclearexcept support the basic
  abstraction of flags that are either set or clear. An implementation may endow floating-point status
  flags with more information -- for example, the address of the code which first raised the floating-
@@ -9879,17 +9879,17 @@ unsigned long long int
 
 
 
    7.6.2.1 The feclearexcept function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <fenv.h>
          int feclearexcept(int excepts);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The feclearexcept function attempts to clear the supported floating-point exceptions
  represented by its argument.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The feclearexcept function returns zero if the excepts argument is zero or if all
  the specified exceptions were successfully cleared. Otherwise, it returns a nonzero value.
@@ -9898,38 +9898,38 @@ unsigned long long int
 
 
 
    7.6.2.2 The fegetexceptflag function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
               #include <fenv.h>
           int fegetexceptflag(fexcept_t *flagp,
                int excepts);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The fegetexceptflag function attempts to store an implementation-defined
  representation of the states of the floating-point status flags indicated by the argument
  excepts in the object pointed to by the argument flagp.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The fegetexceptflag function returns zero if the representation was successfully
  stored. Otherwise, it returns a nonzero value.
 
 
    7.6.2.3 The feraiseexcept function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
               #include <fenv.h>
           int feraiseexcept(int excepts);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The feraiseexcept function attempts to raise the supported floating-point exceptions
  represented by its argument.187) The order in which these floating-point exceptions are
  raised is unspecified, except as stated in F.7.6. Whether the feraiseexcept function
  additionally raises the ''inexact'' floating-point exception whenever it raises the
  ''overflow'' or ''underflow'' floating-point exception is implementation-defined.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The feraiseexcept function returns zero if the excepts argument is zero or if all
  the specified exceptions were successfully raised. Otherwise, it returns a nonzero value.
@@ -9939,21 +9939,21 @@ unsigned long long int
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    187) The effect is intended to be similar to that of floating-point exceptions raised by arithmetic operations.
  Hence, enabled traps for floating-point exceptions raised by this function are taken. The specification
  in F.7.6 is in the same spirit.
 
 
 
    7.6.2.4 The fesetexceptflag function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <fenv.h>
          int fesetexceptflag(const fexcept_t *flagp,
               int excepts);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The fesetexceptflag function attempts to set the floating-point status flags
  indicated by the argument excepts to the states stored in the object pointed to by
@@ -9961,25 +9961,25 @@ unsigned long long int
  fegetexceptflag whose second argument represented at least those floating-point
  exceptions represented by the argument excepts. This function does not raise floating-
  point exceptions, but only sets the state of the flags.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The fesetexceptflag function returns zero if the excepts argument is zero or if
  all the specified flags were successfully set to the appropriate state. Otherwise, it returns
  a nonzero value.
 
 
    7.6.2.5 The fetestexcept function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <fenv.h>
          int fetestexcept(int excepts);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The fetestexcept function determines which of a specified subset of the floating-
  point exception flags are currently set. The excepts argument specifies the floating-
  point status flags to be queried.188)
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The fetestexcept function returns the value of the bitwise OR of the floating-point
  exception macros corresponding to the currently set floating-point exceptions included in
@@ -10007,7 +10007,7 @@ unsigned long long int
 
    
  
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    188) This mechanism allows testing several floating-point exceptions with just one function call.
 
 
@@ -10017,34 +10017,34 @@ unsigned long long int
  modes.
 
 
    7.6.3.1 The fegetround function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <fenv.h>
         int fegetround(void);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The fegetround function gets the current rounding direction.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The fegetround function returns the value of the rounding direction macro
  representing the current rounding direction or a negative value if there is no such
  rounding direction macro or the current rounding direction is not determinable.
 
 
    7.6.3.2 The fesetround function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <fenv.h>
         int fesetround(int round);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The fesetround function establishes the rounding direction represented by its
  argument round. If the argument is not equal to the value of a rounding direction macro,
  the rounding direction is not changed.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The fesetround function returns zero if and only if the requested rounding direction
  was established.
@@ -10076,41 +10076,41 @@ unsigned long long int
  control modes -- as one entity.
 
 
    7.6.4.1 The fegetenv function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <fenv.h>
         int fegetenv(fenv_t *envp);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The fegetenv function attempts to store the current floating-point environment in the
  object pointed to by envp.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The fegetenv function returns zero if the environment was successfully stored.
  Otherwise, it returns a nonzero value.
 
 
    7.6.4.2 The feholdexcept function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <fenv.h>
         int feholdexcept(fenv_t *envp);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The feholdexcept function saves the current floating-point environment in the object
  pointed to by envp, clears the floating-point status flags, and then installs a non-stop
  (continue on floating-point exceptions) mode, if available, for all floating-point
  exceptions.189)
 
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The feholdexcept function returns zero if and only if non-stop floating-point
  exception handling was successfully installed.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    189) IEC 60559 systems have a default non-stop mode, and typically at least one other mode for trap
  handling or aborting; if the system provides only the non-stop mode then installing it is trivial. For
  such systems, the feholdexcept function can be used in conjunction with the feupdateenv
@@ -10118,39 +10118,39 @@ unsigned long long int
 
 
 
    7.6.4.3 The fesetenv function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <fenv.h>
          int fesetenv(const fenv_t *envp);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The fesetenv function attempts to establish the floating-point environment represented
  by the object pointed to by envp. The argument envp shall point to an object set by a
  call to fegetenv or feholdexcept, or equal a floating-point environment macro.
  Note that fesetenv merely installs the state of the floating-point status flags
  represented through its argument, and does not raise these floating-point exceptions.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The fesetenv function returns zero if the environment was successfully established.
  Otherwise, it returns a nonzero value.
 
 
    7.6.4.4 The feupdateenv function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <fenv.h>
          int feupdateenv(const fenv_t *envp);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The feupdateenv function attempts to save the currently raised floating-point
  exceptions in its automatic storage, install the floating-point environment represented by
  the object pointed to by envp, and then raise the saved floating-point exceptions. The
  argument envp shall point to an object set by a call to feholdexcept or fegetenv,
  or equal a floating-point environment macro.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The feupdateenv function returns zero if all the actions were successfully carried out.
  Otherwise, it returns a nonzero value.
@@ -10206,7 +10206,7 @@ unsigned long long int
 
     Forward references: integer types <stdint.h> (7.18), formatted input/output
  functions (7.19.6), formatted wide character input/output functions (7.24.2).
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    190) See ''future library directions'' (7.26.4).
 
 
@@ -10273,7 +10273,7 @@ unsigned long long int
 
    
  
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    191) C++ implementations should define these macros only when __STDC_FORMAT_MACROS is defined
  before <inttypes.h> is included.
 
@@ -10285,13 +10285,13 @@ unsigned long long int
 
    7.8.2 Functions for greatest-width integer types
    
 
 
    7.8.2.1 The imaxabs function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <inttypes.h>
          intmax_t imaxabs(intmax_t j);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The imaxabs function computes the absolute value of an integer j. If the result cannot
  be represented, the behavior is undefined.193)
@@ -10299,26 +10299,26 @@ unsigned long long int
  
  
 
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The imaxabs function returns the absolute value.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    193) The absolute value of the most negative number cannot be represented in two's complement.
 
 
 
    7.8.2.2 The imaxdiv function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
                 #include <inttypes.h>
             imaxdiv_t imaxdiv(intmax_t numer, intmax_t denom);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The imaxdiv function computes numer / denom and numer % denom in a single
  operation.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The imaxdiv function returns a structure of type imaxdiv_t comprising both the
  quotient and the remainder. The structure shall contain (in either order) the members
@@ -10326,7 +10326,7 @@ unsigned long long int
  either part of the result cannot be represented, the behavior is undefined.
 
 
    7.8.2.3 The strtoimax and strtoumax functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <inttypes.h>
@@ -10335,12 +10335,12 @@ unsigned long long int
         uintmax_t strtoumax(const char * restrict nptr,
              char ** restrict endptr, int base);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The strtoimax and strtoumax functions are equivalent to the strtol, strtoll,
  strtoul, and strtoull functions, except that the initial portion of the string is
  converted to intmax_t and uintmax_t representation, respectively.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The strtoimax and strtoumax functions return the converted value, if any. If no
  conversion could be performed, zero is returned. If the correct value is outside the range
@@ -10352,7 +10352,7 @@ unsigned long long int
 
 
 
    7.8.2.4 The wcstoimax and wcstoumax functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stddef.h>           // for wchar_t
@@ -10362,12 +10362,12 @@ unsigned long long int
         uintmax_t wcstoumax(const wchar_t * restrict nptr,
              wchar_t ** restrict endptr, int base);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The wcstoimax and wcstoumax functions are equivalent to the wcstol, wcstoll,
  wcstoul, and wcstoull functions except that the initial portion of the wide string is
  converted to intmax_t and uintmax_t representation, respectively.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The wcstoimax function returns the converted value, if any. If no conversion could be
  performed, zero is returned. If the correct value is outside the range of representable
@@ -10460,7 +10460,7 @@ unsigned long long int
  with the characters LC_ and an uppercase letter,195) may also be specified by the
  implementation.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    194) ISO/IEC 9945-2 specifies locale and charmap formats that may be used to specify locales for C.
 
 
    195) See ''future library directions'' (7.26.5).
@@ -10469,13 +10469,13 @@ unsigned long long int
 
    7.11.1 Locale control
    
 
 
    7.11.1.1 The setlocale function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
               #include <locale.h>
           char *setlocale(int category, const char *locale);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The setlocale function selects the appropriate portion of the program's locale as
  specified by the category and locale arguments. The setlocale function may be
@@ -10503,7 +10503,7 @@ unsigned long long int
  is executed.
 
    
  The implementation shall behave as if no library function calls the setlocale function.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  If a pointer to a string is given for locale and the selection can be honored, the
  setlocale function returns a pointer to the string associated with the specified
@@ -10523,7 +10523,7 @@ unsigned long long int
  (7.20.8), numeric conversion functions (7.20.1), the strcoll function (7.21.4.3), the
  strftime function (7.23.3.5), the strxfrm function (7.21.4.5).
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    196) The only functions in 7.4 whose behavior is not affected by the current locale are isdigit and
  isxdigit.
 
@@ -10534,13 +10534,13 @@ unsigned long long int
 
    7.11.2 Numeric formatting convention inquiry
    
 
 
    7.11.2.1 The localeconv function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <locale.h>
          struct lconv *localeconv(void);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The localeconv function sets the components of an object with type struct lconv
  with values appropriate for the formatting of numeric quantities (monetary and otherwise)
@@ -10696,7 +10696,7 @@ unsigned long long int
 
    
  The implementation shall behave as if no library function calls the localeconv
  function.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The localeconv function returns a pointer to the filled-in object. The structure
  pointed to by the return value shall not be modified by the program, but may be
@@ -10876,7 +10876,7 @@ unsigned long long int
  shall define the macros FE_DIVBYZERO, FE_INVALID, and FE_OVERFLOW in
  <fenv.h>.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    198) Particularly on systems with wide expression evaluation, a <math.h> function might pass arguments
  and return values in wider format than the synopsis prototype indicates.
 
@@ -10938,7 +10938,7 @@ unsigned long long int
  math_errhandling & MATH_ERREXCEPT is nonzero, whether the ''underflow''
  floating-point exception is raised is implementation-defined.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    203) In an implementation that supports infinities, this allows an infinity as an argument to be a domain
  error if the mathematical domain of the function does not include the infinity.
 
@@ -10947,13 +10947,13 @@ unsigned long long int
 
 
 
    7.12.2 The FP_CONTRACT pragma
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <math.h>
          #pragma STDC FP_CONTRACT on-off-switch
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The FP_CONTRACT pragma can be used to allow (if the state is ''on'') or disallow (if the
  state is ''off'') the implementation to contract expressions (6.5). Each pragma can occur
@@ -10979,19 +10979,19 @@ unsigned long long int
  expression of real floating type.
 
 
    7.12.3.1 The fpclassify macro
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
               #include <math.h>
           int fpclassify(real-floating x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The fpclassify macro classifies its argument value as NaN, infinite, normal,
  subnormal, zero, or into another implementation-defined category. First, an argument
  represented in a format wider than its semantic type is converted to its semantic type.
  Then classification is based on the type of the argument.205)
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The fpclassify macro returns the value of the number classification macro
  appropriate to the value of its argument.
@@ -11005,20 +11005,20 @@ unsigned long long int
 
    
  
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    205) Since an expression can be evaluated with more range and precision than its type has, it is important to
  know the type that classification is based on. For example, a normal long double value might
  become subnormal when converted to double, and zero when converted to float.
 
 
 
    7.12.3.2 The isfinite macro
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
               #include <math.h>
           int isfinite(real-floating x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The isfinite macro determines whether its argument has a finite value (zero,
  subnormal, or normal, and not infinite or NaN). First, an argument represented in a
@@ -11029,51 +11029,51 @@ unsigned long long int
  
  
 
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The isfinite macro returns a nonzero value if and only if its argument has a finite
  value.
 
 
    7.12.3.3 The isinf macro
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <math.h>
          int isinf(real-floating x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The isinf macro determines whether its argument value is an infinity (positive or
  negative). First, an argument represented in a format wider than its semantic type is
  converted to its semantic type. Then determination is based on the type of the argument.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The isinf macro returns a nonzero value if and only if its argument has an infinite
  value.
 
 
    7.12.3.4 The isnan macro
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <math.h>
          int isnan(real-floating x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The isnan macro determines whether its argument value is a NaN. First, an argument
  represented in a format wider than its semantic type is converted to its semantic type.
  Then determination is based on the type of the argument.206)
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The isnan macro returns a nonzero value if and only if its argument has a NaN value.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    206) For the isnan macro, the type for determination does not matter unless the implementation supports
  NaNs in the evaluation type but not in the semantic type.
 
 
 
    7.12.3.5 The isnormal macro
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <math.h>
@@ -11084,33 +11084,33 @@ unsigned long long int
  
  
 
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The isnormal macro determines whether its argument value is normal (neither zero,
  subnormal, infinite, nor NaN). First, an argument represented in a format wider than its
  semantic type is converted to its semantic type. Then determination is based on the type
  of the argument.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The isnormal macro returns a nonzero value if and only if its argument has a normal
  value.
 
 
    7.12.3.6 The signbit macro
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <math.h>
          int signbit(real-floating x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The signbit macro determines whether the sign of its argument value is negative.207)
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The signbit macro returns a nonzero value if and only if the sign of its argument value
  is negative.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    207) The signbit macro reports the sign of all values, including infinities, zeros, and NaNs. If zero is
  unsigned, it is treated as positive.
 
@@ -11118,7 +11118,7 @@ unsigned long long int
 
    7.12.4 Trigonometric functions
    
 
 
    7.12.4.1 The acos functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <math.h>
@@ -11126,11 +11126,11 @@ unsigned long long int
          float acosf(float x);
          long double acosl(long double x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The acos functions compute the principal value of the arc cosine of x. A domain error
  occurs for arguments not in the interval [-1, +1].
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The acos functions return arccos x in the interval [0, pi ] radians.
  
@@ -11140,7 +11140,7 @@ unsigned long long int
 
 
 
    7.12.4.2 The asin functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <math.h>
@@ -11148,16 +11148,16 @@ unsigned long long int
         float asinf(float x);
         long double asinl(long double x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The asin functions compute the principal value of the arc sine of x. A domain error
  occurs for arguments not in the interval [-1, +1].
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The asin functions return arcsin x in the interval [-pi /2, +pi /2] radians.
 
 
    7.12.4.3 The atan functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <math.h>
@@ -11165,15 +11165,15 @@ unsigned long long int
         float atanf(float x);
         long double atanl(long double x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The atan functions compute the principal value of the arc tangent of x.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The atan functions return arctan x in the interval [-pi /2, +pi /2] radians.
 
 
    7.12.4.4 The atan2 functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <math.h>
@@ -11181,18 +11181,18 @@ unsigned long long int
         float atan2f(float y, float x);
         long double atan2l(long double y, long double x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The atan2 functions compute the value of the arc tangent of y/x, using the signs of both
  arguments to determine the quadrant of the return value. A domain error may occur if
  both arguments are zero.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The atan2 functions return arctan y/x in the interval [-pi , +pi ] radians.
 
 
 
    7.12.4.5 The cos functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <math.h>
@@ -11200,15 +11200,15 @@ unsigned long long int
         float cosf(float x);
         long double cosl(long double x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The cos functions compute the cosine of x (measured in radians).
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The cos functions return cos x.
 
 
    7.12.4.6 The sin functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <math.h>
@@ -11216,15 +11216,15 @@ unsigned long long int
         float sinf(float x);
         long double sinl(long double x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The sin functions compute the sine of x (measured in radians).
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The sin functions return sin x.
 
 
    7.12.4.7 The tan functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <math.h>
@@ -11232,10 +11232,10 @@ unsigned long long int
         float tanf(float x);
         long double tanl(long double x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The tan functions return the tangent of x (measured in radians).
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The tan functions return tan x.
 
@@ -11243,7 +11243,7 @@ unsigned long long int
 
    7.12.5 Hyperbolic functions
    
 
 
    7.12.5.1 The acosh functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <math.h>
@@ -11251,16 +11251,16 @@ unsigned long long int
         float acoshf(float x);
         long double acoshl(long double x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The acosh functions compute the (nonnegative) arc hyperbolic cosine of x. A domain
  error occurs for arguments less than 1.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The acosh functions return arcosh x in the interval [0, +(inf)].
 
 
    7.12.5.2 The asinh functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <math.h>
@@ -11268,15 +11268,15 @@ unsigned long long int
         float asinhf(float x);
         long double asinhl(long double x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The asinh functions compute the arc hyperbolic sine of x.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The asinh functions return arsinh x.
 
 
    7.12.5.3 The atanh functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <math.h>
@@ -11284,18 +11284,18 @@ unsigned long long int
         float atanhf(float x);
         long double atanhl(long double x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The atanh functions compute the arc hyperbolic tangent of x. A domain error occurs
  for arguments not in the interval [-1, +1]. A range error may occur if the argument
  equals -1 or +1.
 
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The atanh functions return artanh x.
 
 
    7.12.5.4 The cosh functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <math.h>
@@ -11303,16 +11303,16 @@ unsigned long long int
         float coshf(float x);
         long double coshl(long double x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The cosh functions compute the hyperbolic cosine of x. A range error occurs if the
  magnitude of x is too large.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The cosh functions return cosh x.
 
 
    7.12.5.5 The sinh functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <math.h>
@@ -11320,16 +11320,16 @@ unsigned long long int
         float sinhf(float x);
         long double sinhl(long double x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The sinh functions compute the hyperbolic sine of x. A range error occurs if the
  magnitude of x is too large.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The sinh functions return sinh x.
 
 
    7.12.5.6 The tanh functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <math.h>
@@ -11337,18 +11337,18 @@ unsigned long long int
         float tanhf(float x);
         long double tanhl(long double x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The tanh functions compute the hyperbolic tangent of x.
 
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The tanh functions return tanh x.
 
 
    7.12.6 Exponential and logarithmic functions
    
 
 
    7.12.6.1 The exp functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <math.h>
@@ -11356,16 +11356,16 @@ unsigned long long int
         float expf(float x);
         long double expl(long double x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The exp functions compute the base-e exponential of x. A range error occurs if the
  magnitude of x is too large.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The exp functions return ex.
 
 
    7.12.6.2 The exp2 functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <math.h>
@@ -11373,16 +11373,16 @@ unsigned long long int
         float exp2f(float x);
         long double exp2l(long double x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The exp2 functions compute the base-2 exponential of x. A range error occurs if the
  magnitude of x is too large.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The exp2 functions return 2x.
 
 
    7.12.6.3 The expm1 functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
 
    @@ -11391,20 +11391,20 @@ unsigned long long int
         float expm1f(float x);
         long double expm1l(long double x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The expm1 functions compute the base-e exponential of the argument, minus 1. A range
  error occurs if x is too large.208)
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The expm1 functions return ex - 1.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    208) For small magnitude x, expm1(x) is expected to be more accurate than exp(x) - 1.
 
 
 
    7.12.6.4 The frexp functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <math.h>
@@ -11412,18 +11412,18 @@ unsigned long long int
          float frexpf(float value, int *exp);
          long double frexpl(long double value, int *exp);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The frexp functions break a floating-point number into a normalized fraction and an
  integral power of 2. They store the integer in the int object pointed to by exp.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  If value is not a floating-point number, the results are unspecified. Otherwise, the
  frexp functions return the value x, such that x has a magnitude in the interval [1/2, 1) or
  zero, and value equals x 2*exp . If value is zero, both parts of the result are zero.
 
 
    7.12.6.5 The ilogb functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <math.h>
@@ -11431,7 +11431,7 @@ unsigned long long int
          int ilogbf(float x);
          int ilogbl(long double x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The ilogb functions extract the exponent of x as a signed int value. If x is zero they
  compute the value FP_ILOGB0; if x is infinite they compute the value INT_MAX; if x is
@@ -11444,13 +11444,13 @@ unsigned long long int
  
  
 
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The ilogb functions return the exponent of x as a signed int value.
 
     Forward references: the logb functions (7.12.6.11).
 
 
    7.12.6.6 The ldexp functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <math.h>
@@ -11458,16 +11458,16 @@ unsigned long long int
         float ldexpf(float x, int exp);
         long double ldexpl(long double x, int exp);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The ldexp functions multiply a floating-point number by an integral power of 2. A
  range error may occur.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The ldexp functions return x 2exp .
 
 
    7.12.6.7 The log functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <math.h>
@@ -11475,16 +11475,16 @@ unsigned long long int
         float logf(float x);
         long double logl(long double x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The log functions compute the base-e (natural) logarithm of x. A domain error occurs if
  the argument is negative. A range error may occur if the argument is zero.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The log functions return loge x.
 
 
    7.12.6.8 The log10 functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
 
    @@ -11493,16 +11493,16 @@ unsigned long long int
         float log10f(float x);
         long double log10l(long double x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The log10 functions compute the base-10 (common) logarithm of x. A domain error
  occurs if the argument is negative. A range error may occur if the argument is zero.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The log10 functions return log10 x.
 
 
    7.12.6.9 The log1p functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <math.h>
@@ -11510,21 +11510,21 @@ unsigned long long int
          float log1pf(float x);
          long double log1pl(long double x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The log1p functions compute the base-e (natural) logarithm of 1 plus the argument.209)
  A domain error occurs if the argument is less than -1. A range error may occur if the
  argument equals -1.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The log1p functions return loge (1 + x).
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    209) For small magnitude x, log1p(x) is expected to be more accurate than log(1 + x).
 
 
 
    7.12.6.10 The log2 functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <math.h>
@@ -11532,11 +11532,11 @@ unsigned long long int
          float log2f(float x);
          long double log2l(long double x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The log2 functions compute the base-2 logarithm of x. A domain error occurs if the
  argument is less than zero. A range error may occur if the argument is zero.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The log2 functions return log2 x.
  
@@ -11546,7 +11546,7 @@ unsigned long long int
 
 
 
    7.12.6.11 The logb functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <math.h>
@@ -11554,7 +11554,7 @@ unsigned long long int
         float logbf(float x);
         long double logbl(long double x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The logb functions extract the exponent of x, as a signed integer value in floating-point
  format. If x is subnormal it is treated as though it were normalized; thus, for positive
@@ -11563,12 +11563,12 @@ unsigned long long int
        1 <= x FLT_RADIX-logb(x) < FLT_RADIX
 
    
  A domain error or range error may occur if the argument is zero.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The logb functions return the signed exponent of x.
 
 
    7.12.6.12 The modf functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <math.h>
@@ -11576,18 +11576,18 @@ unsigned long long int
         float modff(float value, float *iptr);
         long double modfl(long double value, long double *iptr);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The modf functions break the argument value into integral and fractional parts, each of
  which has the same type and sign as the argument. They store the integral part (in
  floating-point format) in the object pointed to by iptr.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The modf functions return the signed fractional part of value.
 
 
 
    7.12.6.13 The scalbn and scalbln functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <math.h>
@@ -11598,18 +11598,18 @@ unsigned long long int
         float scalblnf(float x, long int n);
         long double scalblnl(long double x, long int n);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The scalbn and scalbln functions compute x FLT_RADIXn efficiently, not
  normally by computing FLT_RADIXn explicitly. A range error may occur.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The scalbn and scalbln functions return x FLT_RADIXn .
 
 
    7.12.7 Power and absolute-value functions
    
 
 
    7.12.7.1 The cbrt functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <math.h>
@@ -11617,15 +11617,15 @@ unsigned long long int
         float cbrtf(float x);
         long double cbrtl(long double x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The cbrt functions compute the real cube root of x.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The cbrt functions return x1/3.
 
 
    7.12.7.2 The fabs functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <math.h>
@@ -11633,16 +11633,16 @@ unsigned long long int
         float fabsf(float x);
         long double fabsl(long double x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The fabs functions compute the absolute value of a floating-point number x.
 
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The fabs functions return | x |.
 
 
    7.12.7.3 The hypot functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <math.h>
@@ -11650,17 +11650,17 @@ unsigned long long int
         float hypotf(float x, float y);
         long double hypotl(long double x, long double y);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The hypot functions compute the square root of the sum of the squares of x and y,
  without undue overflow or underflow. A range error may occur.
 
    
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The hypot functions return (sqrt)(x2 + y2).
 
 
    7.12.7.4 The pow functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <math.h>
@@ -11668,18 +11668,18 @@ unsigned long long int
         float powf(float x, float y);
         long double powl(long double x, long double y);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The pow functions compute x raised to the power y. A domain error occurs if x is finite
  and negative and y is finite and not an integer value. A range error may occur. A domain
  error may occur if x is zero and y is zero. A domain error or range error may occur if x
  is zero and y is less than zero.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The pow functions return xy.
 
 
    7.12.7.5 The sqrt functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
 
    @@ -11688,18 +11688,18 @@ unsigned long long int
         float sqrtf(float x);
         long double sqrtl(long double x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The sqrt functions compute the nonnegative square root of x. A domain error occurs if
  the argument is less than zero.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The sqrt functions return (sqrt)(x).
 
 
    7.12.8 Error and gamma functions
    
 
 
    7.12.8.1 The erf functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <math.h>
@@ -11707,10 +11707,10 @@ unsigned long long int
         float erff(float x);
         long double erfl(long double x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The erf functions compute the error function of x.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The erf functions return
 
    @@ -11720,7 +11720,7 @@ unsigned long long int
 
    
 
 
    7.12.8.2 The erfc functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <math.h>
@@ -11728,11 +11728,11 @@ unsigned long long int
         float erfcf(float x);
         long double erfcl(long double x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The erfc functions compute the complementary error function of x. A range error
  occurs if x is too large.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The erfc functions return
 
    @@ -11743,7 +11743,7 @@ unsigned long long int
  
 
 
    7.12.8.3 The lgamma functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <math.h>
@@ -11751,17 +11751,17 @@ unsigned long long int
         float lgammaf(float x);
         long double lgammal(long double x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The lgamma functions compute the natural logarithm of the absolute value of gamma of
  x. A range error occurs if x is too large. A range error may occur if x is a negative
  integer or zero.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The lgamma functions return loge | (Gamma)(x) |.
 
 
    7.12.8.4 The tgamma functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <math.h>
@@ -11769,19 +11769,19 @@ unsigned long long int
         float tgammaf(float x);
         long double tgammal(long double x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The tgamma functions compute the gamma function of x. A domain error or range error
  may occur if x is a negative integer or zero. A range error may occur if the magnitude of
  x is too large or too small.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The tgamma functions return (Gamma)(x).
 
 
    7.12.9 Nearest integer functions
    
 
 
    7.12.9.1 The ceil functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <math.h>
@@ -11789,16 +11789,16 @@ unsigned long long int
         float ceilf(float x);
         long double ceill(long double x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The ceil functions compute the smallest integer value not less than x.
 
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The ceil functions return [^x^], expressed as a floating-point number.
 
 
    7.12.9.2 The floor functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <math.h>
@@ -11806,15 +11806,15 @@ unsigned long long int
         float floorf(float x);
         long double floorl(long double x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The floor functions compute the largest integer value not greater than x.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The floor functions return [_x_], expressed as a floating-point number.
 
 
    7.12.9.3 The nearbyint functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <math.h>
@@ -11822,17 +11822,17 @@ unsigned long long int
         float nearbyintf(float x);
         long double nearbyintl(long double x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The nearbyint functions round their argument to an integer value in floating-point
  format, using the current rounding direction and without raising the ''inexact'' floating-
  point exception.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The nearbyint functions return the rounded integer value.
 
 
    7.12.9.4 The rint functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <math.h>
@@ -11840,18 +11840,18 @@ unsigned long long int
         float rintf(float x);
         long double rintl(long double x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The rint functions differ from the nearbyint functions (7.12.9.3) only in that the
  rint functions may raise the ''inexact'' floating-point exception if the result differs in
  value from the argument.
 
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The rint functions return the rounded integer value.
 
 
    7.12.9.5 The lrint and llrint functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <math.h>
@@ -11862,18 +11862,18 @@ unsigned long long int
         long long int llrintf(float x);
         long long int llrintl(long double x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The lrint and llrint functions round their argument to the nearest integer value,
  rounding according to the current rounding direction. If the rounded value is outside the
  range of the return type, the numeric result is unspecified and a domain error or range
  error may occur.                                                                          *
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The lrint and llrint functions return the rounded integer value.
 
 
    7.12.9.6 The round functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <math.h>
@@ -11881,18 +11881,18 @@ unsigned long long int
         float roundf(float x);
         long double roundl(long double x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The round functions round their argument to the nearest integer value in floating-point
  format, rounding halfway cases away from zero, regardless of the current rounding
  direction.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The round functions return the rounded integer value.
 
 
 
    7.12.9.7 The lround and llround functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <math.h>
@@ -11903,18 +11903,18 @@ unsigned long long int
         long long int llroundf(float x);
         long long int llroundl(long double x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The lround and llround functions round their argument to the nearest integer value,
  rounding halfway cases away from zero, regardless of the current rounding direction. If
  the rounded value is outside the range of the return type, the numeric result is unspecified
  and a domain error or range error may occur.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The lround and llround functions return the rounded integer value.
 
 
    7.12.9.8 The trunc functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <math.h>
@@ -11922,11 +11922,11 @@ unsigned long long int
         float truncf(float x);
         long double truncl(long double x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The trunc functions round their argument to the integer value, in floating format,
  nearest to but no larger in magnitude than the argument.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The trunc functions return the truncated integer value.
 
@@ -11934,7 +11934,7 @@ unsigned long long int
 
    7.12.10 Remainder functions
    
 
 
    7.12.10.1 The fmod functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
               #include <math.h>
@@ -11942,10 +11942,10 @@ unsigned long long int
           float fmodf(float x, float y);
           long double fmodl(long double x, long double y);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The fmod functions compute the floating-point remainder of x/y.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The fmod functions return the value x - ny, for some integer n such that, if y is nonzero,
  the result has the same sign as x and magnitude less than the magnitude of y. If y is zero,
@@ -11953,7 +11953,7 @@ unsigned long long int
  defined.
 
 
    7.12.10.2 The remainder functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
               #include <math.h>
@@ -11961,10 +11961,10 @@ unsigned long long int
           float remainderf(float x, float y);
           long double remainderl(long double x, long double y);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The remainder functions compute the remainder x REM y required by IEC 60559.210)
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The remainder functions return x REM y. If y is zero, whether a domain error occurs
  or the functions return zero is implementation defined.
@@ -11974,7 +11974,7 @@ unsigned long long int
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    210) ''When y != 0, the remainder r = x REM y is defined regardless of the rounding mode by the
  mathematical relation r = x - ny, where n is the integer nearest the exact value of x/y; whenever
  | n - x/y | = 1/2, then n is even. Thus, the remainder is always exact. If r = 0, its sign shall be that of
@@ -11982,7 +11982,7 @@ unsigned long long int
 
 
 
    7.12.10.3 The remquo functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <math.h>
@@ -11991,13 +11991,13 @@ unsigned long long int
         long double remquol(long double x, long double y,
              int *quo);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The remquo functions compute the same remainder as the remainder functions. In
  the object pointed to by quo they store a value whose sign is the sign of x/y and whose
  magnitude is congruent modulo 2n to the magnitude of the integral quotient of x/y, where
  n is an implementation-defined integer greater than or equal to 3.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The remquo functions return x REM y. If y is zero, the value stored in the object
  pointed to by quo is unspecified and whether a domain error occurs or the functions
@@ -12006,7 +12006,7 @@ unsigned long long int
 
    7.12.11 Manipulation functions
    
 
 
    7.12.11.1 The copysign functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <math.h>
@@ -12014,19 +12014,19 @@ unsigned long long int
         float copysignf(float x, float y);
         long double copysignl(long double x, long double y);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The copysign functions produce a value with the magnitude of x and the sign of y.
  They produce a NaN (with the sign of y) if x is a NaN. On implementations that
  represent a signed zero but do not treat negative zero consistently in arithmetic
  operations, the copysign functions regard the sign of zero as positive.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The copysign functions return a value with the magnitude of x and the sign of y.
 
 
 
    7.12.11.2 The nan functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <math.h>
@@ -12034,7 +12034,7 @@ unsigned long long int
          float nanf(const char *tagp);
          long double nanl(const char *tagp);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The call nan("n-char-sequence") is equivalent to strtod("NAN(n-char-
  sequence)",     (char**)       NULL); the call nan("") is equivalent to
@@ -12042,14 +12042,14 @@ unsigned long long int
  sequence or an empty string, the call is equivalent to strtod("NAN", (char**)
  NULL). Calls to nanf and nanl are equivalent to the corresponding calls to strtof
  and strtold.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The nan functions return a quiet NaN, if available, with content indicated through tagp.
  If the implementation does not support quiet NaNs, the functions return zero.
 
     Forward references: the strtod, strtof, and strtold functions (7.20.1.3).
 
 
    7.12.11.3 The nextafter functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <math.h>
@@ -12057,14 +12057,14 @@ unsigned long long int
          float nextafterf(float x, float y);
          long double nextafterl(long double x, long double y);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The nextafter functions determine the next representable value, in the type of the
  function, after x in the direction of y, where x and y are first converted to the type of the
  function.211) The nextafter functions return y if x equals y. A range error may occur
  if the magnitude of x is the largest finite value representable in the type and the result is
  infinite or not representable in the type.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The nextafter functions return the next representable value in the specified format
  after x in the direction of y.
@@ -12072,13 +12072,13 @@ unsigned long long int
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    211) The argument values are converted to the type of the function, even by a macro implementation of the
  function.
 
 
 
    7.12.11.4 The nexttoward functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <math.h>
@@ -12086,13 +12086,13 @@ unsigned long long int
          float nexttowardf(float x, long double y);
          long double nexttowardl(long double x, long double y);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The nexttoward functions are equivalent to the nextafter functions except that the
  second parameter has type long double and the functions return y converted to the
  type of the function if x equals y.212)
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    212) The result of the nexttoward functions is determined in the type of the function, without loss of
  range or precision in a floating second argument.
 
@@ -12100,7 +12100,7 @@ unsigned long long int
 
    7.12.12 Maximum, minimum, and positive difference functions
    
 
 
    7.12.12.1 The fdim functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <math.h>
@@ -12108,7 +12108,7 @@ unsigned long long int
          float fdimf(float x, float y);
          long double fdiml(long double x, long double y);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The fdim functions determine the positive difference between their arguments:
 
    @@ -12117,12 +12117,12 @@ unsigned long long int
        {+0     if x <= y
 
    
  A range error may occur.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The fdim functions return the positive difference value.
 
 
    7.12.12.2 The fmax functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <math.h>
@@ -12134,20 +12134,20 @@ unsigned long long int
  
  
 
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The fmax functions determine the maximum numeric value of their arguments.213)
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The fmax functions return the maximum numeric value of their arguments.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    213) NaN arguments are treated as missing data: if one argument is a NaN and the other numeric, then the
  fmax functions choose the numeric value. See F.9.9.2.
 
 
 
    7.12.12.3 The fmin functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <math.h>
@@ -12155,21 +12155,21 @@ unsigned long long int
          float fminf(float x, float y);
          long double fminl(long double x, long double y);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The fmin functions determine the minimum numeric value of their arguments.214)
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The fmin functions return the minimum numeric value of their arguments.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    214) The fmin functions are analogous to the fmax functions in their treatment of NaNs.
 
 
 
    7.12.13 Floating multiply-add
    
 
 
    7.12.13.1 The fma functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <math.h>
@@ -12178,12 +12178,12 @@ unsigned long long int
          long double fmal(long double x, long double y,
               long double z);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The fma functions compute (x y) + z, rounded as one ternary operation: they compute
  the value (as if) to infinite precision and round once to the result format, according to the
  current rounding mode. A range error may occur.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The fma functions return (x y) + z, rounded as one ternary operation.
  
@@ -12205,37 +12205,37 @@ unsigned long long int
  the synopses in this subclause, real-floating indicates that the argument shall be an
  expression of real floating type.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    215) IEC 60559 requires that the built-in relational operators raise the ''invalid'' floating-point exception if
  the operands compare unordered, as an error indicator for programs written without consideration of
  NaNs; the result in these cases is false.
 
 
 
    7.12.14.1 The isgreater macro
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
               #include <math.h>
           int isgreater(real-floating x, real-floating y);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The isgreater macro determines whether its first argument is greater than its second
  argument. The value of isgreater(x, y) is always equal to (x) > (y); however,
  unlike (x) > (y), isgreater(x, y) does not raise the ''invalid'' floating-point
  exception when x and y are unordered.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The isgreater macro returns the value of (x) > (y).
 
 
    7.12.14.2 The isgreaterequal macro
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
               #include <math.h>
           int isgreaterequal(real-floating x, real-floating y);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The isgreaterequal macro determines whether its first argument is greater than or
  equal to its second argument. The value of isgreaterequal(x, y) is always equal
@@ -12245,52 +12245,52 @@ unsigned long long int
  
  
 
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The isgreaterequal macro returns the value of (x) >= (y).
 
 
    7.12.14.3 The isless macro
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <math.h>
         int isless(real-floating x, real-floating y);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The isless macro determines whether its first argument is less than its second
  argument. The value of isless(x, y) is always equal to (x) < (y); however,
  unlike (x) < (y), isless(x, y) does not raise the ''invalid'' floating-point
  exception when x and y are unordered.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The isless macro returns the value of (x) < (y).
 
 
    7.12.14.4 The islessequal macro
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <math.h>
         int islessequal(real-floating x, real-floating y);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The islessequal macro determines whether its first argument is less than or equal to
  its second argument. The value of islessequal(x, y) is always equal to
  (x) <= (y); however, unlike (x) <= (y), islessequal(x, y) does not raise
  the ''invalid'' floating-point exception when x and y are unordered.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The islessequal macro returns the value of (x) <= (y).
 
 
    7.12.14.5 The islessgreater macro
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <math.h>
         int islessgreater(real-floating x, real-floating y);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The islessgreater macro determines whether its first argument is less than or
  greater than its second argument. The islessgreater(x, y) macro is similar to
@@ -12298,21 +12298,21 @@ unsigned long long int
  the ''invalid'' floating-point exception when x and y are unordered (nor does it evaluate x
  and y twice).
 
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The islessgreater macro returns the value of (x) < (y) || (x) > (y).
 
 
    7.12.14.6 The isunordered macro
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
            #include <math.h>
        int isunordered(real-floating x, real-floating y);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The isunordered macro determines whether its arguments are unordered.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The isunordered macro returns 1 if its arguments are unordered and 0 otherwise.
 
@@ -12337,7 +12337,7 @@ unsigned long long int
  linkage. If a macro definition is suppressed in order to access an actual function, or a
  program defines an external identifier with the name setjmp, the behavior is undefined.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    216) These functions are useful for dealing with unusual conditions encountered in a low-level function of
  a program.
 
@@ -12345,22 +12345,22 @@ unsigned long long int
 
    7.13.1 Save calling environment
    
 
 
    7.13.1.1 The setjmp macro
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <setjmp.h>
          int setjmp(jmp_buf env);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The setjmp macro saves its calling environment in its jmp_buf argument for later use
  by the longjmp function.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  If the return is from a direct invocation, the setjmp macro returns the value zero. If the
  return is from a call to the longjmp function, the setjmp macro returns a nonzero
  value.
-
    Environmental limits
    
+
    Environmental limits
 
    
  An invocation of the setjmp macro shall appear only in one of the following contexts:
 
      
@@ -12381,13 +12381,13 @@ unsigned long long int
 
      7.13.2 Restore calling environment
      
 
 
      7.13.2.1 The longjmp function
      
-
      Synopsis
      
+
      Synopsis
 
      
 
                 #include <setjmp.h>
           void longjmp(jmp_buf env, int val);
 
      
-
      Description
      
+
      Description
 
      
  The longjmp function restores the environment saved by the most recent invocation of
  the setjmp macro in the same invocation of the program with the corresponding
@@ -12402,7 +12402,7 @@ unsigned long long int
  invocation of the corresponding setjmp macro that do not have volatile-qualified type
  and have been changed between the setjmp invocation and longjmp call are
  indeterminate.
-
      Returns
      
+
      Returns
 
      
  After longjmp is completed, program execution continues as if the corresponding
  invocation of the setjmp macro had just returned the value specified by val. The
@@ -12441,7 +12441,7 @@ unsigned long long int
         }
 
    
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    217) For example, by executing a return statement or because another longjmp call has caused a
  transfer to a setjmp invocation in a function earlier in the set of nested calls.
 
@@ -12493,7 +12493,7 @@ unsigned long long int
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    219) See ''future library directions'' (7.26.9). The names of the signal numbers reflect the following terms
  (respectively): abort, floating-point exception, illegal instruction, interrupt, segmentation violation,
  and termination.
@@ -12502,13 +12502,13 @@ unsigned long long int
 
    7.14.1 Specify signal handling
    
 
 
    7.14.1.1 The signal function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <signal.h>
          void (*signal(int sig, void (*func)(int)))(int);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The signal function chooses one of three ways in which receipt of the signal number
  sig is to be subsequently handled. If the value of func is SIG_DFL, default handling
@@ -12555,7 +12555,7 @@ unsigned long long int
  is executed for all other signals defined by the implementation.
 
    
  The implementation shall behave as if no library function calls the signal function.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  If the request can be honored, the signal function returns the value of func for the
  most recent successful call to signal for the specified signal sig. Otherwise, a value of
@@ -12563,25 +12563,25 @@ unsigned long long int
 
     Forward references: the abort function (7.20.4.1), the exit function (7.20.4.3), the
  _Exit function (7.20.4.4).
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    220) If any signal is generated by an asynchronous signal handler, the behavior is undefined.
 
 
 
    7.14.2 Send signal
    
 
 
    7.14.2.1 The raise function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <signal.h>
         int raise(int sig);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The raise function carries out the actions described in 7.14.1.1 for the signal sig. If a
  signal handler is called, the raise function shall not return until after the signal handler
  does.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The raise function returns zero if successful, nonzero if unsuccessful.
 
@@ -12609,7 +12609,7 @@ unsigned long long int
  value of ap in the calling function is indeterminate and shall be passed to the va_end
  macro prior to any further reference to ap.221)
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    221) It is permitted to create a pointer to a va_list and pass that pointer to another function, in which
  case the original function may make further use of the original list after the other function returns.
 
@@ -12625,13 +12625,13 @@ unsigned long long int
  function.
 
 
    7.15.1.1 The va_arg macro
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdarg.h>
          type va_arg(va_list ap, type);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The va_arg macro expands to an expression that has the specified type and the value of
  the next argument in the call. The parameter ap shall have been initialized by the
@@ -12650,38 +12650,38 @@ unsigned long long int
  type, and the value is representable in both types;
 
  •   one type is pointer to void and the other is a pointer to a character type.
 
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The first invocation of the va_arg macro after that of the va_start macro returns the
  value of the argument after that specified by parmN . Successive invocations return the
  values of the remaining arguments in succession.
 
 
    7.15.1.2 The va_copy macro
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdarg.h>
         void va_copy(va_list dest, va_list src);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The va_copy macro initializes dest as a copy of src, as if the va_start macro had
  been applied to dest followed by the same sequence of uses of the va_arg macro as
  had previously been used to reach the present state of src. Neither the va_copy nor
  va_start macro shall be invoked to reinitialize dest without an intervening
  invocation of the va_end macro for the same dest.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The va_copy macro returns no value.
 
 
    7.15.1.3 The va_end macro
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdarg.h>
         void va_end(va_list ap);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The va_end macro facilitates a normal return from the function whose variable
  argument list was referred to by the expansion of the va_start macro, or the function
@@ -12691,18 +12691,18 @@ unsigned long long int
  by the va_start or va_copy macro). If there is no corresponding invocation of the
  va_start or va_copy macro, or if the va_end macro is not invoked before the
  return, the behavior is undefined.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The va_end macro returns no value.
 
 
    7.15.1.4 The va_start macro
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdarg.h>
          void va_start(va_list ap, parmN);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The va_start macro shall be invoked before any access to the unnamed arguments.
 
    
@@ -12715,7 +12715,7 @@ unsigned long long int
  parmN is declared with the register storage class, with a function or array type, or
  with a type that is not compatible with the type that results after application of the default
  argument promotions, the behavior is undefined.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The va_start macro returns no value.
 
    
@@ -12811,7 +12811,7 @@ unsigned long long int
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    222) See ''future library directions'' (7.26.7).
 
 
@@ -12856,7 +12856,7 @@ unsigned long long int
 
    • 
  then the expression &(t.member-designator) evaluates to an address constant. (If the
  specified member is a bit-field, the behavior is undefined.)
-
    Recommended practice
    
+
    Recommended practice
 
    
  The types used for size_t and ptrdiff_t should not have an integer conversion rank
  greater than that of signed long int unless the implementation supports objects
@@ -12890,7 +12890,7 @@ unsigned long long int
  shall provide those types described as ''required'', but need not provide any of the others
  (described as ''optional'').
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    223) See ''future library directions'' (7.26.8).
 
 
    224) Some of these types may denote implementation-defined extended integer types.
@@ -12966,7 +12966,7 @@ unsigned long long int
 
    
  All other types of this form are optional.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    225) The designated type is not guaranteed to be fastest for all purposes; if the implementation has no clear
  grounds for choosing one type over another, it will simply pick some integer type satisfying the
  signedness and width requirements.
@@ -13017,7 +13017,7 @@ unsigned long long int
  magnitude (absolute value) than the corresponding value given below, with the same sign,
  except where stated to be exactly the given value.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    226) C++ implementations should define these macros only when __STDC_LIMIT_MACROS is defined
  before <stdint.h> is included.
 
@@ -13165,7 +13165,7 @@ unsigned long long int
  otherwise, wint_t is defined as an unsigned integer type, and the value of WINT_MIN
  shall be 0 and the value of WINT_MAX shall be no less than 65535.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    227) C++ implementations should define these macros only when __STDC_LIMIT_MACROS is defined
  before <stdint.h> is included.
 
@@ -13195,7 +13195,7 @@ unsigned long long int
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    230) C++ implementations should define these macros only when __STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS is
  defined before <stdint.h> is included.
 
@@ -13328,7 +13328,7 @@ unsigned long long int
 
     Forward references: files (7.19.3), the fseek function (7.19.9.2), streams (7.19.2), the
  tmpnam function (7.19.4.4), <wchar.h> (7.24).
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    231) If the implementation imposes no practical limit on the length of file name strings, the value of
  FILENAME_MAX should instead be the recommended size of an array intended to hold a file name
  string. Of course, file name string contents are subject to other system-specific constraints; therefore
@@ -13391,7 +13391,7 @@ unsigned long long int
  value of this mbstate_t object as part of the value of the fpos_t object. A later
  successful call to fsetpos using the same stored fpos_t value restores the value of
  the associated mbstate_t object as well as the position within the controlled stream.
-
    Environmental limits
    
+
    Environmental limits
 
    
  An implementation shall support text files with lines containing at least 254 characters,
  including the terminating new-line character. The value of the macro BUFSIZ shall be at
@@ -13405,7 +13405,7 @@ unsigned long long int
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    232) An implementation need not distinguish between text streams and binary streams. In such an
  implementation, there need be no new-line characters in a text stream nor any limit to the length of a
  line.
@@ -13507,7 +13507,7 @@ unsigned long long int
  multibyte character. The wide character input/output functions and the byte input/output
  functions store the value of the macro EILSEQ in errno if and only if an encoding error
  occurs.
-
    Environmental limits
    
+
    Environmental limits
 
    
  The value of FOPEN_MAX shall be at least eight, including the three standard text
  streams.
@@ -13517,7 +13517,7 @@ unsigned long long int
  fputwc function (7.24.3.3), conversion state (7.24.6), the mbrtowc function
  (7.24.6.3.2), the wcrtomb function (7.24.6.3.3).
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    234) Setting the file position indicator to end-of-file, as with fseek(file, 0, SEEK_END), has
  undefined behavior for a binary stream (because of possible trailing null characters) or for any stream
  with state-dependent encoding that does not assuredly end in the initial shift state.
@@ -13526,79 +13526,79 @@ unsigned long long int
 
    7.19.4 Operations on files
    
 
 
    7.19.4.1 The remove function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdio.h>
         int remove(const char *filename);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The remove function causes the file whose name is the string pointed to by filename
  to be no longer accessible by that name. A subsequent attempt to open that file using that
  name will fail, unless it is created anew. If the file is open, the behavior of the remove
  function is implementation-defined.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The remove function returns zero if the operation succeeds, nonzero if it fails.
 
 
    7.19.4.2 The rename function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdio.h>
         int rename(const char *old, const char *new);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The rename function causes the file whose name is the string pointed to by old to be
  henceforth known by the name given by the string pointed to by new. The file named
  old is no longer accessible by that name. If a file named by the string pointed to by new
  exists prior to the call to the rename function, the behavior is implementation-defined.
 
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The rename function returns zero if the operation succeeds, nonzero if it fails,235) in
  which case if the file existed previously it is still known by its original name.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    235) Among the reasons the implementation may cause the rename function to fail are that the file is open
  or that it is necessary to copy its contents to effectuate its renaming.
 
 
 
    7.19.4.3 The tmpfile function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdio.h>
          FILE *tmpfile(void);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The tmpfile function creates a temporary binary file that is different from any other
  existing file and that will automatically be removed when it is closed or at program
  termination. If the program terminates abnormally, whether an open temporary file is
  removed is implementation-defined. The file is opened for update with "wb+" mode.
-
    Recommended practice
    
+
    Recommended practice
 
    
  It should be possible to open at least TMP_MAX temporary files during the lifetime of the
  program (this limit may be shared with tmpnam) and there should be no limit on the
  number simultaneously open other than this limit and any limit on the number of open
  files (FOPEN_MAX).
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The tmpfile function returns a pointer to the stream of the file that it created. If the file
  cannot be created, the tmpfile function returns a null pointer.
 
     Forward references: the fopen function (7.19.5.3).
 
 
    7.19.4.4 The tmpnam function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdio.h>
          char *tmpnam(char *s);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The tmpnam function generates a string that is a valid file name and that is not the same
  as the name of an existing file.236) The function is potentially capable of generating
@@ -13611,7 +13611,7 @@ unsigned long long int
  The tmpnam function generates a different string each time it is called.
 
    
  The implementation shall behave as if no library function calls the tmpnam function.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  If no suitable string can be generated, the tmpnam function returns a null pointer.
  Otherwise, if the argument is a null pointer, the tmpnam function leaves its result in an
@@ -13619,11 +13619,11 @@ unsigned long long int
  function may modify the same object). If the argument is not a null pointer, it is assumed
  to point to an array of at least L_tmpnam chars; the tmpnam function writes its result
  in that array and returns the argument as its value.
-
    Environmental limits
    
+
    Environmental limits
 
    
  The value of the macro TMP_MAX shall be at least 25.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    236) Files created using strings generated by the tmpnam function are temporary only in the sense that
  their names should not collide with those generated by conventional naming rules for the
  implementation. It is still necessary to use the remove function to remove such files when their use
@@ -13633,13 +13633,13 @@ unsigned long long int
 
    7.19.5 File access functions
    
 
 
    7.19.5.1 The fclose function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdio.h>
         int fclose(FILE *stream);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  A successful call to the fclose function causes the stream pointed to by stream to be
  flushed and the associated file to be closed. Any unwritten buffered data for the stream
@@ -13647,20 +13647,20 @@ unsigned long long int
  are discarded. Whether or not the call succeeds, the stream is disassociated from the file
  and any buffer set by the setbuf or setvbuf function is disassociated from the stream
  (and deallocated if it was automatically allocated).
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The fclose function returns zero if the stream was successfully closed, or EOF if any
  errors were detected.
 
 
    7.19.5.2 The fflush function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
 
             #include <stdio.h>
         int fflush(FILE *stream);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  If stream points to an output stream or an update stream in which the most recent
  operation was not input, the fflush function causes any unwritten data for that stream
@@ -13669,21 +13669,21 @@ unsigned long long int
 
    
  If stream is a null pointer, the fflush function performs this flushing action on all
  streams for which the behavior is defined above.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The fflush function sets the error indicator for the stream and returns EOF if a write
  error occurs, otherwise it returns zero.
 
     Forward references: the fopen function (7.19.5.3).
 
 
    7.19.5.3 The fopen function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdio.h>
          FILE *fopen(const char * restrict filename,
               const char * restrict mode);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The fopen function opens the file whose name is the string pointed to by filename,
  and associates a stream with it.
@@ -13728,20 +13728,20 @@ unsigned long long int
 
    
  When opened, a stream is fully buffered if and only if it can be determined not to refer to
  an interactive device. The error and end-of-file indicators for the stream are cleared.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The fopen function returns a pointer to the object controlling the stream. If the open
  operation fails, fopen returns a null pointer.
 
     Forward references: file positioning functions (7.19.9).
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    237) If the string begins with one of the above sequences, the implementation might choose to ignore the
  remaining characters, or it might use them to select different kinds of a file (some of which might not
  conform to the properties in 7.19.2).
 
 
 
    7.19.5.4 The freopen function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdio.h>
@@ -13749,7 +13749,7 @@ unsigned long long int
              const char * restrict mode,
              FILE * restrict stream);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The freopen function opens the file whose name is the string pointed to by filename
  and associates the stream pointed to by stream with it. The mode argument is used just
@@ -13764,37 +13764,37 @@ unsigned long long int
  The freopen function first attempts to close any file that is associated with the specified
  stream. Failure to close the file is ignored. The error and end-of-file indicators for the
  stream are cleared.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The freopen function returns a null pointer if the open operation fails. Otherwise,
  freopen returns the value of stream.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    238) The primary use of the freopen function is to change the file associated with a standard text stream
  (stderr, stdin, or stdout), as those identifiers need not be modifiable lvalues to which the value
  returned by the fopen function may be assigned.
 
 
 
    7.19.5.5 The setbuf function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdio.h>
          void setbuf(FILE * restrict stream,
               char * restrict buf);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  Except that it returns no value, the setbuf function is equivalent to the setvbuf
  function invoked with the values _IOFBF for mode and BUFSIZ for size, or (if buf
  is a null pointer), with the value _IONBF for mode.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The setbuf function returns no value.
 
     Forward references: the setvbuf function (7.19.5.6).
 
 
    7.19.5.6 The setvbuf function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdio.h>
@@ -13807,7 +13807,7 @@ unsigned long long int
  
  
 
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The setvbuf function may be used only after the stream pointed to by stream has
  been associated with an open file and before any other operation (other than an
@@ -13819,12 +13819,12 @@ unsigned long long int
  specifies the size of the array; otherwise, size may determine the size of a buffer
  allocated by the setvbuf function. The contents of the array at any time are
  indeterminate.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The setvbuf function returns zero on success, or nonzero if an invalid value is given
  for mode or if the request cannot be honored.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    239) The buffer has to have a lifetime at least as great as the open stream, so the stream should be closed
  before a buffer that has automatic storage duration is deallocated upon block exit.
 
@@ -13834,19 +13834,19 @@ unsigned long long int
  The formatted input/output functions shall behave as if there is a sequence point after the
  actions associated with each specifier.240)
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    240) The fprintf functions perform writes to memory for the %n specifier.
 
 
 
    7.19.6.1 The fprintf function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdio.h>
          int fprintf(FILE * restrict stream,
               const char * restrict format, ...);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The fprintf function writes output to the stream pointed to by stream, under control
  of the string pointed to by format that specifies how subsequent arguments are
@@ -14093,7 +14093,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
 
    
  For a and A conversions, if FLT_RADIX is a power of 2, the value is correctly rounded
  to a hexadecimal floating number with the given precision.
-
    Recommended practice
    
+
    Recommended practice
 
    
  For a and A conversions, if FLT_RADIX is not a power of 2 and the result is not exactly
  representable in the given precision, the result should be one of the two adjacent numbers
@@ -14108,11 +14108,11 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  adjacent decimal strings L < U, both having DECIMAL_DIG significant digits; the value
  of the resultant decimal string D should satisfy L <= D <= U, with the extra stipulation that
  the error should have a correct sign for the current rounding direction.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The fprintf function returns the number of characters transmitted, or a negative value
  if an output or encoding error occurred.
-
    Environmental limits
    
+
    Environmental limits
 
    
  The number of characters that can be produced by any single conversion shall be at least
  4095.
@@ -14167,7 +14167,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  
 
     Forward references: conversion state (7.24.6), the wcrtomb function (7.24.6.3.3).
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    241) Note that 0 is taken as a flag, not as the beginning of a field width.
 
 
    242) The results of all floating conversions of a negative zero, and of negative values that round to zero,
@@ -14196,14 +14196,14 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
 
 
 
    7.19.6.2 The fscanf function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
               #include <stdio.h>
           int fscanf(FILE * restrict stream,
                const char * restrict format, ...);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The fscanf function reads input from the stream pointed to by stream, under control
  of the string pointed to by format that specifies the admissible input sequences and how
@@ -14401,7 +14401,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  Trailing white space (including new-line characters) is left unread unless matched by a
  directive. The success of literal matches and suppressed assignments is not directly
  determinable other than via the %n directive.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The fscanf function returns the value of the macro EOF if an input failure occurs
  before any conversion. Otherwise, the function returns the number of input items
@@ -14547,7 +14547,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  (7.24.6), the wcrtomb function (7.24.6.3.3).
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    250) These white-space characters are not counted against a specified field width.
 
 
    251) fscanf pushes back at most one input character onto the input stream. Therefore, some sequences
@@ -14561,33 +14561,33 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
 
 
 
    7.19.6.3 The printf function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdio.h>
         int printf(const char * restrict format, ...);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The printf function is equivalent to fprintf with the argument stdout interposed
  before the arguments to printf.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The printf function returns the number of characters transmitted, or a negative value if
  an output or encoding error occurred.
 
 
    7.19.6.4 The scanf function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdio.h>
         int scanf(const char * restrict format, ...);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The scanf function is equivalent to fscanf with the argument stdin interposed
  before the arguments to scanf.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The scanf function returns the value of the macro EOF if an input failure occurs before
  any conversion. Otherwise, the scanf function returns the number of input items
@@ -14595,14 +14595,14 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  matching failure.
 
 
    7.19.6.5 The snprintf function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdio.h>
         int snprintf(char * restrict s, size_t n,
              const char * restrict format, ...);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The snprintf function is equivalent to fprintf, except that the output is written into
  an array (specified by argument s) rather than to a stream. If n is zero, nothing is written,
@@ -14611,7 +14611,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  of the characters actually written into the array. If copying takes place between objects
  that overlap, the behavior is undefined.
 
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The snprintf function returns the number of characters that would have been written
  had n been sufficiently large, not counting the terminating null character, or a negative
@@ -14619,39 +14619,39 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  completely written if and only if the returned value is nonnegative and less than n.
 
 
    7.19.6.6 The sprintf function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdio.h>
         int sprintf(char * restrict s,
              const char * restrict format, ...);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The sprintf function is equivalent to fprintf, except that the output is written into
  an array (specified by the argument s) rather than to a stream. A null character is written
  at the end of the characters written; it is not counted as part of the returned value. If
  copying takes place between objects that overlap, the behavior is undefined.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The sprintf function returns the number of characters written in the array, not
  counting the terminating null character, or a negative value if an encoding error occurred.
 
 
    7.19.6.7 The sscanf function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdio.h>
         int sscanf(const char * restrict s,
              const char * restrict format, ...);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The sscanf function is equivalent to fscanf, except that input is obtained from a
  string (specified by the argument s) rather than from a stream. Reaching the end of the
  string is equivalent to encountering end-of-file for the fscanf function. If copying
  takes place between objects that overlap, the behavior is undefined.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The sscanf function returns the value of the macro EOF if an input failure occurs
  before any conversion. Otherwise, the sscanf function returns the number of input
@@ -14660,7 +14660,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
 
 
 
    7.19.6.8 The vfprintf function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdarg.h>
@@ -14669,13 +14669,13 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
              const char * restrict format,
              va_list arg);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The vfprintf function is equivalent to fprintf, with the variable argument list
  replaced by arg, which shall have been initialized by the va_start macro (and
  possibly subsequent va_arg calls). The vfprintf function does not invoke the
  va_end macro.254)
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The vfprintf function returns the number of characters transmitted, or a negative
  value if an output or encoding error occurred.
@@ -14701,13 +14701,13 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    254) As the functions vfprintf, vfscanf, vprintf, vscanf, vsnprintf, vsprintf, and
  vsscanf invoke the va_arg macro, the value of arg after the return is indeterminate.
 
 
 
    7.19.6.9 The vfscanf function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdarg.h>
@@ -14716,13 +14716,13 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
              const char * restrict format,
              va_list arg);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The vfscanf function is equivalent to fscanf, with the variable argument list
  replaced by arg, which shall have been initialized by the va_start macro (and
  possibly subsequent va_arg calls). The vfscanf function does not invoke the
  va_end macro.254)
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The vfscanf function returns the value of the macro EOF if an input failure occurs
  before any conversion. Otherwise, the vfscanf function returns the number of input
@@ -14730,7 +14730,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  early matching failure.
 
 
    7.19.6.10 The vprintf function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdarg.h>
@@ -14738,20 +14738,20 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
         int vprintf(const char * restrict format,
              va_list arg);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The vprintf function is equivalent to printf, with the variable argument list
  replaced by arg, which shall have been initialized by the va_start macro (and
  possibly subsequent va_arg calls). The vprintf function does not invoke the
  va_end macro.254)
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The vprintf function returns the number of characters transmitted, or a negative value
  if an output or encoding error occurred.
 
 
 
    7.19.6.11 The vscanf function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdarg.h>
@@ -14759,13 +14759,13 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
         int vscanf(const char * restrict format,
              va_list arg);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The vscanf function is equivalent to scanf, with the variable argument list replaced
  by arg, which shall have been initialized by the va_start macro (and possibly
  subsequent va_arg calls). The vscanf function does not invoke the va_end
  macro.254)
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The vscanf function returns the value of the macro EOF if an input failure occurs
  before any conversion. Otherwise, the vscanf function returns the number of input
@@ -14773,7 +14773,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  early matching failure.
 
 
    7.19.6.12 The vsnprintf function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdarg.h>
@@ -14782,14 +14782,14 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
              const char * restrict format,
              va_list arg);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The vsnprintf function is equivalent to snprintf, with the variable argument list
  replaced by arg, which shall have been initialized by the va_start macro (and
  possibly subsequent va_arg calls). The vsnprintf function does not invoke the
  va_end macro.254) If copying takes place between objects that overlap, the behavior is
  undefined.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The vsnprintf function returns the number of characters that would have been written
  had n been sufficiently large, not counting the terminating null character, or a negative
@@ -14798,7 +14798,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
 
 
 
    7.19.6.13 The vsprintf function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdarg.h>
@@ -14807,20 +14807,20 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
              const char * restrict format,
              va_list arg);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The vsprintf function is equivalent to sprintf, with the variable argument list
  replaced by arg, which shall have been initialized by the va_start macro (and
  possibly subsequent va_arg calls). The vsprintf function does not invoke the
  va_end macro.254) If copying takes place between objects that overlap, the behavior is
  undefined.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The vsprintf function returns the number of characters written in the array, not
  counting the terminating null character, or a negative value if an encoding error occurred.
 
 
    7.19.6.14 The vsscanf function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdarg.h>
@@ -14829,13 +14829,13 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
              const char * restrict format,
              va_list arg);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The vsscanf function is equivalent to sscanf, with the variable argument list
  replaced by arg, which shall have been initialized by the va_start macro (and
  possibly subsequent va_arg calls). The vsscanf function does not invoke the
  va_end macro.254)
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The vsscanf function returns the value of the macro EOF if an input failure occurs
  before any conversion. Otherwise, the vsscanf function returns the number of input
@@ -14846,19 +14846,19 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
 
    7.19.7 Character input/output functions
    
 
 
    7.19.7.1 The fgetc function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdio.h>
          int fgetc(FILE *stream);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  If the end-of-file indicator for the input stream pointed to by stream is not set and a
  next character is present, the fgetc function obtains that character as an unsigned
  char converted to an int and advances the associated file position indicator for the
  stream (if defined).
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  If the end-of-file indicator for the stream is set, or if the stream is at end-of-file, the end-
  of-file indicator for the stream is set and the fgetc function returns EOF. Otherwise, the
@@ -14866,25 +14866,25 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  If a read error occurs, the error indicator for the stream is set and the fgetc function
  returns EOF.255)
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    255) An end-of-file and a read error can be distinguished by use of the feof and ferror functions.
 
 
 
    7.19.7.2 The fgets function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdio.h>
          char *fgets(char * restrict s, int n,
               FILE * restrict stream);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The fgets function reads at most one less than the number of characters specified by n
  from the stream pointed to by stream into the array pointed to by s. No additional
  characters are read after a new-line character (which is retained) or after end-of-file. A
  null character is written immediately after the last character read into the array.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The fgets function returns s if successful. If end-of-file is encountered and no
  characters have been read into the array, the contents of the array remain unchanged and a
@@ -14897,55 +14897,55 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
 
 
 
    7.19.7.3 The fputc function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdio.h>
         int fputc(int c, FILE *stream);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The fputc function writes the character specified by c (converted to an unsigned
  char) to the output stream pointed to by stream, at the position indicated by the
  associated file position indicator for the stream (if defined), and advances the indicator
  appropriately. If the file cannot support positioning requests, or if the stream was opened
  with append mode, the character is appended to the output stream.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The fputc function returns the character written. If a write error occurs, the error
  indicator for the stream is set and fputc returns EOF.
 
 
    7.19.7.4 The fputs function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdio.h>
         int fputs(const char * restrict s,
              FILE * restrict stream);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The fputs function writes the string pointed to by s to the stream pointed to by
  stream. The terminating null character is not written.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The fputs function returns EOF if a write error occurs; otherwise it returns a
  nonnegative value.
 
 
    7.19.7.5 The getc function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdio.h>
         int getc(FILE *stream);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The getc function is equivalent to fgetc, except that if it is implemented as a macro, it
  may evaluate stream more than once, so the argument should never be an expression
  with side effects.
 
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The getc function returns the next character from the input stream pointed to by
  stream. If the stream is at end-of-file, the end-of-file indicator for the stream is set and
@@ -14953,16 +14953,16 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  getc returns EOF.
 
 
    7.19.7.6 The getchar function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdio.h>
         int getchar(void);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The getchar function is equivalent to getc with the argument stdin.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The getchar function returns the next character from the input stream pointed to by
  stdin. If the stream is at end-of-file, the end-of-file indicator for the stream is set and
@@ -14970,19 +14970,19 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  getchar returns EOF.
 
 
    7.19.7.7 The gets function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdio.h>
         char *gets(char *s);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The gets function reads characters from the input stream pointed to by stdin, into the
  array pointed to by s, until end-of-file is encountered or a new-line character is read.
  Any new-line character is discarded, and a null character is written immediately after the
  last character read into the array.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The gets function returns s if successful. If end-of-file is encountered and no
  characters have been read into the array, the contents of the array remain unchanged and a
@@ -14992,63 +14992,63 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
 
 
 
    7.19.7.8 The putc function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdio.h>
         int putc(int c, FILE *stream);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The putc function is equivalent to fputc, except that if it is implemented as a macro, it
  may evaluate stream more than once, so that argument should never be an expression
  with side effects.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The putc function returns the character written. If a write error occurs, the error
  indicator for the stream is set and putc returns EOF.
 
 
    7.19.7.9 The putchar function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdio.h>
         int putchar(int c);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The putchar function is equivalent to putc with the second argument stdout.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The putchar function returns the character written. If a write error occurs, the error
  indicator for the stream is set and putchar returns EOF.
 
 
    7.19.7.10 The puts function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdio.h>
         int puts(const char *s);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The puts function writes the string pointed to by s to the stream pointed to by stdout,
  and appends a new-line character to the output. The terminating null character is not
  written.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The puts function returns EOF if a write error occurs; otherwise it returns a nonnegative
  value.
 
 
 
    7.19.7.11 The ungetc function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
               #include <stdio.h>
           int ungetc(int c, FILE *stream);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The ungetc function pushes the character specified by c (converted to an unsigned
  char) back onto the input stream pointed to by stream. Pushed-back characters will be
@@ -15072,7 +15072,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  For a binary stream, its file position indicator is decremented by each successful call to
  the ungetc function; if its value was zero before a call, it is indeterminate after the
  call.256)
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The ungetc function returns the character pushed back after conversion, or EOF if the
  operation fails.
@@ -15083,14 +15083,14 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    256) See ''future library directions'' (7.26.9).
 
 
 
    7.19.8 Direct input/output functions
    
 
 
    7.19.8.1 The fread function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdio.h>
@@ -15098,7 +15098,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
              size_t size, size_t nmemb,
              FILE * restrict stream);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The fread function reads, into the array pointed to by ptr, up to nmemb elements
  whose size is specified by size, from the stream pointed to by stream. For each
@@ -15107,7 +15107,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  indicator for the stream (if defined) is advanced by the number of characters successfully
  read. If an error occurs, the resulting value of the file position indicator for the stream is
  indeterminate. If a partial element is read, its value is indeterminate.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The fread function returns the number of elements successfully read, which may be
  less than nmemb if a read error or end-of-file is encountered. If size or nmemb is zero,
@@ -15115,7 +15115,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  unchanged.
 
 
    7.19.8.2 The fwrite function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdio.h>
@@ -15123,7 +15123,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
              size_t size, size_t nmemb,
              FILE * restrict stream);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The fwrite function writes, from the array pointed to by ptr, up to nmemb elements
  whose size is specified by size, to the stream pointed to by stream. For each object,
@@ -15133,7 +15133,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  error occurs, the resulting value of the file position indicator for the stream is
  indeterminate.
 
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The fwrite function returns the number of elements successfully written, which will be
  less than nmemb only if a write error is encountered. If size or nmemb is zero,
@@ -15142,33 +15142,33 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
 
    7.19.9 File positioning functions
    
 
 
    7.19.9.1 The fgetpos function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdio.h>
         int fgetpos(FILE * restrict stream,
              fpos_t * restrict pos);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The fgetpos function stores the current values of the parse state (if any) and file
  position indicator for the stream pointed to by stream in the object pointed to by pos.
  The values stored contain unspecified information usable by the fsetpos function for
  repositioning the stream to its position at the time of the call to the fgetpos function.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  If successful, the fgetpos function returns zero; on failure, the fgetpos function
  returns nonzero and stores an implementation-defined positive value in errno.
 
     Forward references: the fsetpos function (7.19.9.3).
 
 
    7.19.9.2 The fseek function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdio.h>
         int fseek(FILE *stream, long int offset, int whence);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The fseek function sets the file position indicator for the stream pointed to by stream.
  If a read or write error occurs, the error indicator for the stream is set and fseek fails.
@@ -15188,19 +15188,19 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  effects of the ungetc function on the stream, clears the end-of-file indicator for the
  stream, and then establishes the new position. After a successful fseek call, the next
  operation on an update stream may be either input or output.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The fseek function returns nonzero only for a request that cannot be satisfied.
 
     Forward references: the ftell function (7.19.9.4).
 
 
    7.19.9.3 The fsetpos function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdio.h>
         int fsetpos(FILE *stream, const fpos_t *pos);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The fsetpos function sets the mbstate_t object (if any) and file position indicator
  for the stream pointed to by stream according to the value of the object pointed to by
@@ -15212,19 +15212,19 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  on the stream, clears the end-of-file indicator for the stream, and then establishes the new
  parse state and position. After a successful fsetpos call, the next operation on an
  update stream may be either input or output.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  If successful, the fsetpos function returns zero; on failure, the fsetpos function
  returns nonzero and stores an implementation-defined positive value in errno.
 
 
    7.19.9.4 The ftell function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdio.h>
         long int ftell(FILE *stream);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The ftell function obtains the current value of the file position indicator for the stream
  pointed to by stream. For a binary stream, the value is the number of characters from
@@ -15234,20 +15234,20 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  return values is not necessarily a meaningful measure of the number of characters written
 
  or read.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  If successful, the ftell function returns the current value of the file position indicator
  for the stream. On failure, the ftell function returns -1L and stores an
  implementation-defined positive value in errno.
 
 
    7.19.9.5 The rewind function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdio.h>
         void rewind(FILE *stream);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The rewind function sets the file position indicator for the stream pointed to by
  stream to the beginning of the file. It is equivalent to
@@ -15255,66 +15255,66 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
         (void)fseek(stream, 0L, SEEK_SET)
 
    
  except that the error indicator for the stream is also cleared.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The rewind function returns no value.
 
 
    7.19.10 Error-handling functions
    
 
 
    7.19.10.1 The clearerr function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdio.h>
         void clearerr(FILE *stream);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The clearerr function clears the end-of-file and error indicators for the stream pointed
  to by stream.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The clearerr function returns no value.
 
 
 
    7.19.10.2 The feof function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdio.h>
         int feof(FILE *stream);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The feof function tests the end-of-file indicator for the stream pointed to by stream.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The feof function returns nonzero if and only if the end-of-file indicator is set for
  stream.
 
 
    7.19.10.3 The ferror function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdio.h>
         int ferror(FILE *stream);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The ferror function tests the error indicator for the stream pointed to by stream.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The ferror function returns nonzero if and only if the error indicator is set for
  stream.
 
 
    7.19.10.4 The perror function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdio.h>
         void perror(const char *s);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The perror function maps the error number in the integer expression errno to an
  error message. It writes a sequence of characters to the standard error stream thus: first
@@ -15322,7 +15322,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  string pointed to by s followed by a colon (:) and a space; then an appropriate error
  message string followed by a new-line character. The contents of the error message
  strings are the same as those returned by the strerror function with argument errno.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The perror function returns no value.
 
     Forward references: the strerror function (7.21.6.2).
@@ -15375,7 +15375,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    257) See ''future library directions'' (7.26.10).
 
 
@@ -15386,26 +15386,26 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  behavior is undefined.
 
 
    7.20.1.1 The atof function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdlib.h>
         double atof(const char *nptr);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The atof function converts the initial portion of the string pointed to by nptr to
  double representation. Except for the behavior on error, it is equivalent to
 
             strtod(nptr, (char **)NULL)
 
    
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The atof function returns the converted value.
 
     Forward references: the strtod, strtof, and strtold functions (7.20.1.3).
 
 
    7.20.1.2 The atoi, atol, and atoll functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdlib.h>
@@ -15413,7 +15413,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
         long int atol(const char *nptr);
         long long int atoll(const char *nptr);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The atoi, atol, and atoll functions convert the initial portion of the string pointed
  to by nptr to int, long int, and long long int representation, respectively.
@@ -15423,7 +15423,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
         atol: strtol(nptr, (char **)NULL, 10)
         atoll: strtoll(nptr, (char **)NULL, 10)
 
    
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The atoi, atol, and atoll functions return the converted value.
 
     Forward references: the strtol, strtoll, strtoul, and strtoull functions
@@ -15431,7 +15431,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
 
 
 
    7.20.1.3 The strtod, strtof, and strtold functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdlib.h>
@@ -15442,7 +15442,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
         long double strtold(const char * restrict nptr,
              char ** restrict endptr);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The strtod, strtof, and strtold functions convert the initial portion of the string
  pointed to by nptr to double, float, and long double representation,
@@ -15500,7 +15500,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  If the subject sequence is empty or does not have the expected form, no conversion is
  performed; the value of nptr is stored in the object pointed to by endptr, provided
  that endptr is not a null pointer.
-
    Recommended practice
    
+
    Recommended practice
 
    
  If the subject sequence has the hexadecimal form, FLT_RADIX is not a power of 2, and
  the result is not exactly representable, the result should be one of the two numbers in the
@@ -15519,7 +15519,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
 
  stipulation that the error with respect to D should have a correct sign for the current
  rounding direction.260)
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The functions return the converted value, if any. If no conversion could be performed,
  zero is returned. If the correct value is outside the range of representable values, plus or
@@ -15529,7 +15529,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  than the smallest normalized positive number in the return type; whether errno acquires
  the value ERANGE is implementation-defined.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    258) It is unspecified whether a minus-signed sequence is converted to a negative number directly or by
  negating the value resulting from converting the corresponding unsigned sequence (see F.5); the two
  methods may yield different results if rounding is toward positive or negative infinity. In either case,
@@ -15543,7 +15543,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
 
 
 
    7.20.1.4 The strtol, strtoll, strtoul, and strtoull functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdlib.h>
@@ -15564,7 +15564,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
               char ** restrict endptr,
               int base);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The strtol, strtoll, strtoul, and strtoull functions convert the initial
  portion of the string pointed to by nptr to long int, long long int, unsigned
@@ -15609,7 +15609,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  If the subject sequence is empty or does not have the expected form, no conversion is
  performed; the value of nptr is stored in the object pointed to by endptr, provided
  that endptr is not a null pointer.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The strtol, strtoll, strtoul, and strtoull functions return the converted
  value, if any. If no conversion could be performed, zero is returned. If the correct value
@@ -15621,33 +15621,33 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
 
    7.20.2 Pseudo-random sequence generation functions
    
 
 
    7.20.2.1 The rand function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdlib.h>
         int rand(void);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The rand function computes a sequence of pseudo-random integers in the range 0 to
  RAND_MAX.
 
    
  The implementation shall behave as if no library function calls the rand function.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The rand function returns a pseudo-random integer.
-
    Environmental limits
    
+
    Environmental limits
 
    
  The value of the RAND_MAX macro shall be at least 32767.
 
 
    7.20.2.2 The srand function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdlib.h>
         void srand(unsigned int seed);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The srand function uses the argument as a seed for a new sequence of pseudo-random
  numbers to be returned by subsequent calls to rand. If srand is then called with the
@@ -15656,7 +15656,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  as when srand is first called with a seed value of 1.
 
    
  The implementation shall behave as if no library function calls the srand function.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The srand function returns no value.
 
    
@@ -15691,33 +15691,33 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  nonzero value, except that the returned pointer shall not be used to access an object.
 
 
    7.20.3.1 The calloc function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdlib.h>
          void *calloc(size_t nmemb, size_t size);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The calloc function allocates space for an array of nmemb objects, each of whose size
  is size. The space is initialized to all bits zero.261)
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The calloc function returns either a null pointer or a pointer to the allocated space.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    261) Note that this need not be the same as the representation of floating-point zero or a null pointer
  constant.
 
 
 
    7.20.3.2 The free function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdlib.h>
          void free(void *ptr);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The free function causes the space pointed to by ptr to be deallocated, that is, made
  available for further allocation. If ptr is a null pointer, no action occurs. Otherwise, if
@@ -15727,33 +15727,33 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
 
  realloc function, or if the space has been deallocated by a call to free or realloc,
  the behavior is undefined.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The free function returns no value.
 
 
    7.20.3.3 The malloc function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdlib.h>
         void *malloc(size_t size);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The malloc function allocates space for an object whose size is specified by size and
  whose value is indeterminate.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The malloc function returns either a null pointer or a pointer to the allocated space.
 
 
    7.20.3.4 The realloc function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdlib.h>
         void *realloc(void *ptr, size_t size);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The realloc function deallocates the old object pointed to by ptr and returns a
  pointer to a new object that has the size specified by size. The contents of the new
@@ -15766,7 +15766,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  calloc, malloc, or realloc function, or if the space has been deallocated by a call
  to the free or realloc function, the behavior is undefined. If memory for the new
  object cannot be allocated, the old object is not deallocated and its value is unchanged.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The realloc function returns a pointer to the new object (which may have the same
  value as a pointer to the old object), or a null pointer if the new object could not be
@@ -15776,13 +15776,13 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
 
    7.20.4 Communication with the environment
    
 
 
    7.20.4.1 The abort function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdlib.h>
         void abort(void);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The abort function causes abnormal program termination to occur, unless the signal
  SIGABRT is being caught and the signal handler does not return. Whether open streams
@@ -15790,37 +15790,37 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  removed is implementation-defined. An implementation-defined form of the status
  unsuccessful termination is returned to the host environment by means of the function
  call raise(SIGABRT).
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The abort function does not return to its caller.
 
 
    7.20.4.2 The atexit function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdlib.h>
         int atexit(void (*func)(void));
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The atexit function registers the function pointed to by func, to be called without
  arguments at normal program termination.
-
    Environmental limits
    
+
    Environmental limits
 
    
  The implementation shall support the registration of at least 32 functions.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The atexit function returns zero if the registration succeeds, nonzero if it fails.
 
     Forward references: the exit function (7.20.4.3).
 
 
    7.20.4.3 The exit function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdlib.h>
         void exit(int status);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The exit function causes normal program termination to occur. If more than one call to
  the exit function is executed by a program, the behavior is undefined.
@@ -15840,23 +15840,23 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  returned. If the value of status is EXIT_FAILURE, an implementation-defined form
  of the status unsuccessful termination is returned. Otherwise the status returned is
  implementation-defined.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The exit function cannot return to its caller.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    262) Each function is called as many times as it was registered, and in the correct order with respect to
  other registered functions.
 
 
 
    7.20.4.4 The _Exit function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdlib.h>
          void _Exit(int status);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The _Exit function causes normal program termination to occur and control to be
  returned to the host environment. No functions registered by the atexit function or
@@ -15864,7 +15864,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  host environment is determined in the same way as for the exit function (7.20.4.3).
  Whether open streams with unwritten buffered data are flushed, open streams are closed,
  or temporary files are removed is implementation-defined.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The _Exit function cannot return to its caller.
  
@@ -15874,20 +15874,20 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
 
 
 
    7.20.4.5 The getenv function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdlib.h>
         char *getenv(const char *name);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The getenv function searches an environment list, provided by the host environment,
  for a string that matches the string pointed to by name. The set of environment names
  and the method for altering the environment list are implementation-defined.
 
    
  The implementation shall behave as if no library function calls the getenv function.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The getenv function returns a pointer to a string associated with the matched list
  member. The string pointed to shall not be modified by the program, but may be
@@ -15895,20 +15895,20 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  be found, a null pointer is returned.
 
 
    7.20.4.6 The system function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdlib.h>
         int system(const char *string);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  If string is a null pointer, the system function determines whether the host
  environment has a command processor. If string is not a null pointer, the system
  function passes the string pointed to by string to that command processor to be
  executed in a manner which the implementation shall document; this might then cause the
  program calling system to behave in a non-conforming manner or to terminate.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  If the argument is a null pointer, the system function returns nonzero only if a
  command processor is available. If the argument is not a null pointer, and the system
@@ -15943,7 +15943,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  comparison function, and also between any call to the comparison function and any
  movement of the objects passed as arguments to that call.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    263) That is, if the value passed is p, then the following expressions are always nonzero:
 
 
    @@ -15954,7 +15954,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
 
 
 
    7.20.5.1 The bsearch function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
               #include <stdlib.h>
@@ -15962,7 +15962,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
                size_t nmemb, size_t size,
                int (*compar)(const void *, const void *));
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The bsearch function searches an array of nmemb objects, the initial element of which
  is pointed to by base, for an element that matches the object pointed to by key. The
@@ -15977,25 +15977,25 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  respectively, to be less than, to match, or to be greater than the array element. The array
  shall consist of: all the elements that compare less than, all the elements that compare
  equal to, and all the elements that compare greater than the key object, in that order.264)
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The bsearch function returns a pointer to a matching element of the array, or a null
  pointer if no match is found. If two elements compare as equal, which element is
  matched is unspecified.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    264) In practice, the entire array is sorted according to the comparison function.
 
 
 
    7.20.5.2 The qsort function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
               #include <stdlib.h>
           void qsort(void *base, size_t nmemb, size_t size,
                int (*compar)(const void *, const void *));
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The qsort function sorts an array of nmemb objects, the initial element of which is
  pointed to by base. The size of each object is specified by size.
@@ -16007,7 +16007,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  or greater than the second.
 
    
  If two elements compare as equal, their order in the resulting sorted array is unspecified.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The qsort function returns no value.
  
@@ -16019,7 +16019,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
 
    7.20.6 Integer arithmetic functions
    
 
 
    7.20.6.1 The abs, labs and llabs functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdlib.h>
@@ -16027,20 +16027,20 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
          long int labs(long int j);
          long long int llabs(long long int j);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The abs, labs, and llabs functions compute the absolute value of an integer j. If the
  result cannot be represented, the behavior is undefined.265)
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The abs, labs, and llabs, functions return the absolute value.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    265) The absolute value of the most negative number cannot be represented in two's complement.
 
 
 
    7.20.6.2 The div, ldiv, and lldiv functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdlib.h>
@@ -16048,11 +16048,11 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
          ldiv_t ldiv(long int numer, long int denom);
          lldiv_t lldiv(long long int numer, long long int denom);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The div, ldiv, and lldiv, functions compute numer / denom and numer %
  denom in a single operation.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The div, ldiv, and lldiv functions return a structure of type div_t, ldiv_t, and
  lldiv_t, respectively, comprising both the quotient and the remainder. The structures
@@ -16076,19 +16076,19 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  otherwise.266) Changing the LC_CTYPE category causes the conversion state of these
  functions to be indeterminate.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    266) If the locale employs special bytes to change the shift state, these bytes do not produce separate wide
  character codes, but are grouped with an adjacent multibyte character.
 
 
 
    7.20.7.1 The mblen function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdlib.h>
          int mblen(const char *s, size_t n);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  If s is not a null pointer, the mblen function determines the number of bytes contained
  in the multibyte character pointed to by s. Except that the conversion state of the
@@ -16098,7 +16098,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
 
    
 
    
  The implementation shall behave as if no library function calls the mblen function.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  If s is a null pointer, the mblen function returns a nonzero or zero value, if multibyte
  character encodings, respectively, do or do not have state-dependent encodings. If s is
@@ -16114,7 +16114,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
 
 
 
    7.20.7.2 The mbtowc function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdlib.h>
@@ -16122,7 +16122,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
              const char * restrict s,
              size_t n);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  If s is not a null pointer, the mbtowc function inspects at most n bytes beginning with
  the byte pointed to by s to determine the number of bytes needed to complete the next
@@ -16133,7 +16133,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  character, the function is left in the initial conversion state.
 
    
  The implementation shall behave as if no library function calls the mbtowc function.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  If s is a null pointer, the mbtowc function returns a nonzero or zero value, if multibyte
  character encodings, respectively, do or do not have state-dependent encodings. If s is
@@ -16146,13 +16146,13 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  macro.
 
 
    7.20.7.3 The wctomb function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdlib.h>
         int wctomb(char *s, wchar_t wc);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The wctomb function determines the number of bytes needed to represent the multibyte
  character corresponding to the wide character given by wc (including any shift
@@ -16164,7 +16164,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
 
 
    
  The implementation shall behave as if no library function calls the wctomb function.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  If s is a null pointer, the wctomb function returns a nonzero or zero value, if multibyte
  character encodings, respectively, do or do not have state-dependent encodings. If s is
@@ -16180,7 +16180,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  the current locale.
 
 
    7.20.8.1 The mbstowcs function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
               #include <stdlib.h>
@@ -16188,7 +16188,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
                const char * restrict s,
                size_t n);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The mbstowcs function converts a sequence of multibyte characters that begins in the
  initial shift state from the array pointed to by s into a sequence of corresponding wide
@@ -16200,7 +16200,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
 
    
  No more than n elements will be modified in the array pointed to by pwcs. If copying
  takes place between objects that overlap, the behavior is undefined.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  If an invalid multibyte character is encountered, the mbstowcs function returns
  (size_t)(-1). Otherwise, the mbstowcs function returns the number of array
@@ -16211,12 +16211,12 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    267) The array will not be null-terminated if the value returned is n.
 
 
 
    7.20.8.2 The wcstombs function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdlib.h>
@@ -16224,7 +16224,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
              const wchar_t * restrict pwcs,
              size_t n);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The wcstombs function converts a sequence of wide characters from the array pointed
  to by pwcs into a sequence of corresponding multibyte characters that begins in the
@@ -16235,7 +16235,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
 
    
  No more than n bytes will be modified in the array pointed to by s. If copying takes place
  between objects that overlap, the behavior is undefined.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  If a wide character is encountered that does not correspond to a valid multibyte character,
  the wcstombs function returns (size_t)(-1). Otherwise, the wcstombs function
@@ -16266,14 +16266,14 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  unsigned char (and therefore every possible object representation is valid and has a
  different value).
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    268) See ''future library directions'' (7.26.11).
 
 
 
    7.21.2 Copying functions
    
 
 
    7.21.2.1 The memcpy function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
               #include <string.h>
@@ -16281,12 +16281,12 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
                const void * restrict s2,
                size_t n);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The memcpy function copies n characters from the object pointed to by s2 into the
  object pointed to by s1. If copying takes place between objects that overlap, the behavior
  is undefined.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The memcpy function returns the value of s1.
  
@@ -16296,42 +16296,42 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
 
 
 
    7.21.2.2 The memmove function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <string.h>
         void *memmove(void *s1, const void *s2, size_t n);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The memmove function copies n characters from the object pointed to by s2 into the
  object pointed to by s1. Copying takes place as if the n characters from the object
  pointed to by s2 are first copied into a temporary array of n characters that does not
  overlap the objects pointed to by s1 and s2, and then the n characters from the
  temporary array are copied into the object pointed to by s1.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The memmove function returns the value of s1.
 
 
    7.21.2.3 The strcpy function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <string.h>
         char *strcpy(char * restrict s1,
              const char * restrict s2);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The strcpy function copies the string pointed to by s2 (including the terminating null
  character) into the array pointed to by s1. If copying takes place between objects that
  overlap, the behavior is undefined.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The strcpy function returns the value of s1.
 
 
    7.21.2.4 The strncpy function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <string.h>
@@ -16339,7 +16339,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
              const char * restrict s2,
              size_t n);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The strncpy function copies not more than n characters (characters that follow a null
  character are not copied) from the array pointed to by s2 to the array pointed to by
@@ -16349,11 +16349,11 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  If the array pointed to by s2 is a string that is shorter than n characters, null characters
  are appended to the copy in the array pointed to by s1, until n characters in all have been
  written.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The strncpy function returns the value of s1.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    269) Thus, if there is no null character in the first n characters of the array pointed to by s2, the result will
  not be null-terminated.
 
@@ -16361,25 +16361,25 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
 
    7.21.3 Concatenation functions
    
 
 
    7.21.3.1 The strcat function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
               #include <string.h>
           char *strcat(char * restrict s1,
                const char * restrict s2);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The strcat function appends a copy of the string pointed to by s2 (including the
  terminating null character) to the end of the string pointed to by s1. The initial character
  of s2 overwrites the null character at the end of s1. If copying takes place between
  objects that overlap, the behavior is undefined.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The strcat function returns the value of s1.
 
 
    7.21.3.2 The strncat function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
               #include <string.h>
@@ -16387,7 +16387,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
                const char * restrict s2,
                size_t n);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The strncat function appends not more than n characters (a null character and
  characters that follow it are not appended) from the array pointed to by s2 to the end of
@@ -16396,12 +16396,12 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  
 
  takes place between objects that overlap, the behavior is undefined.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The strncat function returns the value of s1.
 
     Forward references: the strlen function (7.21.6.3).
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    270) Thus, the maximum number of characters that can end up in the array pointed to by s1 is
  strlen(s1)+n+1.
 
@@ -16414,40 +16414,40 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  compared.
 
 
    7.21.4.1 The memcmp function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <string.h>
          int memcmp(const void *s1, const void *s2, size_t n);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The memcmp function compares the first n characters of the object pointed to by s1 to
  the first n characters of the object pointed to by s2.271)
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The memcmp function returns an integer greater than, equal to, or less than zero,
  accordingly as the object pointed to by s1 is greater than, equal to, or less than the object
  pointed to by s2.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    271) The contents of ''holes'' used as padding for purposes of alignment within structure objects are
  indeterminate. Strings shorter than their allocated space and unions may also cause problems in
  comparison.
 
 
 
    7.21.4.2 The strcmp function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <string.h>
          int strcmp(const char *s1, const char *s2);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The strcmp function compares the string pointed to by s1 to the string pointed to by
  s2.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The strcmp function returns an integer greater than, equal to, or less than zero,
  accordingly as the string pointed to by s1 is greater than, equal to, or less than the string
@@ -16456,42 +16456,42 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  pointed to by s2.
 
 
    7.21.4.3 The strcoll function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <string.h>
         int strcoll(const char *s1, const char *s2);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The strcoll function compares the string pointed to by s1 to the string pointed to by
  s2, both interpreted as appropriate to the LC_COLLATE category of the current locale.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The strcoll function returns an integer greater than, equal to, or less than zero,
  accordingly as the string pointed to by s1 is greater than, equal to, or less than the string
  pointed to by s2 when both are interpreted as appropriate to the current locale.
 
 
    7.21.4.4 The strncmp function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <string.h>
         int strncmp(const char *s1, const char *s2, size_t n);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The strncmp function compares not more than n characters (characters that follow a
  null character are not compared) from the array pointed to by s1 to the array pointed to
  by s2.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The strncmp function returns an integer greater than, equal to, or less than zero,
  accordingly as the possibly null-terminated array pointed to by s1 is greater than, equal
  to, or less than the possibly null-terminated array pointed to by s2.
 
 
    7.21.4.5 The strxfrm function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <string.h>
@@ -16499,7 +16499,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
              const char * restrict s2,
              size_t n);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The strxfrm function transforms the string pointed to by s2 and places the resulting
  string into the array pointed to by s1. The transformation is such that if the strcmp
@@ -16510,7 +16510,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  pointed to by s1, including the terminating null character. If n is zero, s1 is permitted to
  be a null pointer. If copying takes place between objects that overlap, the behavior is
  undefined.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The strxfrm function returns the length of the transformed string (not including the
  terminating null character). If the value returned is n or more, the contents of the array
@@ -16526,131 +16526,131 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
 
    7.21.5 Search functions
    
 
 
    7.21.5.1 The memchr function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <string.h>
         void *memchr(const void *s, int c, size_t n);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The memchr function locates the first occurrence of c (converted to an unsigned
  char) in the initial n characters (each interpreted as unsigned char) of the object
  pointed to by s.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The memchr function returns a pointer to the located character, or a null pointer if the
  character does not occur in the object.
 
 
    7.21.5.2 The strchr function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <string.h>
         char *strchr(const char *s, int c);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The strchr function locates the first occurrence of c (converted to a char) in the
  string pointed to by s. The terminating null character is considered to be part of the
  string.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The strchr function returns a pointer to the located character, or a null pointer if the
  character does not occur in the string.
 
 
 
    7.21.5.3 The strcspn function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <string.h>
         size_t strcspn(const char *s1, const char *s2);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The strcspn function computes the length of the maximum initial segment of the string
  pointed to by s1 which consists entirely of characters not from the string pointed to by
  s2.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The strcspn function returns the length of the segment.
 
 
    7.21.5.4 The strpbrk function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <string.h>
         char *strpbrk(const char *s1, const char *s2);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The strpbrk function locates the first occurrence in the string pointed to by s1 of any
  character from the string pointed to by s2.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The strpbrk function returns a pointer to the character, or a null pointer if no character
  from s2 occurs in s1.
 
 
    7.21.5.5 The strrchr function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <string.h>
         char *strrchr(const char *s, int c);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The strrchr function locates the last occurrence of c (converted to a char) in the
  string pointed to by s. The terminating null character is considered to be part of the
  string.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The strrchr function returns a pointer to the character, or a null pointer if c does not
  occur in the string.
 
 
 
    7.21.5.6 The strspn function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <string.h>
         size_t strspn(const char *s1, const char *s2);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The strspn function computes the length of the maximum initial segment of the string
  pointed to by s1 which consists entirely of characters from the string pointed to by s2.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The strspn function returns the length of the segment.
 
 
    7.21.5.7 The strstr function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <string.h>
         char *strstr(const char *s1, const char *s2);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The strstr function locates the first occurrence in the string pointed to by s1 of the
  sequence of characters (excluding the terminating null character) in the string pointed to
  by s2.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The strstr function returns a pointer to the located string, or a null pointer if the string
  is not found. If s2 points to a string with zero length, the function returns s1.
 
 
    7.21.5.8 The strtok function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <string.h>
         char *strtok(char * restrict s1,
              const char * restrict s2);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  A sequence of calls to the strtok function breaks the string pointed to by s1 into a
  sequence of tokens, each of which is delimited by a character from the string pointed to
@@ -16675,7 +16675,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  searching from the saved pointer and behaves as described above.
 
    
  The implementation shall behave as if no library function calls the strtok function.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The strtok function returns a pointer to the first character of a token, or a null pointer
  if there is no token.
@@ -16695,52 +16695,52 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
 
    7.21.6 Miscellaneous functions
    
 
 
    7.21.6.1 The memset function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <string.h>
          void *memset(void *s, int c, size_t n);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The memset function copies the value of c (converted to an unsigned char) into
  each of the first n characters of the object pointed to by s.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The memset function returns the value of s.
 
 
 
    7.21.6.2 The strerror function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <string.h>
         char *strerror(int errnum);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The strerror function maps the number in errnum to a message string. Typically,
  the values for errnum come from errno, but strerror shall map any value of type
  int to a message.
 
    
  The implementation shall behave as if no library function calls the strerror function.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The strerror function returns a pointer to the string, the contents of which are locale-
  specific. The array pointed to shall not be modified by the program, but may be
  overwritten by a subsequent call to the strerror function.
 
 
    7.21.6.3 The strlen function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <string.h>
         size_t strlen(const char *s);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The strlen function computes the length of the string pointed to by s.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The strlen function returns the number of characters that precede the terminating null
  character.
@@ -16870,7 +16870,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
              cproj(ldc)                          cprojl(ldc)
 
    
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    272) Like other function-like macros in Standard libraries, each type-generic macro can be suppressed to
  make available the corresponding ordinary function.
 
@@ -16932,23 +16932,23 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  The value of tm_isdst is positive if Daylight Saving Time is in effect, zero if Daylight
  Saving Time is not in effect, and negative if the information is not available.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    274) The range [0, 60] for tm_sec allows for a positive leap second.
 
 
 
    7.23.2 Time manipulation functions
    
 
 
    7.23.2.1 The clock function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <time.h>
          clock_t clock(void);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The clock function determines the processor time used.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The clock function returns the implementation's best approximation to the processor
  time used by the program since the beginning of an implementation-defined era related
@@ -16957,23 +16957,23 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  the processor time used is not available or its value cannot be represented, the function
  returns the value (clock_t)(-1).275)
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    275) In order to measure the time spent in a program, the clock function should be called at the start of
  the program and its return value subtracted from the value returned by subsequent calls.
 
 
 
    7.23.2.2 The difftime function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <time.h>
          double difftime(time_t time1, time_t time0);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The difftime function computes the difference between two calendar times: time1 -
  time0.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The difftime function returns the difference expressed in seconds as a double.
  
@@ -16983,13 +16983,13 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
 
 
 
    7.23.2.3 The mktime function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <time.h>
          time_t mktime(struct tm *timeptr);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The mktime function converts the broken-down time, expressed as local time, in the
  structure pointed to by timeptr into a calendar time value with the same encoding as
@@ -17000,7 +17000,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  set appropriately, and the other components are set to represent the specified calendar
  time, but with their values forced to the ranges indicated above; the final value of
  tm_mday is not set until tm_mon and tm_year are determined.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The mktime function returns the specified calendar time encoded as a value of type
  time_t. If the calendar time cannot be represented, the function returns the value
@@ -17036,24 +17036,24 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
 
    
  
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    276) Thus, a positive or zero value for tm_isdst causes the mktime function to presume initially that
  Daylight Saving Time, respectively, is or is not in effect for the specified time. A negative value
  causes it to attempt to determine whether Daylight Saving Time is in effect for the specified time.
 
 
 
    7.23.2.4 The time function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <time.h>
         time_t time(time_t *timer);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The time function determines the current calendar time. The encoding of the value is
  unspecified.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The time function returns the implementation's best approximation to the current
  calendar time. The value (time_t)(-1) is returned if the calendar time is not
@@ -17070,13 +17070,13 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  functions call these functions.
 
 
    7.23.3.1 The asctime function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <time.h>
         char *asctime(const struct tm *timeptr);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The asctime function converts the broken-down time in the structure pointed to by
  timeptr into a string in the form
@@ -17105,25 +17105,25 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
         return result;
  }
 
    
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The asctime function returns a pointer to the string.
 
 
    7.23.3.2 The ctime function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <time.h>
         char *ctime(const time_t *timer);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The ctime function converts the calendar time pointed to by timer to local time in the
  form of a string. It is equivalent to
 
             asctime(localtime(timer))
 
    
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The ctime function returns the pointer returned by the asctime function with that
  broken-down time as argument.
@@ -17131,39 +17131,39 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
 
 
 
    7.23.3.3 The gmtime function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <time.h>
         struct tm *gmtime(const time_t *timer);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The gmtime function converts the calendar time pointed to by timer into a broken-
  down time, expressed as UTC.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The gmtime function returns a pointer to the broken-down time, or a null pointer if the
  specified time cannot be converted to UTC.
 
 
    7.23.3.4 The localtime function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <time.h>
         struct tm *localtime(const time_t *timer);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The localtime function converts the calendar time pointed to by timer into a
  broken-down time, expressed as local time.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The localtime function returns a pointer to the broken-down time, or a null pointer if
  the specified time cannot be converted to local time.
 
 
    7.23.3.5 The strftime function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <time.h>
@@ -17172,7 +17172,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
              const char * restrict format,
              const struct tm * restrict timeptr);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The strftime function places characters into the array pointed to by s as controlled by
  the string pointed to by format. The format shall be a multibyte character sequence,
@@ -17313,7 +17313,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
 
     %Z  
      implementation-defined.
 
 
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  If the total number of resulting characters including the terminating null character is not
  more than maxsize, the strftime function returns the number of characters placed
@@ -17376,7 +17376,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  subclause causes copying to take place between objects that overlap, the behavior is
  undefined.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    277) See ''future library directions'' (7.26.12).
 
 
    278) wchar_t and wint_t can be the same integer type.
@@ -17389,12 +17389,12 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  The formatted wide character input/output functions shall behave as if there is a sequence
  point after the actions associated with each specifier.280)
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    280) The fwprintf functions perform writes to memory for the %n specifier.
 
 
 
    7.24.2.1 The fwprintf function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdio.h>
@@ -17402,7 +17402,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
          int fwprintf(FILE * restrict stream,
               const wchar_t * restrict format, ...);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The fwprintf function writes output to the stream pointed to by stream, under
  control of the wide string pointed to by format that specifies how subsequent arguments
@@ -17640,7 +17640,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
 
    
  For a and A conversions, if FLT_RADIX is a power of 2, the value is correctly rounded
  to a hexadecimal floating number with the given precision.
-
    Recommended practice
    
+
    Recommended practice
 
    
  For a and A conversions, if FLT_RADIX is not a power of 2 and the result is not exactly
  representable in the given precision, the result should be one of the two adjacent numbers
@@ -17655,13 +17655,13 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  adjacent decimal strings L < U, both having DECIMAL_DIG significant digits; the value
  of the resultant decimal string D should satisfy L <= D <= U, with the extra stipulation that
  the error should have a correct sign for the current rounding direction.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The fwprintf function returns the number of wide characters transmitted, or a negative
  value if an output or encoding error occurred.
  
 
-
    Environmental limits
    
+
    Environmental limits
 
    
  The number of wide characters that can be produced by any single conversion shall be at
  least 4095.
@@ -17683,7 +17683,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
 
     Forward references:          the btowc function (7.24.6.1.1), the mbrtowc function
  (7.24.6.3.2).
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    281) Note that 0 is taken as a flag, not as the beginning of a field width.
 
 
    282) The results of all floating conversions of a negative zero, and of negative values that round to zero,
@@ -17708,7 +17708,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
 
 
 
    7.24.2.2 The fwscanf function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdio.h>
@@ -17716,7 +17716,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
         int fwscanf(FILE * restrict stream,
              const wchar_t * restrict format, ...);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The fwscanf function reads input from the stream pointed to by stream, under
  control of the wide string pointed to by format that specifies the admissible input
@@ -17914,7 +17914,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  Trailing white space (including new-line wide characters) is left unread unless matched
  by a directive. The success of literal matches and suppressed assignments is not directly
  determinable other than via the %n directive.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The fwscanf function returns the value of the macro EOF if an input failure occurs
  before any conversion. Otherwise, the function returns the number of input items
@@ -17958,7 +17958,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  wcstol, wcstoll, wcstoul, and wcstoull functions (7.24.4.1.2), the wcrtomb
  function (7.24.6.3.3).
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    288) These white-space wide characters are not counted against a specified field width.
 
 
    289) fwscanf pushes back at most one input wide character onto the input stream. Therefore, some
@@ -17968,7 +17968,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
 
 
 
    7.24.2.3 The swprintf function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <wchar.h>
@@ -17976,33 +17976,33 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
              size_t n,
              const wchar_t * restrict format, ...);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The swprintf function is equivalent to fwprintf, except that the argument s
  specifies an array of wide characters into which the generated output is to be written,
  rather than written to a stream. No more than n wide characters are written, including a
  terminating null wide character, which is always added (unless n is zero).
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The swprintf function returns the number of wide characters written in the array, not
  counting the terminating null wide character, or a negative value if an encoding error
  occurred or if n or more wide characters were requested to be written.
 
 
    7.24.2.4 The swscanf function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <wchar.h>
         int swscanf(const wchar_t * restrict s,
              const wchar_t * restrict format, ...);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The swscanf function is equivalent to fwscanf, except that the argument s specifies a
  wide string from which the input is to be obtained, rather than from a stream. Reaching
  the end of the wide string is equivalent to encountering end-of-file for the fwscanf
  function.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The swscanf function returns the value of the macro EOF if an input failure occurs
  before any conversion. Otherwise, the swscanf function returns the number of input
@@ -18011,7 +18011,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
 
 
 
    7.24.2.5 The vfwprintf function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdarg.h>
@@ -18021,13 +18021,13 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
              const wchar_t * restrict format,
              va_list arg);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The vfwprintf function is equivalent to fwprintf, with the variable argument list
  replaced by arg, which shall have been initialized by the va_start macro (and
  possibly subsequent va_arg calls). The vfwprintf function does not invoke the
  va_end macro.291)
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The vfwprintf function returns the number of wide characters transmitted, or a
  negative value if an output or encoding error occurred.
@@ -18055,13 +18055,13 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    291) As the functions vfwprintf, vswprintf, vfwscanf, vwprintf, vwscanf, and vswscanf
  invoke the va_arg macro, the value of arg after the return is indeterminate.
 
 
 
    7.24.2.6 The vfwscanf function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdarg.h>
@@ -18071,13 +18071,13 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
              const wchar_t * restrict format,
              va_list arg);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The vfwscanf function is equivalent to fwscanf, with the variable argument list
  replaced by arg, which shall have been initialized by the va_start macro (and
  possibly subsequent va_arg calls). The vfwscanf function does not invoke the
  va_end macro.291)
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The vfwscanf function returns the value of the macro EOF if an input failure occurs
  before any conversion. Otherwise, the vfwscanf function returns the number of input
@@ -18085,7 +18085,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  early matching failure.
 
 
    7.24.2.7 The vswprintf function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdarg.h>
@@ -18095,13 +18095,13 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
              const wchar_t * restrict format,
              va_list arg);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The vswprintf function is equivalent to swprintf, with the variable argument list
  replaced by arg, which shall have been initialized by the va_start macro (and
  possibly subsequent va_arg calls). The vswprintf function does not invoke the
  va_end macro.291)
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The vswprintf function returns the number of wide characters written in the array, not
  counting the terminating null wide character, or a negative value if an encoding error
@@ -18109,7 +18109,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
 
 
 
    7.24.2.8 The vswscanf function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdarg.h>
@@ -18118,13 +18118,13 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
              const wchar_t * restrict format,
              va_list arg);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The vswscanf function is equivalent to swscanf, with the variable argument list
  replaced by arg, which shall have been initialized by the va_start macro (and
  possibly subsequent va_arg calls). The vswscanf function does not invoke the
  va_end macro.291)
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The vswscanf function returns the value of the macro EOF if an input failure occurs
  before any conversion. Otherwise, the vswscanf function returns the number of input
@@ -18132,7 +18132,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  early matching failure.
 
 
    7.24.2.9 The vwprintf function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdarg.h>
@@ -18140,20 +18140,20 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
         int vwprintf(const wchar_t * restrict format,
              va_list arg);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The vwprintf function is equivalent to wprintf, with the variable argument list
  replaced by arg, which shall have been initialized by the va_start macro (and
  possibly subsequent va_arg calls). The vwprintf function does not invoke the
  va_end macro.291)
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The vwprintf function returns the number of wide characters transmitted, or a negative
  value if an output or encoding error occurred.
 
 
 
    7.24.2.10 The vwscanf function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdarg.h>
@@ -18161,13 +18161,13 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
         int vwscanf(const wchar_t * restrict format,
              va_list arg);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The vwscanf function is equivalent to wscanf, with the variable argument list
  replaced by arg, which shall have been initialized by the va_start macro (and
  possibly subsequent va_arg calls). The vwscanf function does not invoke the
  va_end macro.291)
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The vwscanf function returns the value of the macro EOF if an input failure occurs
  before any conversion. Otherwise, the vwscanf function returns the number of input
@@ -18175,34 +18175,34 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  early matching failure.
 
 
    7.24.2.11 The wprintf function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <wchar.h>
         int wprintf(const wchar_t * restrict format, ...);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The wprintf function is equivalent to fwprintf with the argument stdout
  interposed before the arguments to wprintf.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The wprintf function returns the number of wide characters transmitted, or a negative
  value if an output or encoding error occurred.
 
 
    7.24.2.12 The wscanf function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <wchar.h>
         int wscanf(const wchar_t * restrict format, ...);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The wscanf function is equivalent to fwscanf with the argument stdin interposed
  before the arguments to wscanf.
 
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The wscanf function returns the value of the macro EOF if an input failure occurs
  before any conversion. Otherwise, the wscanf function returns the number of input
@@ -18212,20 +18212,20 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
 
    7.24.3 Wide character input/output functions
    
 
 
    7.24.3.1 The fgetwc function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdio.h>
          #include <wchar.h>
          wint_t fgetwc(FILE *stream);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  If the end-of-file indicator for the input stream pointed to by stream is not set and a
  next wide character is present, the fgetwc function obtains that wide character as a
  wchar_t converted to a wint_t and advances the associated file position indicator for
  the stream (if defined).
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  If the end-of-file indicator for the stream is set, or if the stream is at end-of-file, the end-
  of-file indicator for the stream is set and the fgetwc function returns WEOF. Otherwise,
@@ -18234,13 +18234,13 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  function returns WEOF. If an encoding error occurs (including too few bytes), the value of
  the macro EILSEQ is stored in errno and the fgetwc function returns WEOF.292)
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    292) An end-of-file and a read error can be distinguished by use of the feof and ferror functions.
  Also, errno will be set to EILSEQ by input/output functions only if an encoding error occurs.
 
 
 
    7.24.3.2 The fgetws function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdio.h>
@@ -18248,7 +18248,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
          wchar_t *fgetws(wchar_t * restrict s,
               int n, FILE * restrict stream);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The fgetws function reads at most one less than the number of wide characters
  specified by n from the stream pointed to by stream into the array pointed to by s. No
@@ -18258,7 +18258,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  additional wide characters are read after a new-line wide character (which is retained) or
  after end-of-file. A null wide character is written immediately after the last wide
  character read into the array.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The fgetws function returns s if successful. If end-of-file is encountered and no
  characters have been read into the array, the contents of the array remain unchanged and a
@@ -18266,28 +18266,28 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  contents are indeterminate and a null pointer is returned.
 
 
    7.24.3.3 The fputwc function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdio.h>
         #include <wchar.h>
         wint_t fputwc(wchar_t c, FILE *stream);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The fputwc function writes the wide character specified by c to the output stream
  pointed to by stream, at the position indicated by the associated file position indicator
  for the stream (if defined), and advances the indicator appropriately. If the file cannot
  support positioning requests, or if the stream was opened with append mode, the
  character is appended to the output stream.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The fputwc function returns the wide character written. If a write error occurs, the
  error indicator for the stream is set and fputwc returns WEOF. If an encoding error
  occurs, the value of the macro EILSEQ is stored in errno and fputwc returns WEOF.
 
 
    7.24.3.4 The fputws function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdio.h>
@@ -18295,60 +18295,60 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
         int fputws(const wchar_t * restrict s,
              FILE * restrict stream);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The fputws function writes the wide string pointed to by s to the stream pointed to by
  stream. The terminating null wide character is not written.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The fputws function returns EOF if a write or encoding error occurs; otherwise, it
  returns a nonnegative value.
 
 
 
    7.24.3.5 The fwide function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdio.h>
          #include <wchar.h>
          int fwide(FILE *stream, int mode);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The fwide function determines the orientation of the stream pointed to by stream. If
  mode is greater than zero, the function first attempts to make the stream wide oriented. If
  mode is less than zero, the function first attempts to make the stream byte oriented.293)
  Otherwise, mode is zero and the function does not alter the orientation of the stream.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The fwide function returns a value greater than zero if, after the call, the stream has
  wide orientation, a value less than zero if the stream has byte orientation, or zero if the
  stream has no orientation.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    293) If the orientation of the stream has already been determined, fwide does not change it.
 
 
 
    7.24.3.6 The getwc function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdio.h>
          #include <wchar.h>
          wint_t getwc(FILE *stream);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The getwc function is equivalent to fgetwc, except that if it is implemented as a
  macro, it may evaluate stream more than once, so the argument should never be an
  expression with side effects.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The getwc function returns the next wide character from the input stream pointed to by
  stream, or WEOF.
 
 
    7.24.3.7 The getwchar function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <wchar.h>
@@ -18359,54 +18359,54 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  
  
 
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The getwchar function is equivalent to getwc with the argument stdin.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The getwchar function returns the next wide character from the input stream pointed to
  by stdin, or WEOF.
 
 
    7.24.3.8 The putwc function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdio.h>
         #include <wchar.h>
         wint_t putwc(wchar_t c, FILE *stream);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The putwc function is equivalent to fputwc, except that if it is implemented as a
  macro, it may evaluate stream more than once, so that argument should never be an
  expression with side effects.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The putwc function returns the wide character written, or WEOF.
 
 
    7.24.3.9 The putwchar function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <wchar.h>
         wint_t putwchar(wchar_t c);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The putwchar function is equivalent to putwc with the second argument stdout.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The putwchar function returns the character written, or WEOF.
 
 
    7.24.3.10 The ungetwc function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdio.h>
         #include <wchar.h>
         wint_t ungetwc(wint_t c, FILE *stream);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The ungetwc function pushes the wide character specified by c back onto the input
  stream pointed to by stream. Pushed-back wide characters will be returned by
@@ -18431,7 +18431,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  back. For a text or binary stream, the value of its file position indicator after a successful
  call to the ungetwc function is unspecified until all pushed-back wide characters are
  read or discarded.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The ungetwc function returns the wide character pushed back, or WEOF if the operation
  fails.
@@ -18455,7 +18455,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
 
    7.24.4.1 Wide string numeric conversion functions
    
 
 
    7.24.4.1.1 The wcstod, wcstof, and wcstold functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <wchar.h>
@@ -18466,7 +18466,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
         long double wcstold(const wchar_t * restrict nptr,
              wchar_t ** restrict endptr);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The wcstod, wcstof, and wcstold functions convert the initial portion of the wide
  string pointed to by nptr to double, float, and long double representation,
@@ -18529,7 +18529,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  If the subject sequence is empty or does not have the expected form, no conversion is
  performed; the value of nptr is stored in the object pointed to by endptr, provided
  that endptr is not a null pointer.
-
    Recommended practice
    
+
    Recommended practice
 
    
  If the subject sequence has the hexadecimal form, FLT_RADIX is not a power of 2, and
  the result is not exactly representable, the result should be one of the two numbers in the
@@ -18550,7 +18550,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  correctly rounding L and U according to the current rounding direction, with the extra
  stipulation that the error with respect to D should have a correct sign for the current
  rounding direction.296)
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The functions return the converted value, if any. If no conversion could be performed,
  zero is returned. If the correct value is outside the range of representable values, plus or
@@ -18565,7 +18565,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    294) It is unspecified whether a minus-signed sequence is converted to a negative number directly or by
  negating the value resulting from converting the corresponding unsigned sequence (see F.5); the two
  methods may yield different results if rounding is toward positive or negative infinity. In either case,
@@ -18579,7 +18579,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
 
 
 
    7.24.4.1.2 The wcstol, wcstoll, wcstoul, and wcstoull functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <wchar.h>
@@ -18600,7 +18600,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
              wchar_t ** restrict endptr,
              int base);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The wcstol, wcstoll, wcstoul, and wcstoull functions convert the initial
  portion of the wide string pointed to by nptr to long int, long long int,
@@ -18645,7 +18645,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  If the subject sequence is empty or does not have the expected form, no conversion is
  performed; the value of nptr is stored in the object pointed to by endptr, provided
  that endptr is not a null pointer.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The wcstol, wcstoll, wcstoul, and wcstoull functions return the converted
  value, if any. If no conversion could be performed, zero is returned. If the correct value
@@ -18656,24 +18656,24 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
 
    7.24.4.2 Wide string copying functions
    
 
 
    7.24.4.2.1 The wcscpy function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <wchar.h>
         wchar_t *wcscpy(wchar_t * restrict s1,
              const wchar_t * restrict s2);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The wcscpy function copies the wide string pointed to by s2 (including the terminating
  null wide character) into the array pointed to by s1.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The wcscpy function returns the value of s1.
 
 
 
    7.24.4.2.2 The wcsncpy function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
               #include <wchar.h>
@@ -18681,7 +18681,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
                const wchar_t * restrict s2,
                size_t n);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The wcsncpy function copies not more than n wide characters (those that follow a null
  wide character are not copied) from the array pointed to by s2 to the array pointed to by
@@ -18690,17 +18690,17 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  If the array pointed to by s2 is a wide string that is shorter than n wide characters, null
  wide characters are appended to the copy in the array pointed to by s1, until n wide
  characters in all have been written.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The wcsncpy function returns the value of s1.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    297) Thus, if there is no null wide character in the first n wide characters of the array pointed to by s2, the
  result will not be null-terminated.
 
 
 
    7.24.4.2.3 The wmemcpy function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
               #include <wchar.h>
@@ -18708,11 +18708,11 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
                const wchar_t * restrict s2,
                size_t n);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The wmemcpy function copies n wide characters from the object pointed to by s2 to the
  object pointed to by s1.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The wmemcpy function returns the value of s1.
  
@@ -18722,45 +18722,45 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
 
 
 
    7.24.4.2.4 The wmemmove function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <wchar.h>
         wchar_t *wmemmove(wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2,
              size_t n);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The wmemmove function copies n wide characters from the object pointed to by s2 to
  the object pointed to by s1. Copying takes place as if the n wide characters from the
  object pointed to by s2 are first copied into a temporary array of n wide characters that
  does not overlap the objects pointed to by s1 or s2, and then the n wide characters from
  the temporary array are copied into the object pointed to by s1.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The wmemmove function returns the value of s1.
 
 
    7.24.4.3 Wide string concatenation functions
    
 
 
    7.24.4.3.1 The wcscat function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <wchar.h>
         wchar_t *wcscat(wchar_t * restrict s1,
              const wchar_t * restrict s2);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The wcscat function appends a copy of the wide string pointed to by s2 (including the
  terminating null wide character) to the end of the wide string pointed to by s1. The initial
  wide character of s2 overwrites the null wide character at the end of s1.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The wcscat function returns the value of s1.
 
 
    7.24.4.3.2 The wcsncat function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <wchar.h>
@@ -18768,7 +18768,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
              const wchar_t * restrict s2,
              size_t n);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The wcsncat function appends not more than n wide characters (a null wide character
  and those that follow it are not appended) from the array pointed to by s2 to the end of
@@ -18776,11 +18776,11 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  the wide string pointed to by s1. The initial wide character of s2 overwrites the null
  wide character at the end of s1. A terminating null wide character is always appended to
  the result.298)
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The wcsncat function returns the value of s1.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    298) Thus, the maximum number of wide characters that can end up in the array pointed to by s1 is
  wcslen(s1)+n+1.
 
@@ -18792,35 +18792,35 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  by wchar_t.
 
 
    7.24.4.4.1 The wcscmp function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <wchar.h>
          int wcscmp(const wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The wcscmp function compares the wide string pointed to by s1 to the wide string
  pointed to by s2.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The wcscmp function returns an integer greater than, equal to, or less than zero,
  accordingly as the wide string pointed to by s1 is greater than, equal to, or less than the
  wide string pointed to by s2.
 
 
    7.24.4.4.2 The wcscoll function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <wchar.h>
          int wcscoll(const wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The wcscoll function compares the wide string pointed to by s1 to the wide string
  pointed to by s2, both interpreted as appropriate to the LC_COLLATE category of the
  current locale.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The wcscoll function returns an integer greater than, equal to, or less than zero,
  accordingly as the wide string pointed to by s1 is greater than, equal to, or less than the
@@ -18831,26 +18831,26 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  locale.
 
 
    7.24.4.4.3 The wcsncmp function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <wchar.h>
         int wcsncmp(const wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2,
              size_t n);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The wcsncmp function compares not more than n wide characters (those that follow a
  null wide character are not compared) from the array pointed to by s1 to the array
  pointed to by s2.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The wcsncmp function returns an integer greater than, equal to, or less than zero,
  accordingly as the possibly null-terminated array pointed to by s1 is greater than, equal
  to, or less than the possibly null-terminated array pointed to by s2.
 
 
    7.24.4.4.4 The wcsxfrm function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <wchar.h>
@@ -18858,7 +18858,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
              const wchar_t * restrict s2,
              size_t n);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The wcsxfrm function transforms the wide string pointed to by s2 and places the
  resulting wide string into the array pointed to by s1. The transformation is such that if
@@ -18867,7 +18867,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  applied to the same two original wide strings. No more than n wide characters are placed
  into the resulting array pointed to by s1, including the terminating null wide character. If
  n is zero, s1 is permitted to be a null pointer.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The wcsxfrm function returns the length of the transformed wide string (not including
  the terminating null wide character). If the value returned is n or greater, the contents of
@@ -18882,18 +18882,18 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  
 
 
    7.24.4.4.5 The wmemcmp function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <wchar.h>
         int wmemcmp(const wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2,
              size_t n);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The wmemcmp function compares the first n wide characters of the object pointed to by
  s1 to the first n wide characters of the object pointed to by s2.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The wmemcmp function returns an integer greater than, equal to, or less than zero,
  accordingly as the object pointed to by s1 is greater than, equal to, or less than the object
@@ -18902,107 +18902,107 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
 
    7.24.4.5 Wide string search functions
    
 
 
    7.24.4.5.1 The wcschr function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <wchar.h>
         wchar_t *wcschr(const wchar_t *s, wchar_t c);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The wcschr function locates the first occurrence of c in the wide string pointed to by s.
  The terminating null wide character is considered to be part of the wide string.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The wcschr function returns a pointer to the located wide character, or a null pointer if
  the wide character does not occur in the wide string.
 
 
    7.24.4.5.2 The wcscspn function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <wchar.h>
         size_t wcscspn(const wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The wcscspn function computes the length of the maximum initial segment of the wide
  string pointed to by s1 which consists entirely of wide characters not from the wide
  string pointed to by s2.
 
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The wcscspn function returns the length of the segment.
 
 
    7.24.4.5.3 The wcspbrk function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <wchar.h>
         wchar_t *wcspbrk(const wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The wcspbrk function locates the first occurrence in the wide string pointed to by s1 of
  any wide character from the wide string pointed to by s2.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The wcspbrk function returns a pointer to the wide character in s1, or a null pointer if
  no wide character from s2 occurs in s1.
 
 
    7.24.4.5.4 The wcsrchr function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <wchar.h>
         wchar_t *wcsrchr(const wchar_t *s, wchar_t c);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The wcsrchr function locates the last occurrence of c in the wide string pointed to by
  s. The terminating null wide character is considered to be part of the wide string.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The wcsrchr function returns a pointer to the wide character, or a null pointer if c does
  not occur in the wide string.
 
 
    7.24.4.5.5 The wcsspn function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <wchar.h>
         size_t wcsspn(const wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The wcsspn function computes the length of the maximum initial segment of the wide
  string pointed to by s1 which consists entirely of wide characters from the wide string
  pointed to by s2.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The wcsspn function returns the length of the segment.
 
 
 
    7.24.4.5.6 The wcsstr function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <wchar.h>
         wchar_t *wcsstr(const wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The wcsstr function locates the first occurrence in the wide string pointed to by s1 of
  the sequence of wide characters (excluding the terminating null wide character) in the
  wide string pointed to by s2.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The wcsstr function returns a pointer to the located wide string, or a null pointer if the
  wide string is not found. If s2 points to a wide string with zero length, the function
  returns s1.
 
 
    7.24.4.5.7 The wcstok function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <wchar.h>
@@ -19010,7 +19010,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
              const wchar_t * restrict s2,
              wchar_t ** restrict ptr);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  A sequence of calls to the wcstok function breaks the wide string pointed to by s1 into
  a sequence of tokens, each of which is delimited by a wide character from the wide string
@@ -19041,7 +19041,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  by ptr so that subsequent calls, with a null pointer for s1 and the unmodified pointer
  value for ptr, shall start searching just past the element overwritten by a null wide
  character (if any).
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The wcstok function returns a pointer to the first wide character of a token, or a null
  pointer if there is no token.
@@ -19061,18 +19061,18 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  
 
 
    7.24.4.5.8 The wmemchr function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <wchar.h>
         wchar_t *wmemchr(const wchar_t *s, wchar_t c,
              size_t n);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The wmemchr function locates the first occurrence of c in the initial n wide characters of
  the object pointed to by s.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The wmemchr function returns a pointer to the located wide character, or a null pointer if
  the wide character does not occur in the object.
@@ -19081,39 +19081,39 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
 
    7.24.4.6 Miscellaneous functions
    
 
 
    7.24.4.6.1 The wcslen function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <wchar.h>
         size_t wcslen(const wchar_t *s);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The wcslen function computes the length of the wide string pointed to by s.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The wcslen function returns the number of wide characters that precede the terminating
  null wide character.
 
 
    7.24.4.6.2 The wmemset function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <wchar.h>
         wchar_t *wmemset(wchar_t *s, wchar_t c, size_t n);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The wmemset function copies the value of c into each of the first n wide characters of
  the object pointed to by s.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The wmemset function returns the value of s.
 
 
    7.24.5 Wide character time conversion functions
    
 
 
    7.24.5.1 The wcsftime function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <time.h>
@@ -19123,7 +19123,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
              const wchar_t * restrict format,
              const struct tm * restrict timeptr);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The wcsftime function is equivalent to the strftime function, except that:
 
      
@@ -19135,7 +19135,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  corresponding sequences of wide characters.
 
    •   The return value indicates the number of wide characters.
 
    
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  If the total number of resulting wide characters including the terminating null wide
  character is not more than maxsize, the wcsftime function returns the number of
@@ -19174,7 +19174,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    299) Thus, a particular mbstate_t object can be used, for example, with both the mbrtowc and
  mbsrtowcs functions as long as they are used to step sequentially through the same multibyte
  character string.
@@ -19183,37 +19183,37 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
 
    7.24.6.1 Single-byte/wide character conversion functions
    
 
 
    7.24.6.1.1 The btowc function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdio.h>
         #include <wchar.h>
         wint_t btowc(int c);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The btowc function determines whether c constitutes a valid single-byte character in the
  initial shift state.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The btowc function returns WEOF if c has the value EOF or if (unsigned char)c
  does not constitute a valid single-byte character in the initial shift state. Otherwise, it
  returns the wide character representation of that character.
 
 
    7.24.6.1.2 The wctob function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdio.h>
         #include <wchar.h>
         int wctob(wint_t c);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The wctob function determines whether c corresponds to a member of the extended
  character set whose multibyte character representation is a single byte when in the initial
  shift state.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The wctob function returns EOF if c does not correspond to a multibyte character with
  length one in the initial shift state. Otherwise, it returns the single-byte representation of
@@ -19222,18 +19222,18 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
 
    7.24.6.2 Conversion state functions
    
 
 
    7.24.6.2.1 The mbsinit function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <wchar.h>
         int mbsinit(const mbstate_t *ps);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  If ps is not a null pointer, the mbsinit function determines whether the pointed-to
  mbstate_t object describes an initial conversion state.
 
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The mbsinit function returns nonzero if ps is a null pointer or if the pointed-to object
  describes an initial conversion state; otherwise, it returns zero.
@@ -19252,7 +19252,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  encoding is state-dependent.
 
 
    7.24.6.3.1 The mbrlen function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <wchar.h>
@@ -19260,7 +19260,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
              size_t n,
              mbstate_t * restrict ps);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The mbrlen function is equivalent to the call:
 
    @@ -19268,7 +19268,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
 
    
  where internal is the mbstate_t object for the mbrlen function, except that the
  expression designated by ps is evaluated only once.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The mbrlen function returns a value between zero and n, inclusive, (size_t)(-2),
  or (size_t)(-1).
@@ -19276,7 +19276,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
 
 
 
    7.24.6.3.2 The mbrtowc function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <wchar.h>
@@ -19285,7 +19285,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
               size_t n,
               mbstate_t * restrict ps);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  If s is a null pointer, the mbrtowc function is equivalent to the call:
 
    @@ -19300,7 +19300,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  corresponding wide character and then, if pwc is not a null pointer, stores that value in
  the object pointed to by pwc. If the corresponding wide character is the null wide
  character, the resulting state described is the initial conversion state.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The mbrtowc function returns the first of the following that applies (given the current
  conversion state):
@@ -19320,13 +19320,13 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
 
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    300) When n has at least the value of the MB_CUR_MAX macro, this case can only occur if s points at a
  sequence of redundant shift sequences (for implementations with state-dependent encodings).
 
 
 
    7.24.6.3.3 The wcrtomb function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <wchar.h>
@@ -19334,7 +19334,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
               wchar_t wc,
               mbstate_t * restrict ps);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  If s is a null pointer, the wcrtomb function is equivalent to the call
 
    @@ -19348,7 +19348,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  array whose first element is pointed to by s. At most MB_CUR_MAX bytes are stored. If
  wc is a null wide character, a null byte is stored, preceded by any shift sequence needed
  to restore the initial shift state; the resulting state described is the initial conversion state.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The wcrtomb function returns the number of bytes stored in the array object (including
  any shift sequences). When wc is not a valid wide character, an encoding error occurs:
@@ -19372,7 +19372,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
 
 
 
    7.24.6.4.1 The mbsrtowcs function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
               #include <wchar.h>
@@ -19381,7 +19381,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
                size_t len,
                mbstate_t * restrict ps);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The mbsrtowcs function converts a sequence of multibyte characters that begins in the
  conversion state described by the object pointed to by ps, from the array indirectly
@@ -19398,7 +19398,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  just past the last multibyte character converted (if any). If conversion stopped due to
  reaching a terminating null character and if dst is not a null pointer, the resulting state
  described is the initial conversion state.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  If the input conversion encounters a sequence of bytes that do not form a valid multibyte
  character, an encoding error occurs: the mbsrtowcs function stores the value of the
@@ -19411,12 +19411,12 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    301) Thus, the value of len is ignored if dst is a null pointer.
 
 
 
    7.24.6.4.2 The wcsrtombs function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <wchar.h>
@@ -19425,7 +19425,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
               size_t len,
               mbstate_t * restrict ps);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The wcsrtombs function converts a sequence of wide characters from the array
  indirectly pointed to by src into a sequence of corresponding multibyte characters that
@@ -19443,7 +19443,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  address just past the last wide character converted (if any). If conversion stopped due to
  reaching a terminating null wide character, the resulting state described is the initial
  conversion state.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  If conversion stops because a wide character is reached that does not correspond to a
  valid multibyte character, an encoding error occurs: the wcsrtombs function stores the
@@ -19456,7 +19456,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    302) If conversion stops because a terminating null wide character has been reached, the bytes stored
  include those necessary to reach the initial shift state immediately before the null byte.
 
@@ -19505,7 +19505,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    303) See ''future library directions'' (7.26.13).
 
 
@@ -19531,7 +19531,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  both printing and white-space wide characters.304)
 
     Forward references: the wctob function (7.24.6.1.2).
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    304) For example, if the expression isalpha(wctob(wc)) evaluates to true, then the call
  iswalpha(wc) also returns true. But, if the expression isgraph(wctob(wc)) evaluates to true
  (which cannot occur for wc == L' ' of course), then either iswgraph(wc) or iswprint(wc)
@@ -19539,25 +19539,25 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
 
 
 
    7.25.2.1.1 The iswalnum function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <wctype.h>
         int iswalnum(wint_t wc);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The iswalnum function tests for any wide character for which iswalpha or
  iswdigit is true.
 
 
    7.25.2.1.2 The iswalpha function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <wctype.h>
         int iswalpha(wint_t wc);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The iswalpha function tests for any wide character for which iswupper or
  iswlower is true, or any wide character that is one of a locale-specific set of alphabetic
@@ -19566,19 +19566,19 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  wide characters for which none of iswcntrl, iswdigit, iswpunct, or iswspace
  is true.305)
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    305) The functions iswlower and iswupper test true or false separately for each of these additional
  wide characters; all four combinations are possible.
 
 
 
    7.25.2.1.3 The iswblank function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <wctype.h>
          int iswblank(wint_t wc);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The iswblank function tests for any wide character that is a standard blank wide
  character or is one of a locale-specific set of wide characters for which iswspace is true
@@ -19587,30 +19587,30 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  locale, iswblank returns true only for the standard blank characters.
 
 
    7.25.2.1.4 The iswcntrl function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <wctype.h>
          int iswcntrl(wint_t wc);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The iswcntrl function tests for any control wide character.
 
 
    7.25.2.1.5 The iswdigit function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <wctype.h>
          int iswdigit(wint_t wc);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The iswdigit function tests for any wide character that corresponds to a decimal-digit
  character (as defined in 5.2.1).
 
 
    7.25.2.1.6 The iswgraph function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <wctype.h>
@@ -19621,56 +19621,56 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  
  
 
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The iswgraph function tests for any wide character for which iswprint is true and
  iswspace is false.306)
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    306) Note that the behavior of the iswgraph and iswpunct functions may differ from their
  corresponding functions in 7.4.1 with respect to printing, white-space, single-byte execution
  characters other than ' '.
 
 
 
    7.25.2.1.7 The iswlower function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <wctype.h>
          int iswlower(wint_t wc);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The iswlower function tests for any wide character that corresponds to a lowercase
  letter or is one of a locale-specific set of wide characters for which none of iswcntrl,
  iswdigit, iswpunct, or iswspace is true.
 
 
    7.25.2.1.8 The iswprint function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <wctype.h>
          int iswprint(wint_t wc);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The iswprint function tests for any printing wide character.
 
 
    7.25.2.1.9 The iswpunct function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <wctype.h>
          int iswpunct(wint_t wc);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The iswpunct function tests for any printing wide character that is one of a locale-
  specific set of punctuation wide characters for which neither iswspace nor iswalnum
  is true.306)
 
 
    7.25.2.1.10 The iswspace function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <wctype.h>
@@ -19680,33 +19680,33 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  
  
 
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The iswspace function tests for any wide character that corresponds to a locale-specific
  set of white-space wide characters for which none of iswalnum, iswgraph, or
  iswpunct is true.
 
 
    7.25.2.1.11 The iswupper function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <wctype.h>
         int iswupper(wint_t wc);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The iswupper function tests for any wide character that corresponds to an uppercase
  letter or is one of a locale-specific set of wide characters for which none of iswcntrl,
  iswdigit, iswpunct, or iswspace is true.
 
 
    7.25.2.1.12 The iswxdigit function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <wctype.h>
         int iswxdigit(wint_t wc);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The iswxdigit function tests for any wide character that corresponds to a
  hexadecimal-digit character (as defined in 6.4.4.1).
@@ -19718,13 +19718,13 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  subclause (7.25.2.1).
 
 
    7.25.2.2.1 The iswctype function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <wctype.h>
         int iswctype(wint_t wc, wctype_t desc);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The iswctype function determines whether the wide character wc has the property
  described by desc. The current setting of the LC_CTYPE category shall be the same as
@@ -19747,27 +19747,27 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
         iswctype(wc,       wctype("upper"))             //   iswupper(wc)
         iswctype(wc,       wctype("xdigit"))            //   iswxdigit(wc)
 
    
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The iswctype function returns nonzero (true) if and only if the value of the wide
  character wc has the property described by desc.
 
     Forward references: the wctype function (7.25.2.2.2).
 
 
    7.25.2.2.2 The wctype function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <wctype.h>
         wctype_t wctype(const char *property);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The wctype function constructs a value with type wctype_t that describes a class of
  wide characters identified by the string argument property.
 
    
  The strings listed in the description of the iswctype function shall be valid in all
  locales as property arguments to the wctype function.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  If property identifies a valid class of wide characters according to the LC_CTYPE
  category of the current locale, the wctype function returns a nonzero value that is valid
@@ -19781,16 +19781,16 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
 
    7.25.3.1 Wide character case mapping functions
    
 
 
    7.25.3.1.1 The towlower function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <wctype.h>
         wint_t towlower(wint_t wc);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The towlower function converts an uppercase letter to a corresponding lowercase letter.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  If the argument is a wide character for which iswupper is true and there are one or
  more corresponding wide characters, as specified by the current locale, for which
@@ -19799,16 +19799,16 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  returned unchanged.
 
 
    7.25.3.1.2 The towupper function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <wctype.h>
         wint_t towupper(wint_t wc);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The towupper function converts a lowercase letter to a corresponding uppercase letter.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  If the argument is a wide character for which iswlower is true and there are one or
  more corresponding wide characters, as specified by the current locale, for which
@@ -19824,13 +19824,13 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
 
 
 
    7.25.3.2.1 The towctrans function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <wctype.h>
         wint_t towctrans(wint_t wc, wctrans_t desc);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The towctrans function maps the wide character wc using the mapping described by
  desc. The current setting of the LC_CTYPE category shall be the same as during the call
@@ -19842,26 +19842,26 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
         towctrans(wc, wctrans("tolower"))                      // towlower(wc)
         towctrans(wc, wctrans("toupper"))                      // towupper(wc)
 
    
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The towctrans function returns the mapped value of wc using the mapping described
  by desc.
 
 
    7.25.3.2.2 The wctrans function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <wctype.h>
         wctrans_t wctrans(const char *property);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The wctrans function constructs a value with type wctrans_t that describes a
  mapping between wide characters identified by the string argument property.
 
    
  The strings listed in the description of the towctrans function shall be valid in all
  locales as property arguments to the wctrans function.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  If property identifies a valid mapping of wide characters according to the LC_CTYPE
  category of the current locale, the wctrans function returns a nonzero value that is valid
@@ -21847,7 +21847,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
 
  Any non-IEC 60559 extended format used for the long double type shall have more
  precision than IEC 60559 double and at least the range of IEC 60559 double.308)
-
    Recommended practice
    
+
    Recommended practice
 
    
  The long double type should match an IEC 60559 extended format.
  
@@ -21856,7 +21856,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    307) ''Extended'' is IEC 60559's double-extended data format. Extended refers to both the common 80-bit
  and quadruple 128-bit IEC 60559 formats.
 
@@ -21870,7 +21870,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  the term NaN to denote quiet NaNs. The NAN and INFINITY macros and the nan
  functions in <math.h> provide designations for IEC 60559 NaNs and infinities.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    309) Since NaNs created by IEC 60559 operations are always quiet, quiet NaNs (along with infinities) are
  sufficient for closure of the arithmetic.
 
@@ -21961,7 +21961,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  integral part is within the range of the integer type raises the ''inexact'' floating-point
  exception is unspecified.310)
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    310) ANSI/IEEE 854, but not IEC 60559 (ANSI/IEEE 754), directly specifies that floating-to-integer
  conversions raise the ''inexact'' floating-point exception for non-integer in-range values. In those
  cases where it matters, library functions can be used to effect such conversions with or without raising
@@ -21990,7 +21990,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    311) If the minimum-width IEC 60559 extended format (64 bits of precision) is supported,
  DECIMAL_DIG shall be at least 21. If IEC 60559 double (53 bits of precision) is the widest
  IEC 60559 format supported, then DECIMAL_DIG shall be at least 17. (By contrast, LDBL_DIG and
@@ -22002,7 +22002,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  A contracted expression treats infinities, NaNs, signed zeros, subnormals, and the
  rounding directions in a manner consistent with the basic arithmetic operations covered
  by IEC 60559.
-
    Recommended practice
    
+
    Recommended practice
 
    
  A contracted expression should raise floating-point exceptions in a manner generally
  consistent with the basic arithmetic operations. A contracted expression should deliver
@@ -22015,7 +22015,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  IEC 60559 dynamic rounding precision and trap enablement modes, if the
  implementation supports them.312)
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    312) This specification does not require dynamic rounding precision nor trap enablement modes.
 
 
@@ -22027,7 +22027,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  <fenv.h>) is ''on'', these changes to the floating-point state are treated as side effects
  which respect sequence points.313)
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    313) If the state for the FENV_ACCESS pragma is ''off'', the implementation is free to assume the floating-
  point control modes will be the default ones and the floating-point status flags will not be tested,
  which allows certain optimizations (see F.8).
@@ -22041,7 +22041,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
 
  •   The rounding precision mode (if supported) is set so that results are not shortened.
 
  •   Trapping or stopping (if supported) is disabled on all floating-point exceptions.
 
-
    Recommended practice
    
+
    Recommended practice
 
    
  The implementation should produce a diagnostic message for each translation-time
  
@@ -22052,7 +22052,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  floating-point exception, other than ''inexact'';314) the implementation should then
  proceed with the translation of the program.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    314) As floating constants are converted to appropriate internal representations at translation time, their
  conversion is subject to default rounding modes and raises no execution-time floating-point exceptions
  (even where the state of the FENV_ACCESS pragma is ''on''). Library functions, for example
@@ -22101,7 +22101,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  execution time.
  
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    315) Where the state for the FENV_ACCESS pragma is ''on'', results of inexact expressions like 1.0/3.0
  are affected by rounding modes set at execution time, and expressions such as 0.0/0.0 and
  1.0/0.0 generate execution-time floating-point exceptions. The programmer can achieve the
@@ -22150,7 +22150,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    316) Use of float_t and double_t variables increases the likelihood of translation-time computation.
  For example, the automatic initialization
 
@@ -22270,7 +22270,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
                                           (unless rounding is downward).
 
    • 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    317) Strict support for signaling NaNs -- not required by this specification -- would invalidate these and
  other transformations that remove arithmetic operators.
 
@@ -22358,7 +22358,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  precision modes shall assure further that the result of the operation raises no floating-
  point exception when converted to the semantic type of the operation.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    319) 0 - 0 yields -0 instead of +0 just when the rounding direction is downward.
 
 
@@ -22411,13 +22411,13 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  For families of functions, the specifications apply to all of the functions even though only
  the principal function is shown. Unless otherwise specified, where the symbol ''(+-)''
  occurs in both an argument and the result, the result has the same sign as the argument.
-
    Recommended practice
    
+
    Recommended practice
 
    
  If a function with one or more NaN arguments returns a NaN result, the result should be
  the same as one of the NaN arguments (after possible type conversion), except perhaps
  for the sign.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    320) IEC 60559 allows different definitions of underflow. They all result in the same values, but differ on
  when the floating-point exception is raised.
 
@@ -22471,7 +22471,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
 
  •   atan2((+-)(inf), +(inf)) returns (+-)pi /4.
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    322) atan2(0, 0) does not raise the ''invalid'' floating-point exception, nor does atan2( y ,    0) raise
  the ''divide-by-zero'' floating-point exception.
 
@@ -22960,7 +22960,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
              isnan(y)) ? x : y; }
 
    • 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    323) Ideally, fmax would be sensitive to the sign of zero, for example fmax(-0.0, +0.0) would
  return +0; however, implementation in software might be impractical.
 
@@ -23045,7 +23045,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  When a value of real type is converted to an imaginary type, the result is a positive
  imaginary zero.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    324) See 6.3.1.2.
 
 
@@ -23077,7 +23077,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
 
 
 
    G.5.1 Multiplicative operators
    
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  If one operand has real type and the other operand has imaginary type, then the result has
  imaginary type. If both operands have imaginary type, then the result has real type. (If
@@ -23252,13 +23252,13 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  with division, provides better roundoff characteristics.
  
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    325) These properties are already implied for those cases covered in the tables, but are required for all cases
  (at least where the state for CX_LIMITED_RANGE is ''off'').
 
 
 
    G.5.2 Additive operators
    
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  If both operands have imaginary type, then the result has imaginary type. (If one operand
  has real type and the other operand has imaginary type, or if either operand has complex
@@ -23352,7 +23352,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    326) As noted in G.3, a complex value with at least one infinite part is regarded as an infinity even if its
  other part is a NaN.
 
@@ -23573,7 +23573,7 @@ If a length modifier appears with any conversion specifier other than as specifi
  The cpow functions raise floating-point exceptions if appropriate for the calculation of
  the parts of the result, and may raise spurious exceptions.327)
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    327) This allows cpow( z , c ) to be implemented as cexp(c      clog( z )) without precluding
  implementations that treat special cases more carefully.
 
diff --git a/n1548.html b/n1548.html
index 3c52ef1..ff9b0a9 100644
--- a/n1548.html
+++ b/n1548.html
@@ -762,7 +762,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    1) This International Standard is designed to promote the portability of C programs among a variety of
  data-processing systems. It is intended for use by implementors and programmers.
 
@@ -1078,7 +1078,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  ''representation'', this is the intended usage.2)
  
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    2) For example, ''Trapping or stopping (if supported) is disabled...'' (F.8.2). Note that fetching a trap
  representation might perform a trap but is not required to (see 6.2.6.1).
 
@@ -1156,7 +1156,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    3) A strictly conforming program can use conditional features (see 6.10.8.3) provided the use is guarded
  by an appropriate conditional inclusion preprocessing directive using the related macro. For example:
 
@@ -1257,7 +1257,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    6) Implementations shall behave as if these separate phases occur, even though many are typically folded
  together in practice. Source files, translation units, and translated translation units need not
  necessarily be stored as files, nor need there be any one-to-one correspondence between these entities
@@ -1288,7 +1288,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  as being both a constraint error and resulting in undefined behavior, the constraint error shall be diagnosed.
  
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    9) The intent is that an implementation should identify the nature of, and where possible localize, each
  violation. Of course, an implementation is free to produce any number of diagnostics as long as a
  valid program is still correctly translated. It may also successfully translate an invalid program.
@@ -1361,7 +1361,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  startup and program termination.
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    10) Thus, int can be replaced by a typedef name defined as int, or the type of argv can be written as
  char ** argv, and so on.
 
@@ -1385,7 +1385,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  termination status returned to the host environment is unspecified.
 
     Forward references: definition of terms (7.1.1), the exit function (7.22.4.4).
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    11) In accordance with 6.2.4, the lifetimes of objects with automatic storage duration declared in main
  will have ended in the former case, even where they would not have in the latter.
 
@@ -1566,7 +1566,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
     Forward references: expressions (6.5), type qualifiers (6.7.3), statements (6.8), the
  signal function (7.14), files (7.21.3).
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    12) The IEC 60559 standard for binary floating-point arithmetic requires certain user-accessible status
  flags and control modes. Floating-point operations implicitly set the status flags; modes affect result
  values of floating-point operations. Implementations that support such floating-point state are
@@ -1784,7 +1784,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  is not tolerant of races or provides hardware race detection.
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    14) The execution can usually be viewed as an interleaving of all of the threads. However, some kinds of
  atomic operations, for example, allow executions inconsistent with a simple interleaving as described
  below.
@@ -1887,7 +1887,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    
  
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    17) The trigraph sequences enable the input of characters that are not defined in the Invariant Code Set as
  described in ISO/IEC 646, which is a subset of the seven-bit US ASCII code set.
 
@@ -2023,7 +2023,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
  •   63 levels of nested structure or union definitions in a single struct-declaration-list
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    18) Implementations should avoid imposing fixed translation limits whenever possible.
 
 
    19) See ''future language directions'' (6.11.3).
@@ -2096,7 +2096,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  UCHAR_MAX.20) The value UCHAR_MAX shall equal 2CHAR_BIT - 1.
 
     Forward references: representations of types (6.2.6), conditional inclusion (6.10.1).
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    20) See 6.2.5.
 
 
@@ -2313,7 +2313,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
    DBL_TRUE_MIN                                       1E-37
    LDBL_TRUE_MIN                                      1E-37
 
-
    Recommended practice
    
+
    Recommended practice
 
    
  Conversion from (at least) double to decimal with DECIMAL_DIG digits and back
  should be the identity function.
@@ -2411,7 +2411,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  (7.22), input/output <stdio.h> (7.21), mathematics <math.h> (7.12).
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    21) The floating-point model is intended to clarify the description of each floating-point characteristic and
  does not require the floating-point arithmetic of the implementation to be identical.
 
@@ -2556,7 +2556,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
     Forward references: declarations (6.7), expressions (6.5), external definitions (6.9),
  statements (6.8).
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    29) There is no linkage between different identifiers.
 
 
    30) A function declaration can contain the storage-class specifier static only if it is at file scope; see
@@ -2586,7 +2586,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    32) There is only one name space for tags even though three are possible.
 
 
@@ -2648,7 +2648,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
     Forward references: array declarators (6.7.6.2), compound literals (6.5.2.5), declarators
  (6.7.6), function calls (6.5.2.2), initialization (6.7.9), statements (6.8).
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    33) The term ''constant address'' means that two pointers to the object constructed at possibly different
  times will compare equal. The address may be different during two different executions of the same
  program.
@@ -2859,7 +2859,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
 
     Forward references: compatible type and composite type (6.2.7), declarations (6.7).
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    37) A type may be incomplete or complete throughout an entire translation unit, or it may change states at
  different points within a translation unit.
 
@@ -2950,7 +2950,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
     Forward references: declarations (6.7), expressions (6.5), lvalues, arrays, and function
  designators (6.3.2.1), order and consistency (7.17.3).
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    49) A positional representation for integers that uses the binary digits 0 and 1, in which the values
  represented by successive bits are additive, begin with 1, and are multiplied by successive integral
  powers of 2, except perhaps the bit with the highest position. (Adapted from the American National
@@ -3033,7 +3033,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    53) Some combinations of padding bits might generate trap representations, for example, if one padding
  bit is a parity bit. Regardless, no arithmetic operation on valid values can generate a trap
  representation other than as part of an exceptional condition such as an overflow, and this cannot occur
@@ -3113,7 +3113,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
    • -
    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    55) Two types need not be identical to be compatible.

    56) As specified in 6.2.1, the later declaration might hide the prior declaration. @@ -3161,7 +3161,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    57) Every over-aligned type is, or contains, a structure or union type with a member to which an extended alignment has been applied. @@ -3225,7 +3225,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.

    Forward references: enumeration specifiers (6.7.2.2), structure and union specifiers (6.7.2.1). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    58) The integer promotions are applied only: as part of the usual arithmetic conversions, to certain argument expressions, to the operands of the unary +, -, and ~ operators, and to both operands of the shift operators, as specified by their respective subclauses. @@ -3236,7 +3236,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''. When any scalar value is converted to _Bool, the result is 0 if the value compares equal to 0; otherwise, the result is 1.59) -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    59) NaNs do not compare equal to 0 and thus convert to 1. @@ -3252,7 +3252,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''. Otherwise, the new type is signed and the value cannot be represented in it; either the result is implementation-defined or an implementation-defined signal is raised. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    60) The rules describe arithmetic on the mathematical value, not the value of a given type of expression. @@ -3274,7 +3274,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''. conversions (6.3.1.8, 6.8.6.4) may be represented in greater precision and range than that required by the new type. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    61) The remaindering operation performed when a value of integer type is converted to unsigned type need not be performed when a value of real floating type is converted to unsigned type. Thus, the range of portable real floating values is (-1, Utype_MAX+1). @@ -3353,7 +3353,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    62) For example, addition of a double _Complex and a float entails just the conversion of the float operand to double (and yields a double _Complex result). @@ -3404,7 +3404,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''. increment and decrement operators (6.5.2.4), prefix increment and decrement operators (6.5.3.1), the sizeof operator (6.5.3.4), structure and union members (6.5.2.3). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    64) The name ''lvalue'' comes originally from the assignment expression E1 = E2, in which the left operand E1 is required to be a (modifiable) lvalue. It is perhaps better considered as representing an object ''locator value''. What is sometimes called ''rvalue'' is in this International Standard described @@ -3475,7 +3475,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    66) The macro NULL is defined in <stddef.h> (and other headers) as a null pointer constant; see 7.19.

    67) The mapping functions for converting a pointer to an integer or an integer to a pointer are intended to @@ -3487,7 +3487,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.

    6.4 Lexical elements

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax 

               token:
@@ -3505,11 +3505,11 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
                  punctuator
                  each non-white-space character that cannot be one of the above
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    Each preprocessing token that is converted to a token shall have the lexical form of a keyword, an identifier, a constant, a string literal, or a punctuator. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    A token is the minimal lexical element of the language in translation phases 7 and 8. The categories of tokens are: keywords, identifiers, constants, string literals, and punctuators. @@ -3554,13 +3554,13 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''. (6.5.3.1), preprocessing directives (6.10), preprocessing numbers (6.4.8), string literals (6.4.5). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    69) An additional category, placemarkers, is used internally in translation phase 4 (see 6.10.3.3); it cannot occur in source files.

    6.4.1 Keywords

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax 

               keyword: one of
@@ -3580,21 +3580,21 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
                 float                           switch                       _Thread_local
                 for                             typedef
    -
    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    The above tokens (case sensitive) are reserved (in translation phases 7 and 8) for use as keywords, and shall not be used otherwise. The keyword _Imaginary is reserved for specifying imaginary types.70) -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    70) One possible specification for imaginary types appears in annex G.

    6.4.2 Identifiers

    6.4.2.1 General
    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax 

               identifier:
@@ -3613,7 +3613,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
           digit: one of
                  0 1        2     3    4    5    6     7    8    9
    -
    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    An identifier is a sequence of nondigit characters (including the underscore _, the lowercase and uppercase Latin letters, and other characters) and digits, which designates @@ -3634,7 +3634,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''. When preprocessing tokens are converted to tokens during translation phase 7, if a preprocessing token could be converted to either a keyword or an identifier, it is converted to a keyword. -

    Implementation limits
    +

    Implementation limits

    As discussed in 5.2.4.1, an implementation may limit the number of significant initial characters in an identifier; the limit for an external name (an identifier that has external @@ -3646,7 +3646,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''. identifiers differ only in nonsignificant characters, the behavior is undefined.

    Forward references: universal character names (6.4.3), macro replacement (6.10.3). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    71) On systems in which linkers cannot accept extended characters, an encoding of the universal character name may be used in forming valid external identifiers. For example, some otherwise unused character or sequence of characters may be used to encode the \u in a universal character name. @@ -3654,7 +3654,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.

    6.4.2.2 Predefined identifiers
    -
    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    The identifier __func__ shall be implicitly declared by the translator as if, immediately following the opening brace of each function definition, the declaration @@ -3688,13 +3688,13 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    72) Since the name __func__ is reserved for any use by the implementation (7.1.3), if any other identifier is explicitly declared using the name __func__, the behavior is undefined.

    6.4.3 Universal character names

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax 

               universal-character-name:
@@ -3704,16 +3704,16 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
                  hexadecimal-digit hexadecimal-digit
                               hexadecimal-digit hexadecimal-digit
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    A universal character name shall not specify a character whose short identifier is less than 00A0 other than 0024 ($), 0040 (@), or 0060 ('), nor one in the range D800 through DFFF inclusive.73) -

    Description
    +

    Description

    Universal character names may be used in identifiers, character constants, and string literals to designate characters that are not in the basic character set. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    The universal character name \Unnnnnnnn designates the character whose eight-digit short identifier (as specified by ISO/IEC 10646) is nnnnnnnn.74) Similarly, the universal @@ -3725,7 +3725,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    73) The disallowed characters are the characters in the basic character set and the code positions reserved by ISO/IEC 10646 for control characters, the character DELETE, and the S-zone (reserved for use by UTF-16). @@ -3735,7 +3735,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.

    6.4.4 Constants

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax 

               constant:
@@ -3744,16 +3744,16 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
                  enumeration-constant
                  character-constant
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    Each constant shall have a type and the value of a constant shall be in the range of representable values for its type. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    Each constant has a type, determined by its form and value, as detailed later.

    6.4.4.1 Integer constants
    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax 

    @@ -3792,7 +3792,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
          long-long-suffix: one of
                 ll LL
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    An integer constant begins with a digit, but has no period or exponent part. It may have a prefix that specifies its base and a suffix that specifies its type. @@ -3802,7 +3802,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''. digits 0 through 7 only. A hexadecimal constant consists of the prefix 0x or 0X followed by a sequence of the decimal digits and the letters a (or A) through f (or F) with values 10 through 15 respectively. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    The value of a decimal constant is computed base 10; that of an octal constant, base 8; that of a hexadecimal constant, base 16. The lexically first digit is the most significant. @@ -3858,7 +3858,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.

    6.4.4.2 Floating constants
    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax 

    @@ -3897,7 +3897,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
           floating-suffix: one of
                  f l F L
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    A floating constant has a significand part that may be followed by an exponent part and a suffix that specifies its type. The components of the significand part may include a digit @@ -3906,7 +3906,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''. e, E, p, or P followed by an exponent consisting of an optionally signed digit sequence. Either the whole-number part or the fraction part has to be present; for decimal floating constants, either the period or the exponent part has to be present. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    The significand part is interpreted as a (decimal or hexadecimal) rational number; the digit sequence in the exponent part is interpreted as a decimal integer. For decimal @@ -3926,7 +3926,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''. conversion of a floating constant shall not raise an exceptional condition or a floating- point exception at execution time. All floating constants of the same source form75) shall convert to the same internal format with the same value. -

    Recommended practice
    +

    Recommended practice

    The implementation should produce a diagnostic message if a hexadecimal constant cannot be represented exactly in its evaluation format; the implementation should then @@ -3939,7 +3939,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    75) 1.23, 1.230, 123e-2, 123e-02, and 1.23L are all different source forms and thus need not convert to the same internal format and value. @@ -3948,19 +3948,19 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.

    6.4.4.3 Enumeration constants
    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax 

               enumeration-constant:
                 identifier
    -
    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int.

    Forward references: enumeration specifiers (6.7.2.2).

    6.4.4.4 Character constants
    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax 

    @@ -3992,7 +3992,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
               \x hexadecimal-digit
               hexadecimal-escape-sequence hexadecimal-digit
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    An integer character constant is a sequence of one or more multibyte characters enclosed in single-quotes, as in 'x'. A wide character constant is the same, except prefixed by the @@ -4035,7 +4035,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''. consisting of the backslash \ followed by a lowercase letter: \a, \b, \f, \n, \r, \t, and \v.77) -

    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    The value of an octal or hexadecimal escape sequence shall be in the range of representable values for the corresponding type: @@ -4046,7 +4046,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''. u char16_t U char32_t -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    An integer character constant has type int. The value of an integer character constant containing a single character that maps to a single-byte execution character is the @@ -4099,13 +4099,13 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.

    Forward references: common definitions <stddef.h> (7.19), the mbtowc function (7.22.7.2), Unicode utilities <uchar.h> (7.27). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    77) The semantics of these characters were discussed in 5.2.2. If any other character follows a backslash, the result is not a token and a diagnostic is required. See ''future language directions'' (6.11.4).

    6.4.5 String literals

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax 

               string-literal:
@@ -4123,11 +4123,11 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
                                  the double-quote ", backslash \, or new-line character
                     escape-sequence
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    A sequence of adjacent string literal tokens shall not include both a wide string literal and a UTF-8 string literal. -

    Description
    +

    Description

    A character string literal is a sequence of zero or more multibyte characters enclosed in double-quotes, as in "xyz". A UTF-8 string literal is the same, except prefixed by u8. @@ -4139,7 +4139,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''. representable either by itself or by the escape sequence \', but the double-quote " shall be represented by the escape sequence \". -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    In translation phase 6, the multibyte character sequences specified by any sequence of adjacent character and identically-prefixed string literal tokens are concatenated into a @@ -4210,13 +4210,13 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.

    Forward references: common definitions <stddef.h> (7.19), the mbstowcs function (7.22.8.1), Unicode utilities <uchar.h> (7.27). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    78) A string literal need not be a string (see 7.1.1), because a null character may be embedded in it by a \0 escape sequence.

    6.4.6 Punctuators

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax 

               punctuator: one of
@@ -4228,7 +4228,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
                  , # ##
                  <: :> <% %> %: %:%:
    -
    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    A punctuator is a symbol that has independent syntactic and semantic significance. Depending on context, it may specify an operation to be performed (which in turn may @@ -4249,7 +4249,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.

    Forward references: expressions (6.5), declarations (6.7), preprocessing directives (6.10), statements (6.8). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    79) These tokens are sometimes called ''digraphs''.

    80) Thus [ and <: behave differently when ''stringized'' (see 6.10.3.2), but can otherwise be freely @@ -4257,7 +4257,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.

    6.4.7 Header names

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax 

               header-name:
@@ -4276,7 +4276,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
                     any member of the source character set except
                                  the new-line character and "
    -
    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    The sequences in both forms of header names are mapped in an implementation-defined manner to headers or external source file names as specified in 6.10.2. @@ -4308,14 +4308,14 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.

    Forward references: source file inclusion (6.10.2). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    81) Thus, sequences of characters that resemble escape sequences cause undefined behavior.

    82) For an example of a header name preprocessing token used in a #pragma directive, see 6.10.9.

    6.4.8 Preprocessing numbers

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax 

               pp-number:
@@ -4329,14 +4329,14 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
                 pp-number       P sign
                 pp-number       .
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    A preprocessing number begins with a digit optionally preceded by a period (.) and may be followed by valid identifier characters and the character sequences e+, e-, E+, E-, p+, p-, P+, or P-.

    Preprocessing number tokens lexically include all floating and integer constant tokens. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    A preprocessing number does not have type or a value; it acquires both after a successful conversion (as part of translation phase 7) to a floating constant token or an integer @@ -4378,7 +4378,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    83) Thus, /* ... */ comments do not nest. @@ -4446,7 +4446,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    84) This paragraph renders undefined statement expressions such as 

    @@ -4490,7 +4490,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
 
 
    6.5.1 Primary expressions
    
-
    Syntax
    
+
    Syntax
 
    
 
               primary-expression:
@@ -4500,7 +4500,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
                  ( expression )
                  generic-selection
 
    
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  An identifier is a primary expression, provided it has been declared as designating an
  object (in which case it is an lvalue) or a function (in which case it is a function
@@ -4517,12 +4517,12 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  designator, or a void expression.
 
     Forward references: declarations (6.7).
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    91) Thus, an undeclared identifier is a violation of the syntax.
 
 
 
    6.5.1.1 Generic selection
    
-
    Syntax
    
+
    Syntax
 
    
 
               generic-selection:
@@ -4534,7 +4534,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
                  type-name : assignment-expression
                  default : assignment-expression
 
    
-
    Constraints
    
+
    Constraints
 
    
  A generic selection shall have no more than one default generic association. The type
  name in a generic association shall specify a complete object type other than a variably
@@ -4545,7 +4545,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  compatible with at most one of the types named in its generic association list. If a
  generic selection has no default generic association, its controlling expression shall
  have type compatible with exactly one of the types named in its generic association list.
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  The controlling expression of a generic selection is not evaluated. If a generic selection
  has a generic association with a type name that is compatible with the type of the
@@ -4569,7 +4569,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
 
 
    6.5.2 Postfix operators
    
-
    Syntax
    
+
    Syntax
 
    
 
 
    @@ -4589,11 +4589,11 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    
 
 
    6.5.2.1 Array subscripting
    
-
    Constraints
    
+
    Constraints
 
    
  One of the expressions shall have type ''pointer to complete object type'', the other
  expression shall have integer type, and the result has type ''type''.
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  A postfix expression followed by an expression in square brackets [] is a subscripted
  designation of an element of an array object. The definition of the subscript operator []
@@ -4626,7 +4626,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  (6.5.3.2), array declarators (6.7.6.2).
 
 
    6.5.2.2 Function calls
    
-
    Constraints
    
+
    Constraints
 
    
  The expression that denotes the called function92) shall have type pointer to function
  returning void or returning a complete object type other than an array type.
@@ -4638,7 +4638,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
  have a type such that its value may be assigned to an object with the unqualified version
  of the type of its corresponding parameter.
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  A postfix expression followed by parentheses () containing a possibly empty, comma-
  separated list of expressions is a function call. The postfix expression denotes the called
@@ -4707,7 +4707,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
     Forward references: function declarators (including prototypes) (6.7.6.3), function
  definitions (6.9.1), the return statement (6.8.6.4), simple assignment (6.5.16.1).
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    92) Most often, this is the result of converting an identifier that is a function designator.
 
 
    93) A function may change the values of its parameters, but these changes cannot affect the values of the
@@ -4719,7 +4719,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
 
 
    6.5.2.3 Structure and union members
    
-
    Constraints
    
+
    Constraints
 
    
  The first operand of the . operator shall have an atomic, qualified, or unqualified
  structure or union type, and the second operand shall name a member of that type.
@@ -4727,7 +4727,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  The first operand of the -> operator shall have type ''pointer to atomic, qualified, or
  unqualified structure'' or ''pointer to atomic, qualified, or unqualified union'', and the
  second operand shall name a member of the type pointed to.
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  A postfix expression followed by the . operator and an identifier designates a member of
  a structure or union object. The value is that of the named member,95) and is an lvalue if
@@ -4826,7 +4826,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  specifiers (6.7.2.1).
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    95) If the member used to read the contents of a union object is not the same as the member last used to
  store a value in the object, the appropriate part of the object representation of the value is reinterpreted
  as an object representation in the new type as described in 6.2.6 (a process sometimes called ''type
@@ -4841,11 +4841,11 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
 
 
    6.5.2.4 Postfix increment and decrement operators
    
-
    Constraints
    
+
    Constraints
 
    
  The operand of the postfix increment or decrement operator shall have atomic, qualified,
  or unqualified real or pointer type, and shall be a modifiable lvalue.
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  The result of the postfix ++ operator is the value of the operand. As a side effect, the
  value of the operand object is incremented (that is, the value 1 of the appropriate type is
@@ -4862,7 +4862,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  it).
 
     Forward references: additive operators (6.5.6), compound assignment (6.5.16.2).
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    98) Where a pointer to an atomic object can be formed, this is equivalent to the following code sequence
  where T is the type of E:
 
@@ -4877,13 +4877,13 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
 
 
    6.5.2.5 Compound literals
    
-
    Constraints
    
+
    Constraints
 
    
  The type name shall specify a complete object type or an array of unknown size, but not a
  variable length array type.
 
    
  All the constraints for initializer lists in 6.7.9 also apply to compound literals.
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  A postfix expression that consists of a parenthesized type name followed by a brace-
  enclosed list of initializers is a compound literal. It provides an unnamed object whose
@@ -5006,7 +5006,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
     Forward references: type names (6.7.7), initialization (6.7.9).
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    99) Note that this differs from a cast expression. For example, a cast specifies a conversion to scalar types
  or void only, and the result of a cast expression is not an lvalue.
 
@@ -5017,7 +5017,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
 
 
    6.5.3 Unary operators
    
-
    Syntax
    
+
    Syntax
 
    
 
               unary-expression:
@@ -5033,11 +5033,11 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    
 
 
    6.5.3.1 Prefix increment and decrement operators
    
-
    Constraints
    
+
    Constraints
 
    
  The operand of the prefix increment or decrement operator shall have atomic, qualified,
  or unqualified real or pointer type, and shall be a modifiable lvalue.
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  The value of the operand of the prefix ++ operator is incremented. The result is the new
  value of the operand after incrementation. The expression ++E is equivalent to (E+=1).
@@ -5049,14 +5049,14 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
     Forward references: additive operators (6.5.6), compound assignment (6.5.16.2).
 
 
    6.5.3.2 Address and indirection operators
    
-
    Constraints
    
+
    Constraints
 
    
  The operand of the unary & operator shall be either a function designator, the result of a
  [] or unary * operator, or an lvalue that designates an object that is not a bit-field and is
  not declared with the register storage-class specifier.
 
    
  The operand of the unary * operator shall have pointer type.
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  The unary & operator yields the address of its operand. If the operand has type ''type'',
  the result has type ''pointer to type''. If the operand is the result of a unary * operator,
@@ -5076,7 +5076,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
     Forward references: storage-class specifiers (6.7.1), structure and union specifiers
  (6.7.2.1).
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    102) Thus, &*E is equivalent to E (even if E is a null pointer), and &(E1[E2]) to ((E1)+(E2)). It is
  always true that if E is a function designator or an lvalue that is a valid operand of the unary &
  operator, *&E is a function designator or an lvalue equal to E. If *P is an lvalue and T is the name of
@@ -5087,11 +5087,11 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
 
 
    6.5.3.3 Unary arithmetic operators
    
-
    Constraints
    
+
    Constraints
 
    
  The operand of the unary + or - operator shall have arithmetic type; of the ~ operator,
  integer type; of the ! operator, scalar type.
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  The result of the unary + operator is the value of its (promoted) operand. The integer
  promotions are performed on the operand, and the result has the promoted type.
@@ -5114,13 +5114,13 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
 
 
    6.5.3.4 The sizeof and alignof operators
    
-
    Constraints
    
+
    Constraints
 
    
  The sizeof operator shall not be applied to an expression that has function type or an
  incomplete type, to the parenthesized name of such a type, or to an expression that
  designates a bit-field member. The alignof operator shall not be applied to a function
  type or an incomplete type.
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  The sizeof operator yields the size (in bytes) of its operand, which may be an
  expression or the parenthesized name of a type. The size is determined from the type of
@@ -5184,20 +5184,20 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
     Forward references: common definitions <stddef.h> (7.19), declarations (6.7),
  structure and union specifiers (6.7.2.1), type names (6.7.7), array declarators (6.7.6.2).
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    103) When applied to a parameter declared to have array or function type, the sizeof operator yields the
  size of the adjusted (pointer) type (see 6.9.1).
 
 
 
    6.5.4 Cast operators
    
-
    Syntax
    
+
    Syntax
 
    
 
               cast-expression:
                  unary-expression
                  ( type-name ) cast-expression
 
    
-
    Constraints
    
+
    Constraints
 
    
  Unless the type name specifies a void type, the type name shall specify atomic, qualified,
  or unqualified scalar type, and the operand shall have scalar type.
@@ -5207,7 +5207,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    
  A pointer type shall not be converted to any floating type. A floating type shall not be
  converted to any pointer type.
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  Preceding an expression by a parenthesized type name converts the value of the
  expression to the named type. This construction is called a cast.104) A cast that specifies
@@ -5222,13 +5222,13 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    104) A cast does not yield an lvalue. Thus, a cast to a qualified type has the same effect as a cast to the
  unqualified version of the type.
 
 
 
    6.5.5 Multiplicative operators
    
-
    Syntax
    
+
    Syntax
 
    
 
               multiplicative-expression:
@@ -5237,11 +5237,11 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
                   multiplicative-expression / cast-expression
                   multiplicative-expression % cast-expression
 
    
-
    Constraints
    
+
    Constraints
 
    
  Each of the operands shall have arithmetic type. The operands of the % operator shall
  have integer type.
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  The usual arithmetic conversions are performed on the operands.
 
    
@@ -5256,12 +5256,12 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  (a/b)*b + a%b shall equal a; otherwise, the behavior of both a/b and a%b is
  undefined.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    105) This is often called ''truncation toward zero''.
 
 
 
    6.5.6 Additive operators
    
-
    Syntax
    
+
    Syntax
 
    
 
               additive-expression:
@@ -5269,7 +5269,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
                  additive-expression + multiplicative-expression
                  additive-expression - multiplicative-expression
 
    
-
    Constraints
    
+
    Constraints
 
    
  For addition, either both operands shall have arithmetic type, or one operand shall be a
  pointer to a complete object type and the other shall have integer type. (Incrementing is
@@ -5289,7 +5289,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  integer type.
 
  (Decrementing is equivalent to subtracting 1.)
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  If both operands have arithmetic type, the usual arithmetic conversions are performed on
  them.
@@ -5353,7 +5353,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
     Forward references: array declarators (6.7.6.2), common definitions <stddef.h>
  (7.19).
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    106) Another way to approach pointer arithmetic is first to convert the pointer(s) to character pointer(s): In
  this scheme the integer expression added to or subtracted from the converted pointer is first multiplied
  by the size of the object originally pointed to, and the resulting pointer is converted back to the
@@ -5365,7 +5365,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
 
 
    6.5.7 Bitwise shift operators
    
-
    Syntax
    
+
    Syntax
 
    
 
               shift-expression:
@@ -5373,10 +5373,10 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
                   shift-expression << additive-expression
                   shift-expression >> additive-expression
 
    
-
    Constraints
    
+
    Constraints
 
    
  Each of the operands shall have integer type.
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  The integer promotions are performed on each of the operands. The type of the result is
  that of the promoted left operand. If the value of the right operand is negative or is
@@ -5396,7 +5396,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  resulting value is implementation-defined.
 
 
    6.5.8 Relational operators
    
-
    Syntax
    
+
    Syntax
 
    
 
               relational-expression:
@@ -5406,7 +5406,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
                   relational-expression   <=   shift-expression
                   relational-expression   >=   shift-expression
 
    
-
    Constraints
    
+
    Constraints
 
    
  One of the following shall hold:
 
      
@@ -5414,7 +5414,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    •   both operands are pointers to qualified or unqualified versions of compatible object
  types.
 
    
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  If both of the operands have arithmetic type, the usual arithmetic conversions are
  performed.
@@ -5440,13 +5440,13 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  (greater than or equal to) shall yield 1 if the specified relation is true and 0 if it is
  false.107) The result has type int.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    107) The expression a<b<c is not interpreted as in ordinary mathematics. As the syntax indicates, it
  means (a<b)<c; in other words, ''if a is less than b, compare 1 to c; otherwise, compare 0 to c''.
 
 
 
    6.5.9 Equality operators
    
-
    Syntax
    
+
    Syntax
 
    
 
               equality-expression:
@@ -5454,7 +5454,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
                  equality-expression == relational-expression
                  equality-expression != relational-expression
 
    
-
    Constraints
    
+
    Constraints
 
    
  One of the following shall hold:
 
      
@@ -5464,7 +5464,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  unqualified version of void; or
 
    •   one operand is a pointer and the other is a null pointer constant.
 
    
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  The == (equal to) and != (not equal to) operators are analogous to the relational
  operators except for their lower precedence.108) Each of the operators yields 1 if the
@@ -5497,7 +5497,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  array behaves the same as a pointer to the first element of an array of length one with the
  type of the object as its element type.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    108) Because of the precedences, a<b == c<d is 1 whenever a<b and c<d have the same truth-value.
 
 
    109) Two objects may be adjacent in memory because they are adjacent elements of a larger array or
@@ -5508,17 +5508,17 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
 
 
    6.5.10 Bitwise AND operator
    
-
    Syntax
    
+
    Syntax
 
    
 
               AND-expression:
                 equality-expression
                 AND-expression & equality-expression
 
    
-
    Constraints
    
+
    Constraints
 
    
  Each of the operands shall have integer type.
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  The usual arithmetic conversions are performed on the operands.
 
    
@@ -5532,17 +5532,17 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
 
 
    6.5.11 Bitwise exclusive OR operator
    
-
    Syntax
    
+
    Syntax
 
    
 
               exclusive-OR-expression:
                   AND-expression
                   exclusive-OR-expression ^ AND-expression
 
    
-
    Constraints
    
+
    Constraints
 
    
  Each of the operands shall have integer type.
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  The usual arithmetic conversions are performed on the operands.
 
    
@@ -5551,17 +5551,17 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  operands is set).
 
 
    6.5.12 Bitwise inclusive OR operator
    
-
    Syntax
    
+
    Syntax
 
    
 
               inclusive-OR-expression:
                   exclusive-OR-expression
                   inclusive-OR-expression | exclusive-OR-expression
 
    
-
    Constraints
    
+
    Constraints
 
    
  Each of the operands shall have integer type.
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  The usual arithmetic conversions are performed on the operands.
 
    
@@ -5571,17 +5571,17 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
 
 
    6.5.13 Logical AND operator
    
-
    Syntax
    
+
    Syntax
 
    
 
               logical-AND-expression:
                   inclusive-OR-expression
                   logical-AND-expression && inclusive-OR-expression
 
    
-
    Constraints
    
+
    Constraints
 
    
  Each of the operands shall have scalar type.
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  The && operator shall yield 1 if both of its operands compare unequal to 0; otherwise, it
  yields 0. The result has type int.
@@ -5592,17 +5592,17 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  operand is not evaluated.
 
 
    6.5.14 Logical OR operator
    
-
    Syntax
    
+
    Syntax
 
    
 
               logical-OR-expression:
                   logical-AND-expression
                   logical-OR-expression || logical-AND-expression
 
    
-
    Constraints
    
+
    Constraints
 
    
  Each of the operands shall have scalar type.
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  The || operator shall yield 1 if either of its operands compare unequal to 0; otherwise, it
  yields 0. The result has type int.
@@ -5614,14 +5614,14 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
 
 
    6.5.15 Conditional operator
    
-
    Syntax
    
+
    Syntax
 
    
 
               conditional-expression:
                  logical-OR-expression
                  logical-OR-expression ? expression : conditional-expression
 
    
-
    Constraints
    
+
    Constraints
 
    
  The first operand shall have scalar type.
 
    
@@ -5635,7 +5635,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
  •   one operand is a pointer to an object type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or
  unqualified version of void.
 
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  The first operand is evaluated; there is a sequence point between its evaluation and the
  evaluation of the second or third operand (whichever is evaluated). The second operand
@@ -5684,12 +5684,12 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
    • -
    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    110) A conditional expression does not yield an lvalue.

    6.5.16 Assignment operators

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax 

               assignment-expression:
@@ -5698,10 +5698,10 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
           assignment-operator: one of
                  = *= /= %= +=                       -=     <<=      >>=      &=     ^=     |=
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    An assignment operator shall have a modifiable lvalue as its left operand. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    An assignment operator stores a value in the object designated by the left operand. An assignment expression has the value of the left operand after the assignment,111) but is not @@ -5715,13 +5715,13 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    111) The implementation is permitted to read the object to determine the value but is not required to, even when the object has volatile-qualified type.

    6.5.16.1 Simple assignment
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    One of the following shall hold:112)

      @@ -5743,7 +5743,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
    • the left operand has type atomic, qualified, or unqualified _Bool, and the right is a pointer.
    -
    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    In simple assignment (=), the value of the right operand is converted to the type of the assignment expression and replaces the value stored in the object designated by the left @@ -5799,7 +5799,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''. value of the const object c. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    112) The asymmetric appearance of these constraints with respect to type qualifiers is due to the conversion (specified in 6.3.2.1) that changes lvalues to ''the value of the expression'' and thus removes any type qualifiers that were applied to the type category of the expression (for example, it removes const but @@ -5807,7 +5807,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.

    6.5.16.2 Compound assignment
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    For the operators += and -= only, either the left operand shall be an atomic, qualified, or unqualified pointer to a complete object type, and the right shall have integer type; or the @@ -5818,7 +5818,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''. arithmetic type, and (considering the type the left operand would have after lvalue conversion) each operand shall have arithmetic type consistent with those allowed by the corresponding binary operator. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    A compound assignment of the form E1 op = E2 is equivalent to the simple assignment expression E1 = E1 op (E2), except that the lvalue E1 is evaluated only once, and with @@ -5828,7 +5828,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''. read-modify-write operation with memory_order_seq_cst memory order semantics.113) -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    113) Where a pointer to an atomic object can be formed, this is equivalent to the following code sequence where T is the type of E1: @@ -5843,14 +5843,14 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.

    6.5.17 Comma operator

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax 

               expression:
                  assignment-expression
                  expression , assignment-expression
    -
    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    The left operand of a comma operator is evaluated as a void expression; there is a sequence point between its evaluation and that of the right operand. Then the right @@ -5872,22 +5872,22 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    114) A comma operator does not yield an lvalue.

    6.6 Constant expressions

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax 

               constant-expression:
                  conditional-expression
    -
    Description
    +

    Description

    A constant expression can be evaluated during translation rather than runtime, and accordingly may be used in any place that a constant may be. -

    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    Constant expressions shall not contain assignment, increment, decrement, function-call, or comma operators, except when they are contained within a subexpression that is not @@ -5895,7 +5895,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.

    Each constant expression shall evaluate to a constant that is in the range of representable values for its type. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    An expression that evaluates to a constant is required in several contexts. If a floating expression is evaluated in the translation environment, the arithmetic precision and range @@ -5948,7 +5948,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    115) The operand of a sizeof operator is usually not evaluated (6.5.3.4).

    116) The use of evaluation formats as characterized by FLT_EVAL_METHOD also applies to evaluation in @@ -5968,7 +5968,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.

    6.7 Declarations

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax 

               declaration:
@@ -5987,7 +5987,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
                   declarator
                   declarator = initializer
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    A declaration other than a static_assert declaration shall declare at least a declarator (other than the parameters of a function or the members of a structure or union), a tag, or @@ -6000,7 +6000,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.

    All declarations in the same scope that refer to the same object or function shall specify compatible types. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    A declaration specifies the interpretation and attributes of a set of identifiers. A definition of an identifier is a declaration for that identifier that: @@ -6028,12 +6028,12 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.

    Forward references: declarators (6.7.6), enumeration specifiers (6.7.2.2), initialization (6.7.9), type names (6.7.7), type qualifiers (6.7.3). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    119) Function definitions have a different syntax, described in 6.9.1.

    6.7.1 Storage-class specifiers

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax 

               storage-class-specifier:
@@ -6044,7 +6044,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
                  auto
                  register
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    At most, one storage-class specifier may be given in the declaration specifiers in a declaration, except that _Thread_local may appear with static or extern.120) @@ -6053,7 +6053,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''. _Thread_local, they shall also include either static or extern. If _Thread_local appears in any declaration of an object, it shall be present in every declaration of that object. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    The typedef specifier is called a ''storage-class specifier'' for syntactic convenience only; it is discussed in 6.7.8. The meanings of the various linkages and storage durations @@ -6076,7 +6076,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''. or union member objects.

    Forward references: type definitions (6.7.8). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    120) See ''future language directions'' (6.11.5).

    121) The implementation may treat any register declaration simply as an auto declaration. However, @@ -6088,7 +6088,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.

    6.7.2 Type specifiers

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax 

               type-specifier:
@@ -6108,7 +6108,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
                  enum-specifier
                  typedef-name
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    At least one type specifier shall be given in the declaration specifiers in each declaration, and in the specifier-qualifier list in each struct declaration and type name. Each list of @@ -6148,7 +6148,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''. The type specifier _Complex shall not be used if the implementation does not support complex types (see 6.10.8.3). -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    Specifiers for structures, unions, enumerations, and atomic types are discussed in 6.7.2.1 through 6.7.2.4. Declarations of typedef names are discussed in 6.7.8. The @@ -6161,7 +6161,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''. structure and union specifiers (6.7.2.1), tags (6.7.2.3), type definitions (6.7.8).

    6.7.2.1 Structure and union specifiers
    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax 

               struct-or-union-specifier:
@@ -6186,7 +6186,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
                   declarator
                   declaratoropt : constant-expression
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list. @@ -6207,7 +6207,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''. A bit-field shall have a type that is a qualified or unqualified version of _Bool, signed int, unsigned int, or some other implementation-defined type. It is implementation-defined whether atomic types are permitted. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    As discussed in 6.2.5, a structure is a type consisting of a sequence of members, whose storage is allocated in an ordered sequence, and a union is a type consisting of a sequence @@ -6387,7 +6387,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.

    Forward references: declarators (6.7.6), tags (6.7.2.3). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    122) While the number of bits in a _Bool object is at least CHAR_BIT, the width (number of sign and value bits) of a _Bool may be just 1 bit. @@ -6405,7 +6405,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.

    6.7.2.2 Enumeration specifiers
    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax 

               enum-specifier:
@@ -6419,11 +6419,11 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
                 enumeration-constant
                 enumeration-constant = constant-expression
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant shall be an integer constant expression that has a value representable as an int. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    The identifiers in an enumerator list are declared as constants that have type int and may appear wherever such are permitted.127) An enumerator with = defines its @@ -6459,7 +6459,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.

    Forward references: tags (6.7.2.3). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    127) Thus, the identifiers of enumeration constants declared in the same scope shall all be distinct from each other and from other identifiers declared in ordinary declarators. @@ -6468,7 +6468,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.

    6.7.2.3 Tags
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    A specific type shall have its content defined at most once.

    @@ -6480,7 +6480,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''. enum identifier without an enumerator list shall only appear after the type it specifies is complete. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    All declarations of structure, union, or enumerated types that have the same scope and use the same tag declare the same type. Irrespective of whether there is a tag or what @@ -6589,7 +6589,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.

    Forward references: declarators (6.7.6), type definitions (6.7.8). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    129) An incomplete type may only by used when the size of an object of that type is not needed. It is not needed, for example, when a typedef name is declared to be a specifier for a structure or union, or when a pointer to or a function returning a structure or union is being declared. (See incomplete types @@ -6604,20 +6604,20 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.

    6.7.2.4 Atomic type specifiers
    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax 

               atomic-type-specifier:
                  _Atomic ( type-name )
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    Atomic type specifiers shall not be used if the implementation does not support atomic types (see 6.10.8.3).

    The type name in an atomic type specifier shall not refer to an array type, a function type, an atomic type, or a qualified type. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    The properties associated with atomic types are meaningful only for expressions that are lvalues. If the _Atomic keyword is immediately followed by a left parenthesis, it is @@ -6625,7 +6625,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.

    6.7.3 Type qualifiers

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax 

               type-qualifier:
@@ -6634,14 +6634,14 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
                  volatile
                  _Atomic
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    Types other than pointer types whose referenced type is an object type shall not be restrict-qualified.

    The type modified by the _Atomic qualifier shall not be an array type or a function type. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    The properties associated with qualified types are meaningful only for expressions that are lvalues.132) @@ -6720,7 +6720,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''. specifies that p has the type ''pointer to volatile atomic int'', a pointer to a volatile-qualified atomic type. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    132) The implementation may place a const object that is not volatile in a read-only region of storage. Moreover, the implementation need not allocate storage for such an object if its address is never used. @@ -6856,7 +6856,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    137) In other words, E depends on the value of P itself rather than on the value of an object referenced indirectly through P. For example, if identifier p has type (int **restrict), then the pointer expressions p and p+1 are based on the restricted pointer object designated by p, but the pointer @@ -6864,14 +6864,14 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.

    6.7.4 Function specifiers

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax 

               function-specifier:
                  inline
                  _Noreturn
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    Function specifiers shall be used only in the declaration of an identifier for a function.

    @@ -6880,7 +6880,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''. to an identifier with internal linkage.

    In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall appear in a declaration of main. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    A function specifier may appear more than once; the behavior is the same as if it appeared only once. @@ -6906,7 +6906,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''. function uses the inline definition or the external definition.140)

    A function declared with a _Noreturn function specifier shall not return to its caller. -

    Recommended practice
    +

    Recommended practice

    The implementation should produce a diagnostic message for a function declared with a _Noreturn function specifier that appears to be capable of returning to its caller. @@ -6954,7 +6954,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.

    Forward references: function definitions (6.9.1). -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    138) By using, for example, an alternative to the usual function call mechanism, such as ''inline substitution''. Inline substitution is not textual substitution, nor does it create a new function. Therefore, for example, the expansion of a macro used within the body of the function uses the @@ -6972,14 +6972,14 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.

    6.7.5 Alignment specifier

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax 

               alignment-specifier:
                 _Alignas ( type-name )
                 _Alignas ( constant-expression )
    -
    Constraints
    +

    Constraints

    An alignment attribute shall not be specified in a declaration of a typedef, or a bit-field, or a function, or a parameter, or an object declared with the register storage-class @@ -6992,7 +6992,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''. The combined effect of all alignment attributes in a declaration shall not specify an alignment that is less strict than the alignment that would otherwise be required for the type of the object or member being declared. -

    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    The first form is equivalent to _Alignas(alignof(type-name)).

    @@ -7011,13 +7011,13 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''. -

    footnotes
    +

    Footnotes

    141) An alignment specification of zero also does not affect other alignment specifications in the same declaration.

    6.7.6 Declarators

    -
    Syntax
    +

    Syntax 

               declarator:
@@ -7050,7 +7050,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
                  identifier
                  identifier-list , identifier
    -
    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    Each declarator declares one identifier, and asserts that when an operand of the same form as the declarator appears in an expression, it designates a function or object with the @@ -7084,7 +7084,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''. then ident has the type specified by the declaration ''T D''. Thus, a declarator in parentheses is identical to the unparenthesized declarator, but the binding of complicated declarators may be altered by parentheses. -

    Implementation limits
    +

    Implementation limits

    As discussed in 5.2.4.1, an implementation may limit the number of pointer, array, and function declarators that modify an arithmetic, structure, union, or void type, either @@ -7092,7 +7092,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.

    Forward references: array declarators (6.7.6.2), type definitions (6.7.8).

    6.7.6.1 Pointer declarators
    -
    Semantics
    +

    Semantics

    If, in the declaration ''T D1'', D1 has the form 

    @@ -7127,7 +7127,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
 
 
    6.7.6.2 Array declarators
    
-
    Constraints
    
+
    Constraints
 
    
  In addition to optional type qualifiers and the keyword static, the [ and ] may delimit
  an expression or *. If they delimit an expression (which specifies the size of an array), the
@@ -7141,7 +7141,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  identifier (as defined in 6.2.3), have no linkage, and have either block scope or function
  prototype scope. If an identifier is declared to be an object with static or thread storage
  duration, it shall not have a variable length array type.
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  If, in the declaration ''T D1'', D1 has one of the forms:
 
    @@ -7246,14 +7246,14 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
     Forward references:          function declarators (6.7.6.3), function definitions (6.9.1),
  initialization (6.7.9).
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    142) When several ''array of'' specifications are adjacent, a multidimensional array is declared.
 
 
    143) Thus, * can be used only in function declarations that are not definitions (see 6.7.6.3).
 
 
 
    6.7.6.3 Function declarators (including prototypes)
    
-
    Constraints
    
+
    Constraints
 
    
  A function declarator shall not specify a return type that is a function type or an array
  type.
@@ -7265,7 +7265,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    
  After adjustment, the parameters in a parameter type list in a function declarator that is
  part of a definition of that function shall not have incomplete type.
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  If, in the declaration ''T D1'', D1 has the form
 
@@ -7417,7 +7417,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
     Forward references: function definitions (6.9.1), type names (6.7.7).
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    144) The macros defined in the <stdarg.h> header (7.16) may be used to access arguments that
  correspond to the ellipsis.
 
@@ -7427,7 +7427,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
 
 
    6.7.7 Type names
    
-
    Syntax
    
+
    Syntax
 
    
 
               type-name:
@@ -7446,7 +7446,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
                   direct-abstract-declaratoropt [ * ]
                   direct-abstract-declaratoropt ( parameter-type-listopt )
 
    
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  In several contexts, it is necessary to specify a type. This is accomplished using a type
  name, which is syntactically a declaration for a function or an object of that type that
@@ -7475,22 +7475,22 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    147) As indicated by the syntax, empty parentheses in a type name are interpreted as ''function with no
  parameter specification'', rather than redundant parentheses around the omitted identifier.
 
 
 
    6.7.8 Type definitions
    
-
    Syntax
    
+
    Syntax
 
    
 
               typedef-name:
                  identifier
 
    
-
    Constraints
    
+
    Constraints
 
    
  If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type then it shall have block scope.
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  In a declaration whose storage-class specifier is typedef, each declarator defines an
  identifier to be a typedef name that denotes the type specified for the identifier in the way
@@ -7588,7 +7588,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    
 
 
    6.7.9 Initialization
    
-
    Syntax
    
+
    Syntax
 
    
 
               initializer:
@@ -7607,7 +7607,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
                  [ constant-expression ]
                  . identifier
 
    
-
    Constraints
    
+
    Constraints
 
    
  No initializer shall attempt to provide a value for an object not contained within the entity
  being initialized.
@@ -7636,7 +7636,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  then the current object (defined below) shall have structure or union type and the
  identifier shall be the name of a member of that type.
 
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  An initializer specifies the initial value stored in an object.
 
    
@@ -7910,7 +7910,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
     Forward references: common definitions <stddef.h> (7.19).
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    148) If the initializer list for a subaggregate or contained union does not begin with a left brace, its
  subobjects are initialized as usual, but the subaggregate or contained union does not become the
  current object: current objects are associated only with brace-enclosed initializer lists.
@@ -7928,16 +7928,16 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
 
 
    6.7.10 Static assertions
    
-
    Syntax
    
+
    Syntax
 
    
 
               static_assert-declaration:
                   _Static_assert ( constant-expression , string-literal ) ;
 
    
-
    Constraints
    
+
    Constraints
 
    
  The constant expression shall compare unequal to 0.
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  The constant expression shall be an integer constant expression. If the value of the
  constant expression compares unequal to 0, the declaration has no effect. Otherwise, the
@@ -7948,7 +7948,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
 
 
    6.8 Statements and blocks
    
-
    Syntax
    
+
    Syntax
 
    
 
               statement:
@@ -7959,7 +7959,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
                  iteration-statement
                  jump-statement
 
    
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  A statement specifies an action to be performed. Except as indicated, statements are
  executed in sequence.
@@ -7982,7 +7982,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  (6.8.4), iteration statements (6.8.5), the return statement (6.8.6.4).
 
 
    6.8.1 Labeled statements
    
-
    Syntax
    
+
    Syntax
 
    
 
               labeled-statement:
@@ -7990,14 +7990,14 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
                  case constant-expression : statement
                  default : statement
 
    
-
    Constraints
    
+
    Constraints
 
    
  A case or default label shall appear only in a switch statement. Further
  constraints on such labels are discussed under the switch statement.
 
 
    
  Label names shall be unique within a function.
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  Any statement may be preceded by a prefix that declares an identifier as a label name.
  Labels in themselves do not alter the flow of control, which continues unimpeded across
@@ -8005,7 +8005,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
     Forward references: the goto statement (6.8.6.1), the switch statement (6.8.4.2).
 
 
    6.8.2 Compound statement
    
-
    Syntax
    
+
    Syntax
 
    
 
               compound-statement:
@@ -8017,18 +8017,18 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
                   declaration
                   statement
 
    
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  A compound statement is a block.
 
 
    6.8.3 Expression and null statements
    
-
    Syntax
    
+
    Syntax
 
    
 
               expression-statement:
                  expressionopt ;
 
    
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  The expression in an expression statement is evaluated as a void expression for its side
  effects.153)
@@ -8076,12 +8076,12 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
 
     Forward references: iteration statements (6.8.5).
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    153) Such as assignments, and function calls which have side effects.
 
 
 
    6.8.4 Selection statements
    
-
    Syntax
    
+
    Syntax
 
    
 
               selection-statement:
@@ -8089,7 +8089,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
                   if ( expression ) statement else statement
                   switch ( expression ) statement
 
    
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  A selection statement selects among a set of statements depending on the value of a
  controlling expression.
@@ -8099,10 +8099,10 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  subset of the scope of the selection statement.
 
 
    6.8.4.1 The if statement
    
-
    Constraints
    
+
    Constraints
 
    
  The controlling expression of an if statement shall have scalar type.
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  In both forms, the first substatement is executed if the expression compares unequal to 0.
  In the else form, the second substatement is executed if the expression compares equal
@@ -8114,7 +8114,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  syntax.
 
 
    6.8.4.2 The switch statement
    
-
    Constraints
    
+
    Constraints
 
    
  The controlling expression of a switch statement shall have integer type.
 
    
@@ -8128,7 +8128,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  (Any enclosed switch statement may have a default label or case constant
  expressions with values that duplicate case constant expressions in the enclosing
  switch statement.)
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  A switch statement causes control to jump to, into, or past the statement that is the
  switch body, depending on the value of a controlling expression, and on the presence of a
@@ -8142,7 +8142,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  a default label, control jumps to the labeled statement. If no converted case constant
  expression matches and there is no default label, no part of the switch body is
  executed.
-
    Implementation limits
    
+
    Implementation limits
 
    
  As discussed in 5.2.4.1, the implementation may limit the number of case values in a
  switch statement.
@@ -8170,13 +8170,13 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  access an indeterminate value. Similarly, the call to the function f cannot be reached.
  
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    154) That is, the declaration either precedes the switch statement, or it follows the last case or
  default label associated with the switch that is in the block containing the declaration.
 
 
 
    6.8.5 Iteration statements
    
-
    Syntax
    
+
    Syntax
 
    
 
               iteration-statement:
@@ -8185,13 +8185,13 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
                   for ( expressionopt ; expressionopt ; expressionopt ) statement
                   for ( declaration expressionopt ; expressionopt ) statement
 
    
-
    Constraints
    
+
    Constraints
 
    
  The controlling expression of an iteration statement shall have scalar type.
 
    
  The declaration part of a for statement shall only declare identifiers for objects having
  storage class auto or register.
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  An iteration statement causes a statement called the loop body to be executed repeatedly
  until the controlling expression compares equal to 0. The repetition occurs regardless of
@@ -8209,7 +8209,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  a for statement) its expression-3, may be assumed by the implementation to
  terminate.157)
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    155) Code jumped over is not executed. In particular, the controlling expression of a for or while
  statement is not evaluated before entering the loop body, nor is clause-1 of a for statement.
 
@@ -8246,7 +8246,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  Both clause-1 and expression-3 can be omitted. An omitted expression-2 is replaced by a
  nonzero constant.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    158) Thus, clause-1 specifies initialization for the loop, possibly declaring one or more variables for use in
  the loop; the controlling expression, expression-2, specifies an evaluation made before each iteration,
  such that execution of the loop continues until the expression compares equal to 0; and expression-3
@@ -8254,7 +8254,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
 
 
    6.8.6 Jump statements
    
-
    Syntax
    
+
    Syntax
 
    
 
               jump-statement:
@@ -8268,17 +8268,17 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
  
 
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  A jump statement causes an unconditional jump to another place.
 
 
    6.8.6.1 The goto statement
    
-
    Constraints
    
+
    Constraints
 
    
  The identifier in a goto statement shall name a label located somewhere in the enclosing
  function. A goto statement shall not jump from outside the scope of an identifier having
  a variably modified type to inside the scope of that identifier.
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  A goto statement causes an unconditional jump to the statement prefixed by the named
  label in the enclosing function.
@@ -8330,10 +8330,10 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
 
 
    6.8.6.2 The continue statement
    
-
    Constraints
    
+
    Constraints
 
    
  A continue statement shall appear only in or as a loop body.
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  A continue statement causes a jump to the loop-continuation portion of the smallest
  enclosing iteration statement; that is, to the end of the loop body. More precisely, in each
@@ -8349,15 +8349,15 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  unless the continue statement shown is in an enclosed iteration statement (in which
  case it is interpreted within that statement), it is equivalent to goto contin;.159)
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    159) Following the contin: label is a null statement.
 
 
 
    6.8.6.3 The break statement
    
-
    Constraints
    
+
    Constraints
 
    
  A break statement shall appear only in or as a switch body or loop body.
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  A break statement terminates execution of the smallest enclosing switch or iteration
  statement.
@@ -8367,12 +8367,12 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
 
 
    6.8.6.4 The return statement
    
-
    Constraints
    
+
    Constraints
 
    
  A return statement with an expression shall not appear in a function whose return type
  is void. A return statement without an expression shall only appear in a function
  whose return type is void.
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  A return statement terminates execution of the current function and returns control to
  its caller. A function may have any number of return statements.
@@ -8410,14 +8410,14 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    160) The return statement is not an assignment. The overlap restriction of subclause 6.5.16.1 does not
  apply to the case of function return. The representation of floating-point values may have wider range
  or precision than implied by the type; a cast may be used to remove this extra range and precision.
 
 
 
    6.9 External definitions
    
-
    Syntax
    
+
    Syntax
 
    
 
               translation-unit:
@@ -8427,7 +8427,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
                  function-definition
                  declaration
 
    
-
    Constraints
    
+
    Constraints
 
    
  The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not appear in the declaration
  specifiers in an external declaration.
@@ -8437,7 +8437,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  linkage is used in an expression (other than as a part of the operand of a sizeof
  operator whose result is an integer constant), there shall be exactly one external definition
  for the identifier in the translation unit.
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  As discussed in 5.1.1.1, the unit of program text after preprocessing is a translation unit,
  which consists of a sequence of external declarations. These are described as ''external''
@@ -8457,13 +8457,13 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    161) Thus, if an identifier declared with external linkage is not used in an expression, there need be no
  external definition for it.
 
 
 
    6.9.1 Function definitions
    
-
    Syntax
    
+
    Syntax
 
    
 
               function-definition:
@@ -8472,7 +8472,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
                  declaration
                  declaration-list declaration
 
    
-
    Constraints
    
+
    Constraints
 
    
  The identifier declared in a function definition (which is the name of the function) shall
  have a function type, as specified by the declarator portion of the function definition.162)
@@ -8498,7 +8498,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
  
 
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  The declarator in a function definition specifies the name of the function being defined
  and the identifiers of its parameters. If the declarator includes a parameter type list, the
@@ -8581,7 +8581,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    
  
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    162) The intent is that the type category in a function definition cannot be inherited from a typedef:
 
 
    @@ -8604,7 +8604,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
 
 
    6.9.2 External object definitions
    
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  If the declaration of an identifier for an object has file scope and an initializer, the
  declaration is an external definition for the identifier.
@@ -8650,7 +8650,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
 
 
    6.10 Preprocessing directives
    
-
    Syntax
    
+
    Syntax
 
    
 
 
    @@ -8706,7 +8706,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
           new-line:
                  the new-line character
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  A preprocessing directive consists of a sequence of preprocessing tokens that satisfies the
  following constraints: The first token in the sequence is a # preprocessing token that (at
@@ -8725,14 +8725,14 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  When in a group that is skipped (6.10.1), the directive syntax is relaxed to allow any
  sequence of preprocessing tokens to occur between the directive name and the following
  new-line character.
-
    Constraints
    
+
    Constraints
 
    
  The only white-space characters that shall appear between preprocessing tokens within a
  preprocessing directive (from just after the introducing # preprocessing token through
  just before the terminating new-line character) are space and horizontal-tab (including
  spaces that have replaced comments or possibly other white-space characters in
  translation phase 3).
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  The implementation can process and skip sections of source files conditionally, include
  other source files, and replace macros. These capabilities are called preprocessing,
@@ -8751,14 +8751,14 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  replaced.
  
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    165) Thus, preprocessing directives are commonly called ''lines''. These ''lines'' have no other syntactic
  significance, as all white space is equivalent except in certain situations during preprocessing (see the
  # character string literal creation operator in 6.10.3.2, for example).
 
 
 
    6.10.1 Conditional inclusion
    
-
    Constraints
    
+
    Constraints
 
    
  The expression that controls conditional inclusion shall be an integer constant expression
  except that: identifiers (including those lexically identical to keywords) are interpreted as *
@@ -8780,7 +8780,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  Each preprocessing token that remains (in the list of preprocessing tokens that will
  become the controlling expression) after all macro replacements have occurred shall be in
  the lexical form of a token (6.4).
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  Preprocessing directives of the forms
 
    @@ -8833,7 +8833,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
     Forward references: macro replacement (6.10.3), source file inclusion (6.10.2), largest
  integer types (7.20.1.5).
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    166) Because the controlling constant expression is evaluated during translation phase 4, all identifiers
  either are or are not macro names -- there simply are no keywords, enumeration constants, etc.
 
@@ -8852,11 +8852,11 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
 
 
    6.10.2 Source file inclusion
    
-
    Constraints
    
+
    Constraints
 
    
  A #include directive shall identify a header or source file that can be processed by the
  implementation.
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  A preprocessing directive of the form
 
    @@ -8931,13 +8931,13 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
 
     Forward references: macro replacement (6.10.3).
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    170) Note that adjacent string literals are not concatenated into a single string literal (see the translation
  phases in 5.1.1.2); thus, an expansion that results in two string literals is an invalid directive.
 
 
 
    6.10.3 Macro replacement
    
-
    Constraints
    
+
    Constraints
 
    
  Two replacement lists are identical if and only if the preprocessing tokens in both have
  the same number, ordering, spelling, and white-space separation, where all white-space
@@ -8966,7 +8966,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    
  A parameter identifier in a function-like macro shall be uniquely declared within its
  scope.
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  The identifier immediately following the define is called the macro name. There is one
  name space for macro names. Any white-space characters preceding or following the
@@ -9020,7 +9020,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  merger, the number of arguments is one more than the number of parameters in the macro
  definition (excluding the ...).
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    171) Since, by macro-replacement time, all character constants and string literals are preprocessing tokens,
  not sequences possibly containing identifier-like subsequences (see 5.1.1.2, translation phases), they
  are never scanned for macro names or parameters.
@@ -9043,11 +9043,11 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  replace it.
 
 
    6.10.3.2 The # operator
    
-
    Constraints
    
+
    Constraints
 
    
  Each # preprocessing token in the replacement list for a function-like macro shall be
  followed by a parameter as the next preprocessing token in the replacement list.
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  If, in the replacement list, a parameter is immediately preceded by a # preprocessing
  token, both are replaced by a single character string literal preprocessing token that
@@ -9067,11 +9067,11 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
 
 
    6.10.3.3 The ## operator
    
-
    Constraints
    
+
    Constraints
 
    
  A ## preprocessing token shall not occur at the beginning or at the end of a replacement
  list for either form of macro definition.
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  If, in the replacement list of a function-like macro, a parameter is immediately preceded
  or followed by a ## preprocessing token, the parameter is replaced by the corresponding
@@ -9113,7 +9113,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    173) Placemarker preprocessing tokens do not appear in the syntax because they are temporary entities that
  exist only within translation phase 4.
 
@@ -9295,10 +9295,10 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
 
 
    6.10.4 Line control
    
-
    Constraints
    
+
    Constraints
 
    
  The string literal of a #line directive, if present, shall be a character string literal.
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  The line number of the current source line is one greater than the number of new-line
  characters read or introduced in translation phase 1 (5.1.1.2) while processing the source
@@ -9332,7 +9332,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
 
 
    6.10.5 Error directive
    
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  A preprocessing directive of the form
 
    @@ -9342,7 +9342,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  sequence of preprocessing tokens.
 
 
    6.10.6 Pragma directive
    
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  A preprocessing directive of the form
 
    @@ -9373,7 +9373,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    174) An implementation is not required to perform macro replacement in pragmas, but it is permitted
  except for in standard pragmas (where STDC immediately follows pragma). If the result of macro
  replacement in a non-standard pragma has the same form as a standard pragma, the behavior is still
@@ -9384,7 +9384,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
 
 
    6.10.7 Null directive
    
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  A preprocessing directive of the form
 
    @@ -9406,7 +9406,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  in any standard header.
 
     Forward references: standard headers (7.1.2).
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    176) See ''future language directions'' (6.11.9).
 
 
@@ -9445,7 +9445,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    
 
     Forward references: the asctime function (7.26.3.1).
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    177) The presumed source file name and line number can be changed by the #line directive.
 
 
    178) This macro was not specified in ISO/IEC 9899:1990 and was specified as 199409L in
@@ -9532,13 +9532,13 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  An implementation that defines __STDC_NO_COMPLEX__ shall not define
  __STDC_IEC_559_COMPLEX__.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    179) The intention is that this will remain an integer constant of type long int that is increased with
  each revision of this International Standard.
 
 
 
    6.10.9 Pragma operator
    
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  A unary operator expression of the form:
 
    @@ -9656,7 +9656,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    180) The functions that make use of the decimal-point character are the numeric conversion functions
  (7.22.1, 7.28.4.1) and the formatted input/output functions (7.21.6, 7.28.2).
 
@@ -9714,7 +9714,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  A summary of the contents of the standard headers is given in annex B.
 
     Forward references: diagnostics (7.2).
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    182) A header is not necessarily a source file, nor are the < and > delimited sequences in header names
  necessarily valid source file names.
 
@@ -9756,7 +9756,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    184) The list of reserved identifiers with external linkage includes math_errhandling, setjmp,
  va_copy, and va_end.
 
@@ -9852,7 +9852,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    185) This means that an implementation shall provide an actual function for each library function, even if it
  also provides a macro for that function.
 
@@ -9915,13 +9915,13 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    7.2.1 Program diagnostics
    
 
 
    7.2.1.1 The assert macro
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <assert.h>
          void assert(scalar expression);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The assert macro puts diagnostic tests into programs; it expands to a void expression.
  When it is executed, if expression (which shall have a scalar type) is false (that is,
@@ -9935,13 +9935,13 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
  
 
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The assert macro returns no value.
 
     Forward references: the abort function (7.22.4.1).
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    191) The message written might be of the form:
  Assertion failed: expression, function abc, file xyz, line nnn.
 
@@ -9997,7 +9997,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
 
     Forward references: IEC 60559-compatible complex arithmetic (annex G).
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    192) See ''future library directions'' (7.30.1).
 
 
    193) The imaginary unit is a number i such that i 2 = -1.
@@ -10030,13 +10030,13 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  so the cut maps to the positive imaginary axis.
 
 
    7.3.4 The CX_LIMITED_RANGE pragma
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <complex.h>
         #pragma STDC CX_LIMITED_RANGE on-off-switch
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The usual mathematical formulas for complex multiply, divide, and absolute value are
  problematic because of their treatment of infinities and because of undue overflow and
@@ -10054,7 +10054,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  compound statement. If this pragma is used in any other context, the behavior is
  undefined. The default state for the pragma is ''off''.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    195) The purpose of the pragma is to allow the implementation to use the formulas:
 
 
    @@ -10069,7 +10069,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    7.3.5 Trigonometric functions
    
 
 
    7.3.5.1 The cacos functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <complex.h>
@@ -10077,18 +10077,18 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
          float complex cacosf(float complex z);
          long double complex cacosl(long double complex z);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The cacos functions compute the complex arc cosine of z, with branch cuts outside the
  interval [-1, +1] along the real axis.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The cacos functions return the complex arc cosine value, in the range of a strip
  mathematically unbounded along the imaginary axis and in the interval [0, pi ] along the
  real axis.
 
 
    7.3.5.2 The casin functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <complex.h>
@@ -10096,11 +10096,11 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
          float complex casinf(float complex z);
          long double complex casinl(long double complex z);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The casin functions compute the complex arc sine of z, with branch cuts outside the
  interval [-1, +1] along the real axis.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The casin functions return the complex arc sine value, in the range of a strip
  mathematically unbounded along the imaginary axis and in the interval [-pi /2, +pi /2]
@@ -10109,7 +10109,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  along the real axis.
 
 
    7.3.5.3 The catan functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <complex.h>
@@ -10117,18 +10117,18 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
         float complex catanf(float complex z);
         long double complex catanl(long double complex z);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The catan functions compute the complex arc tangent of z, with branch cuts outside the
  interval [-i, +i] along the imaginary axis.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The catan functions return the complex arc tangent value, in the range of a strip
  mathematically unbounded along the imaginary axis and in the interval [-pi /2, +pi /2]
  along the real axis.
 
 
    7.3.5.4 The ccos functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <complex.h>
@@ -10136,15 +10136,15 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
         float complex ccosf(float complex z);
         long double complex ccosl(long double complex z);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The ccos functions compute the complex cosine of z.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The ccos functions return the complex cosine value.
 
 
    7.3.5.5 The csin functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <complex.h>
@@ -10152,16 +10152,16 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
         float complex csinf(float complex z);
         long double complex csinl(long double complex z);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The csin functions compute the complex sine of z.
 
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The csin functions return the complex sine value.
 
 
    7.3.5.6 The ctan functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <complex.h>
@@ -10169,17 +10169,17 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
          float complex ctanf(float complex z);
          long double complex ctanl(long double complex z);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The ctan functions compute the complex tangent of z.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The ctan functions return the complex tangent value.
 
 
    7.3.6 Hyperbolic functions
    
 
 
    7.3.6.1 The cacosh functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <complex.h>
@@ -10187,18 +10187,18 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
          float complex cacoshf(float complex z);
          long double complex cacoshl(long double complex z);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The cacosh functions compute the complex arc hyperbolic cosine of z, with a branch
  cut at values less than 1 along the real axis.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The cacosh functions return the complex arc hyperbolic cosine value, in the range of a
  half-strip of nonnegative values along the real axis and in the interval [-ipi , +ipi ] along the
  imaginary axis.
 
 
    7.3.6.2 The casinh functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
 
    @@ -10207,18 +10207,18 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
          float complex casinhf(float complex z);
          long double complex casinhl(long double complex z);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The casinh functions compute the complex arc hyperbolic sine of z, with branch cuts
  outside the interval [-i, +i] along the imaginary axis.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The casinh functions return the complex arc hyperbolic sine value, in the range of a
  strip mathematically unbounded along the real axis and in the interval [-ipi /2, +ipi /2]
  along the imaginary axis.
 
 
    7.3.6.3 The catanh functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <complex.h>
@@ -10226,18 +10226,18 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
         float complex catanhf(float complex z);
         long double complex catanhl(long double complex z);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The catanh functions compute the complex arc hyperbolic tangent of z, with branch
  cuts outside the interval [-1, +1] along the real axis.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The catanh functions return the complex arc hyperbolic tangent value, in the range of a
  strip mathematically unbounded along the real axis and in the interval [-ipi /2, +ipi /2]
  along the imaginary axis.
 
 
    7.3.6.4 The ccosh functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <complex.h>
@@ -10245,16 +10245,16 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
         float complex ccoshf(float complex z);
         long double complex ccoshl(long double complex z);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The ccosh functions compute the complex hyperbolic cosine of z.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The ccosh functions return the complex hyperbolic cosine value.
 
 
 
    7.3.6.5 The csinh functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <complex.h>
@@ -10262,15 +10262,15 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
          float complex csinhf(float complex z);
          long double complex csinhl(long double complex z);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The csinh functions compute the complex hyperbolic sine of z.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The csinh functions return the complex hyperbolic sine value.
 
 
    7.3.6.6 The ctanh functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <complex.h>
@@ -10278,17 +10278,17 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
          float complex ctanhf(float complex z);
          long double complex ctanhl(long double complex z);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The ctanh functions compute the complex hyperbolic tangent of z.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The ctanh functions return the complex hyperbolic tangent value.
 
 
    7.3.7 Exponential and logarithmic functions
    
 
 
    7.3.7.1 The cexp functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <complex.h>
@@ -10296,16 +10296,16 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
          float complex cexpf(float complex z);
          long double complex cexpl(long double complex z);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The cexp functions compute the complex base-e exponential of z.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The cexp functions return the complex base-e exponential value.
 
 
 
    7.3.7.2 The clog functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <complex.h>
@@ -10313,11 +10313,11 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
         float complex clogf(float complex z);
         long double complex clogl(long double complex z);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The clog functions compute the complex natural (base-e) logarithm of z, with a branch
  cut along the negative real axis.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The clog functions return the complex natural logarithm value, in the range of a strip
  mathematically unbounded along the real axis and in the interval [-ipi , +ipi ] along the
@@ -10326,7 +10326,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    7.3.8 Power and absolute-value functions
    
 
 
    7.3.8.1 The cabs functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <complex.h>
@@ -10334,16 +10334,16 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
         float cabsf(float complex z);
         long double cabsl(long double complex z);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The cabs functions compute the complex absolute value (also called norm, modulus, or
  magnitude) of z.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The cabs functions return the complex absolute value.
 
 
    7.3.8.2 The cpow functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
 
    @@ -10353,16 +10353,16 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
         long double complex cpowl(long double complex x,
              long double complex y);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The cpow functions compute the complex power function xy , with a branch cut for the
  first parameter along the negative real axis.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The cpow functions return the complex power function value.
 
 
    7.3.8.3 The csqrt functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <complex.h>
@@ -10370,11 +10370,11 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
          float complex csqrtf(float complex z);
          long double complex csqrtl(long double complex z);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The csqrt functions compute the complex square root of z, with a branch cut along the
  negative real axis.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The csqrt functions return the complex square root value, in the range of the right half-
  plane (including the imaginary axis).
@@ -10382,7 +10382,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    7.3.9 Manipulation functions
    
 
 
    7.3.9.1 The carg functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <complex.h>
@@ -10390,17 +10390,17 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
          float cargf(float complex z);
          long double cargl(long double complex z);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The carg functions compute the argument (also called phase angle) of z, with a branch
  cut along the negative real axis.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The carg functions return the value of the argument in the interval [-pi , +pi ].
 
 
 
    7.3.9.2 The cimag functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <complex.h>
@@ -10408,19 +10408,19 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
         float cimagf(float complex z);
         long double cimagl(long double complex z);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The cimag functions compute the imaginary part of z.196)
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The cimag functions return the imaginary part value (as a real).
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    196) For a variable z of complex type, z == creal(z) + cimag(z)*I.
 
 
 
    7.3.9.3 The CMPLX macros
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <complex.h>
@@ -10428,16 +10428,16 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
         float complex CMPLXF(float x, float y);
         long double complex CMPLXL(long double x, long double y);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The CMPLX macros expand to an expression of the specified complex type, with the real
  part having the (converted) value of x and the imaginary part having the (converted)
  value of y.
-
    Recommended practice
    
+
    Recommended practice
 
    
  The resulting expression should be suitable for use as an initializer for an object with
  static or thread storage duration, provided both arguments are likewise suitable.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The CMPLX macros return the complex value x + i y.
 
    
@@ -10457,7 +10457,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
 
 
    7.3.9.4 The conj functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <complex.h>
@@ -10465,16 +10465,16 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
          float complex conjf(float complex z);
          long double complex conjl(long double complex z);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The conj functions compute the complex conjugate of z, by reversing the sign of its
  imaginary part.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The conj functions return the complex conjugate value.
 
 
    7.3.9.5 The cproj functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <complex.h>
@@ -10482,7 +10482,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
          float complex cprojf(float complex z);
          long double complex cprojl(long double complex z);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The cproj functions compute a projection of z onto the Riemann sphere: z projects to
  z except that all complex infinities (even those with one infinite part and one NaN part)
@@ -10491,12 +10491,12 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
              INFINITY + I * copysign(0.0, cimag(z))
 
    
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The cproj functions return the value of the projection onto the Riemann sphere.
 
 
    7.3.9.6 The creal functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <complex.h>
@@ -10504,11 +10504,11 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
          float crealf(float complex z);
          long double creall(long double complex z);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The creal functions compute the real part of z.197)
 
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The creal functions return the real part value.
  
@@ -10517,7 +10517,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    197) For a variable z of complex type, z == creal(z) + cimag(z)*I.
 
 
@@ -10537,7 +10537,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  characters.199) All letters and digits are printing characters.
 
     Forward references: EOF (7.21.1), localization (7.11).
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    198) See ''future library directions'' (7.30.2).
 
 
    199) In an implementation that uses the seven-bit US ASCII character set, the printing characters are those
@@ -10551,24 +10551,24 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  argument c conforms to that in the description of the function.
 
 
    7.4.1.1 The isalnum function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
               #include <ctype.h>
           int isalnum(int c);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The isalnum function tests for any character for which isalpha or isdigit is true.
 
 
    7.4.1.2 The isalpha function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
               #include <ctype.h>
           int isalpha(int c);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The isalpha function tests for any character for which isupper or islower is true,
  or any character that is one of a locale-specific set of alphabetic characters for which
@@ -10579,19 +10579,19 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  none of iscntrl, isdigit, ispunct, or isspace is true.200) In the "C" locale,
  isalpha returns true only for the characters for which isupper or islower is true.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    200) The functions islower and isupper test true or false separately for each of these additional
  characters; all four combinations are possible.
 
 
 
    7.4.1.3 The isblank function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <ctype.h>
          int isblank(int c);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The isblank function tests for any character that is a standard blank character or is one
  of a locale-specific set of characters for which isspace is true and that is used to
@@ -10600,29 +10600,29 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  for the standard blank characters.
 
 
    7.4.1.4 The iscntrl function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <ctype.h>
          int iscntrl(int c);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The iscntrl function tests for any control character.
 
 
    7.4.1.5 The isdigit function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <ctype.h>
          int isdigit(int c);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The isdigit function tests for any decimal-digit character (as defined in 5.2.1).
 
 
    7.4.1.6 The isgraph function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <ctype.h>
@@ -10633,18 +10633,18 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
  
 
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The isgraph function tests for any printing character except space (' ').
 
 
    7.4.1.7 The islower function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <ctype.h>
          int islower(int c);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The islower function tests for any character that is a lowercase letter or is one of a
  locale-specific set of characters for which none of iscntrl, isdigit, ispunct, or
@@ -10652,24 +10652,24 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  letters (as defined in 5.2.1).
 
 
    7.4.1.8 The isprint function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <ctype.h>
          int isprint(int c);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The isprint function tests for any printing character including space (' ').
 
 
    7.4.1.9 The ispunct function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <ctype.h>
          int ispunct(int c);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The ispunct function tests for any printing character that is one of a locale-specific set
  of punctuation characters for which neither isspace nor isalnum is true. In the "C"
@@ -10677,13 +10677,13 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  nor isalnum is true.
 
 
    7.4.1.10 The isspace function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <ctype.h>
          int isspace(int c);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The isspace function tests for any character that is a standard white-space character or
  is one of a locale-specific set of characters for which isalnum is false. The standard
@@ -10693,13 +10693,13 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  "C" locale, isspace returns true only for the standard white-space characters.
 
 
    7.4.1.11 The isupper function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <ctype.h>
         int isupper(int c);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The isupper function tests for any character that is an uppercase letter or is one of a
  locale-specific set of characters for which none of iscntrl, isdigit, ispunct, or
@@ -10707,29 +10707,29 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  letters (as defined in 5.2.1).
 
 
    7.4.1.12 The isxdigit function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <ctype.h>
         int isxdigit(int c);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The isxdigit function tests for any hexadecimal-digit character (as defined in 6.4.4.1).
 
 
    7.4.2 Character case mapping functions
    
 
 
    7.4.2.1 The tolower function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <ctype.h>
         int tolower(int c);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The tolower function converts an uppercase letter to a corresponding lowercase letter.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  If the argument is a character for which isupper is true and there are one or more
  corresponding characters, as specified by the current locale, for which islower is true,
@@ -10738,16 +10738,16 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
 
 
    7.4.2.2 The toupper function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <ctype.h>
          int toupper(int c);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The toupper function converts a lowercase letter to a corresponding uppercase letter.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  If the argument is a character for which islower is true and there are one or more
  corresponding characters, as specified by the current locale, for which isupper is true,
@@ -10790,7 +10790,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    201) The macro errno need not be the identifier of an object. It might expand to a modifiable lvalue
  resulting from a function call (for example, *errno()).
 
@@ -10900,7 +10900,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  FE_ and an uppercase letter, and having type ''pointer to const-qualified fenv_t'', may
  also be specified by the implementation.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    204) This header is designed to support the floating-point exception status flags and directed-rounding
  control modes required by IEC 60559, and other similar floating-point state information. It is also
  designed to facilitate code portability among all systems.
@@ -10922,13 +10922,13 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
 
 
    7.6.1 The FENV_ACCESS pragma
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
               #include <fenv.h>
           #pragma STDC FENV_ACCESS on-off-switch
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The FENV_ACCESS pragma provides a means to inform the implementation when a
  program might access the floating-point environment to test floating-point status flags or
@@ -10974,7 +10974,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  contain an appropriately placed invocation of #pragma STDC FENV_ACCESS ON.211)
  
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    210) The purpose of the FENV_ACCESS pragma is to allow certain optimizations that could subvert flag
  tests and mode changes (e.g., global common subexpression elimination, code motion, and constant
  folding). In general, if the state of FENV_ACCESS is ''off'', the translator can assume that default
@@ -10993,7 +10993,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  FE_OVERFLOW | FE_INEXACT. For other argument values the behavior of these
  functions is undefined.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    212) The functions fetestexcept, feraiseexcept, and feclearexcept support the basic
  abstraction of flags that are either set or clear. An implementation may endow floating-point status
  flags with more information -- for example, the address of the code which first raised the floating-
@@ -11002,17 +11002,17 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
 
 
    7.6.2.1 The feclearexcept function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <fenv.h>
          int feclearexcept(int excepts);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The feclearexcept function attempts to clear the supported floating-point exceptions
  represented by its argument.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The feclearexcept function returns zero if the excepts argument is zero or if all
  the specified exceptions were successfully cleared. Otherwise, it returns a nonzero value.
@@ -11021,38 +11021,38 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
 
 
    7.6.2.2 The fegetexceptflag function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
               #include <fenv.h>
           int fegetexceptflag(fexcept_t *flagp,
                int excepts);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The fegetexceptflag function attempts to store an implementation-defined
  representation of the states of the floating-point status flags indicated by the argument
  excepts in the object pointed to by the argument flagp.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The fegetexceptflag function returns zero if the representation was successfully
  stored. Otherwise, it returns a nonzero value.
 
 
    7.6.2.3 The feraiseexcept function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
               #include <fenv.h>
           int feraiseexcept(int excepts);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The feraiseexcept function attempts to raise the supported floating-point exceptions
  represented by its argument.213) The order in which these floating-point exceptions are
  raised is unspecified, except as stated in F.8.6. Whether the feraiseexcept function
  additionally raises the ''inexact'' floating-point exception whenever it raises the
  ''overflow'' or ''underflow'' floating-point exception is implementation-defined.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The feraiseexcept function returns zero if the excepts argument is zero or if all
  the specified exceptions were successfully raised. Otherwise, it returns a nonzero value.
@@ -11062,21 +11062,21 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    213) The effect is intended to be similar to that of floating-point exceptions raised by arithmetic operations.
  Hence, enabled traps for floating-point exceptions raised by this function are taken. The specification
  in F.8.6 is in the same spirit.
 
 
 
    7.6.2.4 The fesetexceptflag function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <fenv.h>
          int fesetexceptflag(const fexcept_t *flagp,
               int excepts);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The fesetexceptflag function attempts to set the floating-point status flags
  indicated by the argument excepts to the states stored in the object pointed to by
@@ -11084,25 +11084,25 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  fegetexceptflag whose second argument represented at least those floating-point
  exceptions represented by the argument excepts. This function does not raise floating-
  point exceptions, but only sets the state of the flags.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The fesetexceptflag function returns zero if the excepts argument is zero or if
  all the specified flags were successfully set to the appropriate state. Otherwise, it returns
  a nonzero value.
 
 
    7.6.2.5 The fetestexcept function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <fenv.h>
          int fetestexcept(int excepts);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The fetestexcept function determines which of a specified subset of the floating-
  point exception flags are currently set. The excepts argument specifies the floating-
  point status flags to be queried.214)
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The fetestexcept function returns the value of the bitwise OR of the floating-point
  exception macros corresponding to the currently set floating-point exceptions included in
@@ -11130,7 +11130,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    
  
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    214) This mechanism allows testing several floating-point exceptions with just one function call.
 
 
@@ -11140,34 +11140,34 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  modes.
 
 
    7.6.3.1 The fegetround function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <fenv.h>
          int fegetround(void);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The fegetround function gets the current rounding direction.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The fegetround function returns the value of the rounding direction macro
  representing the current rounding direction or a negative value if there is no such
  rounding direction macro or the current rounding direction is not determinable.
 
 
    7.6.3.2 The fesetround function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <fenv.h>
          int fesetround(int round);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The fesetround function establishes the rounding direction represented by its
  argument round. If the argument is not equal to the value of a rounding direction macro,
  the rounding direction is not changed.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The fesetround function returns zero if and only if the requested rounding direction
  was established.
@@ -11199,41 +11199,41 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  control modes -- as one entity.
 
 
    7.6.4.1 The fegetenv function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <fenv.h>
         int fegetenv(fenv_t *envp);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The fegetenv function attempts to store the current floating-point environment in the
  object pointed to by envp.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The fegetenv function returns zero if the environment was successfully stored.
  Otherwise, it returns a nonzero value.
 
 
    7.6.4.2 The feholdexcept function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <fenv.h>
         int feholdexcept(fenv_t *envp);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The feholdexcept function saves the current floating-point environment in the object
  pointed to by envp, clears the floating-point status flags, and then installs a non-stop
  (continue on floating-point exceptions) mode, if available, for all floating-point
  exceptions.215)
 
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The feholdexcept function returns zero if and only if non-stop floating-point
  exception handling was successfully installed.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    215) IEC 60559 systems have a default non-stop mode, and typically at least one other mode for trap
  handling or aborting; if the system provides only the non-stop mode then installing it is trivial. For
  such systems, the feholdexcept function can be used in conjunction with the feupdateenv
@@ -11241,39 +11241,39 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
 
 
    7.6.4.3 The fesetenv function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <fenv.h>
          int fesetenv(const fenv_t *envp);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The fesetenv function attempts to establish the floating-point environment represented
  by the object pointed to by envp. The argument envp shall point to an object set by a
  call to fegetenv or feholdexcept, or equal a floating-point environment macro.
  Note that fesetenv merely installs the state of the floating-point status flags
  represented through its argument, and does not raise these floating-point exceptions.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The fesetenv function returns zero if the environment was successfully established.
  Otherwise, it returns a nonzero value.
 
 
    7.6.4.4 The feupdateenv function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <fenv.h>
          int feupdateenv(const fenv_t *envp);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The feupdateenv function attempts to save the currently raised floating-point
  exceptions in its automatic storage, install the floating-point environment represented by
  the object pointed to by envp, and then raise the saved floating-point exceptions. The
  argument envp shall point to an object set by a call to feholdexcept or fegetenv,
  or equal a floating-point environment macro.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The feupdateenv function returns zero if all the actions were successfully carried out.
  Otherwise, it returns a nonzero value.
@@ -11329,7 +11329,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
     Forward references: integer types <stdint.h> (7.20), formatted input/output
  functions (7.21.6), formatted wide character input/output functions (7.28.2).
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    216) See ''future library directions'' (7.30.4).
 
 
@@ -11395,7 +11395,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    
  
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    217) Separate macros are given for use with fprintf and fscanf functions because, in the general case,
  different format specifiers may be required for fprintf and fscanf, even when the type is the
  same.
@@ -11404,17 +11404,17 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    7.8.2 Functions for greatest-width integer types
    
 
 
    7.8.2.1 The imaxabs function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <inttypes.h>
          intmax_t imaxabs(intmax_t j);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The imaxabs function computes the absolute value of an integer j. If the result cannot
  be represented, the behavior is undefined.218)
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The imaxabs function returns the absolute value.
  
@@ -11423,22 +11423,22 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    218) The absolute value of the most negative number cannot be represented in two's complement.
 
 
 
    7.8.2.2 The imaxdiv function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <inttypes.h>
         imaxdiv_t imaxdiv(intmax_t numer, intmax_t denom);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The imaxdiv function computes numer / denom and numer % denom in a single
  operation.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The imaxdiv function returns a structure of type imaxdiv_t comprising both the
  quotient and the remainder. The structure shall contain (in either order) the members
@@ -11446,7 +11446,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  either part of the result cannot be represented, the behavior is undefined.
 
 
    7.8.2.3 The strtoimax and strtoumax functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <inttypes.h>
@@ -11455,12 +11455,12 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
         uintmax_t strtoumax(const char * restrict nptr,
              char ** restrict endptr, int base);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The strtoimax and strtoumax functions are equivalent to the strtol, strtoll,
  strtoul, and strtoull functions, except that the initial portion of the string is
  converted to intmax_t and uintmax_t representation, respectively.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The strtoimax and strtoumax functions return the converted value, if any. If no
  conversion could be performed, zero is returned. If the correct value is outside the range
@@ -11472,7 +11472,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
 
 
    7.8.2.4 The wcstoimax and wcstoumax functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stddef.h>           // for wchar_t
@@ -11482,12 +11482,12 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
          uintmax_t wcstoumax(const wchar_t * restrict nptr,
               wchar_t ** restrict endptr, int base);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The wcstoimax and wcstoumax functions are equivalent to the wcstol, wcstoll,
  wcstoul, and wcstoull functions except that the initial portion of the wide string is
  converted to intmax_t and uintmax_t representation, respectively.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The wcstoimax function returns the converted value, if any. If no conversion could be
  performed, zero is returned. If the correct value is outside the range of representable
@@ -11580,7 +11580,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  with the characters LC_ and an uppercase letter,220) may also be specified by the
  implementation.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    219) ISO/IEC 9945-2 specifies locale and charmap formats that may be used to specify locales for C.
 
 
    220) See ''future library directions'' (7.30.5).
@@ -11589,13 +11589,13 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    7.11.1 Locale control
    
 
 
    7.11.1.1 The setlocale function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
               #include <locale.h>
           char *setlocale(int category, const char *locale);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The setlocale function selects the appropriate portion of the program's locale as
  specified by the category and locale arguments. The setlocale function may be
@@ -11625,7 +11625,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  A call to the setlocale function may introduce a data race with other calls to the
  setlocale function or with calls to functions that are affected by the current locale.
  The implementation shall behave as if no library function calls the setlocale function.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  If a pointer to a string is given for locale and the selection can be honored, the
  setlocale function returns a pointer to the string associated with the specified
@@ -11645,7 +11645,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  (7.22.8), numeric conversion functions (7.22.1), the strcoll function (7.23.4.3), the
  strftime function (7.26.3.5), the strxfrm function (7.23.4.5).
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    221) The only functions in 7.4 whose behavior is not affected by the current locale are isdigit and
  isxdigit.
 
@@ -11656,13 +11656,13 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    7.11.2 Numeric formatting convention inquiry
    
 
 
    7.11.2.1 The localeconv function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <locale.h>
          struct lconv *localeconv(void);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The localeconv function sets the components of an object with type struct lconv
  with values appropriate for the formatting of numeric quantities (monetary and otherwise)
@@ -11844,7 +11844,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    
  The implementation shall behave as if no library function calls the localeconv
  function.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The localeconv function returns a pointer to the filled-in object. The structure
  pointed to by the return value shall not be modified by the program, but may be
@@ -12029,7 +12029,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  shall define the macros FE_DIVBYZERO, FE_INVALID, and FE_OVERFLOW in
  <fenv.h>.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    223) Particularly on systems with wide expression evaluation, a <math.h> function might pass arguments
  and return values in wider format than the synopsis prototype indicates.
 
@@ -12110,7 +12110,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    228) In an implementation that supports infinities, this allows an infinity as an argument to be a domain
  error if the mathematical domain of the function does not include the infinity.
 
@@ -12121,13 +12121,13 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
 
 
    7.12.2 The FP_CONTRACT pragma
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
               #include <math.h>
           #pragma STDC FP_CONTRACT on-off-switch
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The FP_CONTRACT pragma can be used to allow (if the state is ''on'') or disallow (if the
  state is ''off'') the implementation to contract expressions (6.5). Each pragma can occur
@@ -12148,19 +12148,19 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  expression of real floating type.
 
 
    7.12.3.1 The fpclassify macro
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
               #include <math.h>
           int fpclassify(real-floating x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The fpclassify macro classifies its argument value as NaN, infinite, normal,
  subnormal, zero, or into another implementation-defined category. First, an argument
  represented in a format wider than its semantic type is converted to its semantic type.
  Then classification is based on the type of the argument.231)
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The fpclassify macro returns the value of the number classification macro
  appropriate to the value of its argument.                                *
@@ -12168,55 +12168,55 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    231) Since an expression can be evaluated with more range and precision than its type has, it is important to
  know the type that classification is based on. For example, a normal long double value might
  become subnormal when converted to double, and zero when converted to float.
 
 
 
    7.12.3.2 The isfinite macro
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <math.h>
          int isfinite(real-floating x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The isfinite macro determines whether its argument has a finite value (zero,
  subnormal, or normal, and not infinite or NaN). First, an argument represented in a
  format wider than its semantic type is converted to its semantic type. Then determination
  is based on the type of the argument.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The isfinite macro returns a nonzero value if and only if its argument has a finite
  value.
 
 
    7.12.3.3 The isinf macro
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <math.h>
          int isinf(real-floating x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The isinf macro determines whether its argument value is an infinity (positive or
  negative). First, an argument represented in a format wider than its semantic type is
  converted to its semantic type. Then determination is based on the type of the argument.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The isinf macro returns a nonzero value if and only if its argument has an infinite
  value.
 
 
    7.12.3.4 The isnan macro
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <math.h>
          int isnan(real-floating x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The isnan macro determines whether its argument value is a NaN. First, an argument
  represented in a format wider than its semantic type is converted to its semantic type.
@@ -12224,44 +12224,44 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
  
 
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The isnan macro returns a nonzero value if and only if its argument has a NaN value.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    232) For the isnan macro, the type for determination does not matter unless the implementation supports
  NaNs in the evaluation type but not in the semantic type.
 
 
 
    7.12.3.5 The isnormal macro
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <math.h>
          int isnormal(real-floating x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The isnormal macro determines whether its argument value is normal (neither zero,
  subnormal, infinite, nor NaN). First, an argument represented in a format wider than its
  semantic type is converted to its semantic type. Then determination is based on the type
  of the argument.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The isnormal macro returns a nonzero value if and only if its argument has a normal
  value.
 
 
    7.12.3.6 The signbit macro
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <math.h>
          int signbit(real-floating x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The signbit macro determines whether the sign of its argument value is negative.233)
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The signbit macro returns a nonzero value if and only if the sign of its argument value
  is negative.
@@ -12271,7 +12271,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    233) The signbit macro reports the sign of all values, including infinities, zeros, and NaNs. If zero is
  unsigned, it is treated as positive.
 
@@ -12279,7 +12279,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    7.12.4 Trigonometric functions
    
 
 
    7.12.4.1 The acos functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <math.h>
@@ -12287,16 +12287,16 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
          float acosf(float x);
          long double acosl(long double x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The acos functions compute the principal value of the arc cosine of x. A domain error
  occurs for arguments not in the interval [-1, +1].
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The acos functions return arccos x in the interval [0, pi ] radians.
 
 
    7.12.4.2 The asin functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <math.h>
@@ -12304,16 +12304,16 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
          float asinf(float x);
          long double asinl(long double x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The asin functions compute the principal value of the arc sine of x. A domain error
  occurs for arguments not in the interval [-1, +1].
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The asin functions return arcsin x in the interval [-pi /2, +pi /2] radians.
 
 
    7.12.4.3 The atan functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <math.h>
@@ -12321,16 +12321,16 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
          float atanf(float x);
          long double atanl(long double x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The atan functions compute the principal value of the arc tangent of x.
 
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The atan functions return arctan x in the interval [-pi /2, +pi /2] radians.
 
 
    7.12.4.4 The atan2 functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <math.h>
@@ -12338,17 +12338,17 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
         float atan2f(float y, float x);
         long double atan2l(long double y, long double x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The atan2 functions compute the value of the arc tangent of y/x, using the signs of both
  arguments to determine the quadrant of the return value. A domain error may occur if
  both arguments are zero.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The atan2 functions return arctan y/x in the interval [-pi , +pi ] radians.
 
 
    7.12.4.5 The cos functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <math.h>
@@ -12356,15 +12356,15 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
         float cosf(float x);
         long double cosl(long double x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The cos functions compute the cosine of x (measured in radians).
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The cos functions return cos x.
 
 
    7.12.4.6 The sin functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <math.h>
@@ -12372,16 +12372,16 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
         float sinf(float x);
         long double sinl(long double x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The sin functions compute the sine of x (measured in radians).
 
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The sin functions return sin x.
 
 
    7.12.4.7 The tan functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <math.h>
@@ -12389,17 +12389,17 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
          float tanf(float x);
          long double tanl(long double x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The tan functions return the tangent of x (measured in radians).
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The tan functions return tan x.
 
 
    7.12.5 Hyperbolic functions
    
 
 
    7.12.5.1 The acosh functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <math.h>
@@ -12407,16 +12407,16 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
          float acoshf(float x);
          long double acoshl(long double x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The acosh functions compute the (nonnegative) arc hyperbolic cosine of x. A domain
  error occurs for arguments less than 1.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The acosh functions return arcosh x in the interval [0, +(inf)].
 
 
    7.12.5.2 The asinh functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <math.h>
@@ -12424,16 +12424,16 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
          float asinhf(float x);
          long double asinhl(long double x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The asinh functions compute the arc hyperbolic sine of x.
 
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The asinh functions return arsinh x.
 
 
    7.12.5.3 The atanh functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <math.h>
@@ -12441,17 +12441,17 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
         float atanhf(float x);
         long double atanhl(long double x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The atanh functions compute the arc hyperbolic tangent of x. A domain error occurs
  for arguments not in the interval [-1, +1]. A pole error may occur if the argument equals
  -1 or +1.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The atanh functions return artanh x.
 
 
    7.12.5.4 The cosh functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <math.h>
@@ -12459,16 +12459,16 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
         float coshf(float x);
         long double coshl(long double x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The cosh functions compute the hyperbolic cosine of x. A range error occurs if the
  magnitude of x is too large.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The cosh functions return cosh x.
 
 
    7.12.5.5 The sinh functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <math.h>
@@ -12476,17 +12476,17 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
         float sinhf(float x);
         long double sinhl(long double x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The sinh functions compute the hyperbolic sine of x. A range error occurs if the
  magnitude of x is too large.
 
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The sinh functions return sinh x.
 
 
    7.12.5.6 The tanh functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <math.h>
@@ -12494,17 +12494,17 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
          float tanhf(float x);
          long double tanhl(long double x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The tanh functions compute the hyperbolic tangent of x.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The tanh functions return tanh x.
 
 
    7.12.6 Exponential and logarithmic functions
    
 
 
    7.12.6.1 The exp functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <math.h>
@@ -12512,16 +12512,16 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
          float expf(float x);
          long double expl(long double x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The exp functions compute the base-e exponential of x. A range error occurs if the
  magnitude of x is too large.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The exp functions return ex .
 
 
    7.12.6.2 The exp2 functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <math.h>
@@ -12529,17 +12529,17 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
          float exp2f(float x);
          long double exp2l(long double x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The exp2 functions compute the base-2 exponential of x. A range error occurs if the
  magnitude of x is too large.
 
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The exp2 functions return 2x .
 
 
    7.12.6.3 The expm1 functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <math.h>
@@ -12547,20 +12547,20 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
          float expm1f(float x);
          long double expm1l(long double x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The expm1 functions compute the base-e exponential of the argument, minus 1. A range
  error occurs if x is too large.234)
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The expm1 functions return ex - 1.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    234) For small magnitude x, expm1(x) is expected to be more accurate than exp(x) - 1.
 
 
 
    7.12.6.4 The frexp functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <math.h>
@@ -12568,11 +12568,11 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
          float frexpf(float value, int *exp);
          long double frexpl(long double value, int *exp);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The frexp functions break a floating-point number into a normalized fraction and an
  integral power of 2. They store the integer in the int object pointed to by exp.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  If value is not a floating-point number or if the integral power of 2 is outside the range
  of int, the results are unspecified. Otherwise, the frexp functions return the value x,
@@ -12585,7 +12585,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
 
 
    7.12.6.5 The ilogb functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <math.h>
@@ -12593,7 +12593,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
          int ilogbf(float x);
          int ilogbl(long double x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The ilogb functions extract the exponent of x as a signed int value. If x is zero they
  compute the value FP_ILOGB0; if x is infinite they compute the value INT_MAX; if x is
@@ -12601,13 +12601,13 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  the corresponding logb function and casting the returned value to type int. A domain
  error or range error may occur if x is zero, infinite, or NaN. If the correct value is outside
  the range of the return type, the numeric result is unspecified.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The ilogb functions return the exponent of x as a signed int value.
 
     Forward references: the logb functions (7.12.6.11).
 
 
    7.12.6.6 The ldexp functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <math.h>
@@ -12615,16 +12615,16 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
          float ldexpf(float x, int exp);
          long double ldexpl(long double x, int exp);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The ldexp functions multiply a floating-point number by an integral power of 2. A
  range error may occur.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The ldexp functions return x x 2exp .
 
 
    7.12.6.7 The log functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
 
    @@ -12633,16 +12633,16 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
          float logf(float x);
          long double logl(long double x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The log functions compute the base-e (natural) logarithm of x. A domain error occurs if
  the argument is negative. A pole error may occur if the argument is zero.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The log functions return loge x.
 
 
    7.12.6.8 The log10 functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <math.h>
@@ -12650,16 +12650,16 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
          float log10f(float x);
          long double log10l(long double x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The log10 functions compute the base-10 (common) logarithm of x. A domain error
  occurs if the argument is negative. A pole error may occur if the argument is zero.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The log10 functions return log10 x.
 
 
    7.12.6.9 The log1p functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <math.h>
@@ -12667,12 +12667,12 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
          float log1pf(float x);
          long double log1pl(long double x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The log1p functions compute the base-e (natural) logarithm of 1 plus the argument.235)
  A domain error occurs if the argument is less than -1. A pole error may occur if the
  argument equals -1.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The log1p functions return loge (1 + x).
  
@@ -12681,12 +12681,12 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    235) For small magnitude x, log1p(x) is expected to be more accurate than log(1 + x).
 
 
 
    7.12.6.10 The log2 functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <math.h>
@@ -12694,16 +12694,16 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
          float log2f(float x);
          long double log2l(long double x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The log2 functions compute the base-2 logarithm of x. A domain error occurs if the
  argument is less than zero. A pole error may occur if the argument is zero.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The log2 functions return log2 x.
 
 
    7.12.6.11 The logb functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <math.h>
@@ -12711,7 +12711,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
          float logbf(float x);
          long double logbl(long double x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The logb functions extract the exponent of x, as a signed integer value in floating-point
  format. If x is subnormal it is treated as though it were normalized; thus, for positive
@@ -12720,12 +12720,12 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
        1 <= x x FLT_RADIX-logb(x) < FLT_RADIX
 
    
  A domain error or pole error may occur if the argument is zero.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The logb functions return the signed exponent of x.
 
 
    7.12.6.12 The modf functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <math.h>
@@ -12733,18 +12733,18 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
          float modff(float value, float *iptr);
          long double modfl(long double value, long double *iptr);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The modf functions break the argument value into integral and fractional parts, each of
  which has the same type and sign as the argument. They store the integral part (in
 
  floating-point format) in the object pointed to by iptr.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The modf functions return the signed fractional part of value.
 
 
    7.12.6.13 The scalbn and scalbln functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <math.h>
@@ -12755,18 +12755,18 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
         float scalblnf(float x, long int n);
         long double scalblnl(long double x, long int n);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The scalbn and scalbln functions compute x x FLT_RADIXn efficiently, not
  normally by computing FLT_RADIXn explicitly. A range error may occur.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The scalbn and scalbln functions return x x FLT_RADIXn .
 
 
    7.12.7 Power and absolute-value functions
    
 
 
    7.12.7.1 The cbrt functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <math.h>
@@ -12774,16 +12774,16 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
         float cbrtf(float x);
         long double cbrtl(long double x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The cbrt functions compute the real cube root of x.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The cbrt functions return x1/3 .
 
 
 
    7.12.7.2 The fabs functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <math.h>
@@ -12791,15 +12791,15 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
          float fabsf(float x);
          long double fabsl(long double x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The fabs functions compute the absolute value of a floating-point number x.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The fabs functions return | x |.
 
 
    7.12.7.3 The hypot functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <math.h>
@@ -12807,12 +12807,12 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
          float hypotf(float x, float y);
          long double hypotl(long double x, long double y);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The hypot functions compute the square root of the sum of the squares of x and y,
  without undue overflow or underflow. A range error may occur.
 
    
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The hypot functions return (sqrt)x2 + y2 .
 
    @@ -12821,7 +12821,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    
 
 
    7.12.7.4 The pow functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <math.h>
@@ -12829,19 +12829,19 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
          float powf(float x, float y);
          long double powl(long double x, long double y);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The pow functions compute x raised to the power y. A domain error occurs if x is finite
  and negative and y is finite and not an integer value. A range error may occur. A domain
  error may occur if x is zero and y is zero. A domain error or pole error may occur if x is
  zero and y is less than zero.
 
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The pow functions return xy .
 
 
    7.12.7.5 The sqrt functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <math.h>
@@ -12849,11 +12849,11 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
         float sqrtf(float x);
         long double sqrtl(long double x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The sqrt functions compute the nonnegative square root of x. A domain error occurs if
  the argument is less than zero.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The sqrt functions return (sqrt)x.
 
    @@ -12864,7 +12864,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    7.12.8 Error and gamma functions
    
 
 
    7.12.8.1 The erf functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <math.h>
@@ -12872,10 +12872,10 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
         float erff(float x);
         long double erfl(long double x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The erf functions compute the error function of x.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
 
                                         2        x
@@ -12891,7 +12891,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
 
 
    7.12.8.2 The erfc functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <math.h>
@@ -12899,12 +12899,12 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
         float erfcf(float x);
         long double erfcl(long double x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The erfc functions compute the complementary error function of x. A range error
  occurs if x is too large.
 
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
 
                                                          2       (inf)
@@ -12920,7 +12920,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
 
 
    7.12.8.3 The lgamma functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <math.h>
@@ -12928,17 +12928,17 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
          float lgammaf(float x);
          long double lgammal(long double x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The lgamma functions compute the natural logarithm of the absolute value of gamma of
  x. A range error occurs if x is too large. A pole error may occur if x is a negative integer
  or zero.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The lgamma functions return loge | (Gamma)(x) |.
 
 
    7.12.8.4 The tgamma functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <math.h>
@@ -12946,12 +12946,12 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
          float tgammaf(float x);
          long double tgammal(long double x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The tgamma functions compute the gamma function of x. A domain error or pole error
  may occur if x is a negative integer or zero. A range error occurs if the magnitude of x is
  too large and may occur if the magnitude of x is too small.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The tgamma functions return (Gamma)(x).
 
@@ -12959,7 +12959,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    7.12.9 Nearest integer functions
    
 
 
    7.12.9.1 The ceil functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <math.h>
@@ -12967,15 +12967,15 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
         float ceilf(float x);
         long double ceill(long double x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The ceil functions compute the smallest integer value not less than x.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The ceil functions return [^x^], expressed as a floating-point number.
 
 
    7.12.9.2 The floor functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <math.h>
@@ -12983,15 +12983,15 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
         float floorf(float x);
         long double floorl(long double x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The floor functions compute the largest integer value not greater than x.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The floor functions return [_x_], expressed as a floating-point number.
 
 
    7.12.9.3 The nearbyint functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <math.h>
@@ -12999,18 +12999,18 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
         float nearbyintf(float x);
         long double nearbyintl(long double x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The nearbyint functions round their argument to an integer value in floating-point
  format, using the current rounding direction and without raising the ''inexact'' floating-
  point exception.
 
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The nearbyint functions return the rounded integer value.
 
 
    7.12.9.4 The rint functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <math.h>
@@ -13018,17 +13018,17 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
          float rintf(float x);
          long double rintl(long double x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The rint functions differ from the nearbyint functions (7.12.9.3) only in that the
  rint functions may raise the ''inexact'' floating-point exception if the result differs in
  value from the argument.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The rint functions return the rounded integer value.
 
 
    7.12.9.5 The lrint and llrint functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <math.h>
@@ -13039,19 +13039,19 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
          long long int llrintf(float x);
          long long int llrintl(long double x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The lrint and llrint functions round their argument to the nearest integer value,
  rounding according to the current rounding direction. If the rounded value is outside the
  range of the return type, the numeric result is unspecified and a domain error or range
  error may occur.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The lrint and llrint functions return the rounded integer value.
 
 
 
    7.12.9.6 The round functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <math.h>
@@ -13059,17 +13059,17 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
         float roundf(float x);
         long double roundl(long double x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The round functions round their argument to the nearest integer value in floating-point
  format, rounding halfway cases away from zero, regardless of the current rounding
  direction.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The round functions return the rounded integer value.
 
 
    7.12.9.7 The lround and llround functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <math.h>
@@ -13080,18 +13080,18 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
         long long int llroundf(float x);
         long long int llroundl(long double x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The lround and llround functions round their argument to the nearest integer value,
  rounding halfway cases away from zero, regardless of the current rounding direction. If
  the rounded value is outside the range of the return type, the numeric result is unspecified
  and a domain error or range error may occur.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The lround and llround functions return the rounded integer value.
 
 
    7.12.9.8 The trunc functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
 
    @@ -13100,18 +13100,18 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
         float truncf(float x);
         long double truncl(long double x);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The trunc functions round their argument to the integer value, in floating format,
  nearest to but no larger in magnitude than the argument.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The trunc functions return the truncated integer value.
 
 
    7.12.10 Remainder functions
    
 
 
    7.12.10.1 The fmod functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
               #include <math.h>
@@ -13119,10 +13119,10 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
           float fmodf(float x, float y);
           long double fmodl(long double x, long double y);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The fmod functions compute the floating-point remainder of x/y.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The fmod functions return the value x - ny, for some integer n such that, if y is nonzero,
  the result has the same sign as x and magnitude less than the magnitude of y. If y is zero,
@@ -13130,7 +13130,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  defined.
 
 
    7.12.10.2 The remainder functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
               #include <math.h>
@@ -13138,7 +13138,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
           float remainderf(float x, float y);
           long double remainderl(long double x, long double y);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The remainder functions compute the remainder x REM y required by IEC 60559.236)
  
@@ -13146,12 +13146,12 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
  
 
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The remainder functions return x REM y. If y is zero, whether a domain error occurs
  or the functions return zero is implementation defined.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    236) ''When y != 0, the remainder r = x REM y is defined regardless of the rounding mode by the
  mathematical relation r = x - ny, where n is the integer nearest the exact value of x/y; whenever
  | n - x/y | = 1/2, then n is even. If r = 0, its sign shall be that of x.'' This definition is applicable for *
@@ -13159,7 +13159,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
 
 
    7.12.10.3 The remquo functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <math.h>
@@ -13168,13 +13168,13 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
         long double remquol(long double x, long double y,
              int *quo);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The remquo functions compute the same remainder as the remainder functions. In
  the object pointed to by quo they store a value whose sign is the sign of x/y and whose
  magnitude is congruent modulo 2n to the magnitude of the integral quotient of x/y, where
  n is an implementation-defined integer greater than or equal to 3.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The remquo functions return x REM y. If y is zero, the value stored in the object
  pointed to by quo is unspecified and whether a domain error occurs or the functions
@@ -13183,7 +13183,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    7.12.11 Manipulation functions
    
 
 
    7.12.11.1 The copysign functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <math.h>
@@ -13191,19 +13191,19 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
         float copysignf(float x, float y);
         long double copysignl(long double x, long double y);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The copysign functions produce a value with the magnitude of x and the sign of y.
  They produce a NaN (with the sign of y) if x is a NaN. On implementations that
  represent a signed zero but do not treat negative zero consistently in arithmetic
  operations, the copysign functions regard the sign of zero as positive.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The copysign functions return a value with the magnitude of x and the sign of y.
 
 
 
    7.12.11.2 The nan functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <math.h>
@@ -13211,7 +13211,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
          float nanf(const char *tagp);
          long double nanl(const char *tagp);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The call nan("n-char-sequence") is equivalent to strtod("NAN(n-char-
  sequence)",     (char**)       NULL); the call nan("") is equivalent to
@@ -13219,14 +13219,14 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  sequence or an empty string, the call is equivalent to strtod("NAN", (char**)
  NULL). Calls to nanf and nanl are equivalent to the corresponding calls to strtof
  and strtold.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The nan functions return a quiet NaN, if available, with content indicated through tagp.
  If the implementation does not support quiet NaNs, the functions return zero.
 
     Forward references: the strtod, strtof, and strtold functions (7.22.1.3).
 
 
    7.12.11.3 The nextafter functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <math.h>
@@ -13234,14 +13234,14 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
          float nextafterf(float x, float y);
          long double nextafterl(long double x, long double y);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The nextafter functions determine the next representable value, in the type of the
  function, after x in the direction of y, where x and y are first converted to the type of the
  function.237) The nextafter functions return y if x equals y. A range error may occur
  if the magnitude of x is the largest finite value representable in the type and the result is
  infinite or not representable in the type.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The nextafter functions return the next representable value in the specified format
  after x in the direction of y.
@@ -13249,13 +13249,13 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    237) The argument values are converted to the type of the function, even by a macro implementation of the
  function.
 
 
 
    7.12.11.4 The nexttoward functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <math.h>
@@ -13263,13 +13263,13 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
          float nexttowardf(float x, long double y);
          long double nexttowardl(long double x, long double y);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The nexttoward functions are equivalent to the nextafter functions except that the
  second parameter has type long double and the functions return y converted to the
  type of the function if x equals y.238)
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    238) The result of the nexttoward functions is determined in the type of the function, without loss of
  range or precision in a floating second argument.
 
@@ -13277,7 +13277,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    7.12.12 Maximum, minimum, and positive difference functions
    
 
 
    7.12.12.1 The fdim functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <math.h>
@@ -13285,7 +13285,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
          float fdimf(float x, float y);
          long double fdiml(long double x, long double y);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The fdim functions determine the positive difference between their arguments:
 
    @@ -13294,12 +13294,12 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
        {+0     if x <= y
 
    
  A range error may occur.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The fdim functions return the positive difference value.
 
 
    7.12.12.2 The fmax functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <math.h>
@@ -13311,20 +13311,20 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
  
 
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The fmax functions determine the maximum numeric value of their arguments.239)
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The fmax functions return the maximum numeric value of their arguments.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    239) NaN arguments are treated as missing data: if one argument is a NaN and the other numeric, then the
  fmax functions choose the numeric value. See F.10.9.2.
 
 
 
    7.12.12.3 The fmin functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <math.h>
@@ -13332,21 +13332,21 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
          float fminf(float x, float y);
          long double fminl(long double x, long double y);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The fmin functions determine the minimum numeric value of their arguments.240)
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The fmin functions return the minimum numeric value of their arguments.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    240) The fmin functions are analogous to the fmax functions in their treatment of NaNs.
 
 
 
    7.12.13 Floating multiply-add
    
 
 
    7.12.13.1 The fma functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <math.h>
@@ -13355,12 +13355,12 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
          long double fmal(long double x, long double y,
               long double z);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The fma functions compute (x x y) + z, rounded as one ternary operation: they compute
  the value (as if) to infinite precision and round once to the result format, according to the
  current rounding mode. A range error may occur.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The fma functions return (x x y) + z, rounded as one ternary operation.
  
@@ -13382,7 +13382,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  the synopses in this subclause, real-floating indicates that the argument shall be an
  expression of real floating type242) (both arguments need not have the same type).243)
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    241) IEC 60559 requires that the built-in relational operators raise the ''invalid'' floating-point exception if
  the operands compare unordered, as an error indicator for programs written without consideration of
  NaNs; the result in these cases is false.
@@ -13395,24 +13395,24 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
 
 
    7.12.14.1 The isgreater macro
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
               #include <math.h>
           int isgreater(real-floating x, real-floating y);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The isgreater macro determines whether its first argument is greater than its second
  argument. The value of isgreater(x, y) is always equal to (x) > (y); however,
  unlike (x) > (y), isgreater(x, y) does not raise the ''invalid'' floating-point
  exception when x and y are unordered.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The isgreater macro returns the value of (x) > (y).
 
 
    7.12.14.2 The isgreaterequal macro
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
               #include <math.h>
@@ -13423,80 +13423,80 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
  
 
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The isgreaterequal macro determines whether its first argument is greater than or
  equal to its second argument. The value of isgreaterequal(x, y) is always equal
  to (x) >= (y); however, unlike (x) >= (y), isgreaterequal(x, y) does
  not raise the ''invalid'' floating-point exception when x and y are unordered.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The isgreaterequal macro returns the value of (x) >= (y).
 
 
    7.12.14.3 The isless macro
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <math.h>
          int isless(real-floating x, real-floating y);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The isless macro determines whether its first argument is less than its second
  argument. The value of isless(x, y) is always equal to (x) < (y); however,
  unlike (x) < (y), isless(x, y) does not raise the ''invalid'' floating-point
  exception when x and y are unordered.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The isless macro returns the value of (x) < (y).
 
 
    7.12.14.4 The islessequal macro
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <math.h>
          int islessequal(real-floating x, real-floating y);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The islessequal macro determines whether its first argument is less than or equal to
  its second argument. The value of islessequal(x, y) is always equal to
  (x) <= (y); however, unlike (x) <= (y), islessequal(x, y) does not raise
  the ''invalid'' floating-point exception when x and y are unordered.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The islessequal macro returns the value of (x) <= (y).
 
 
 
    7.12.14.5 The islessgreater macro
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <math.h>
         int islessgreater(real-floating x, real-floating y);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The islessgreater macro determines whether its first argument is less than or
  greater than its second argument. The islessgreater(x, y) macro is similar to
  (x) < (y) || (x) > (y); however, islessgreater(x, y) does not raise
  the ''invalid'' floating-point exception when x and y are unordered (nor does it evaluate x
  and y twice).
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The islessgreater macro returns the value of (x) < (y) || (x) > (y).
 
 
    7.12.14.6 The isunordered macro
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <math.h>
         int isunordered(real-floating x, real-floating y);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The isunordered macro determines whether its arguments are unordered.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The isunordered macro returns 1 if its arguments are unordered and 0 otherwise.
 
@@ -13521,7 +13521,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  linkage. If a macro definition is suppressed in order to access an actual function, or a
  program defines an external identifier with the name setjmp, the behavior is undefined.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    244) These functions are useful for dealing with unusual conditions encountered in a low-level function of
  a program.
 
@@ -13529,22 +13529,22 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    7.13.1 Save calling environment
    
 
 
    7.13.1.1 The setjmp macro
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <setjmp.h>
          int setjmp(jmp_buf env);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The setjmp macro saves its calling environment in its jmp_buf argument for later use
  by the longjmp function.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  If the return is from a direct invocation, the setjmp macro returns the value zero. If the
  return is from a call to the longjmp function, the setjmp macro returns a nonzero
  value.
-
    Environmental limits
    
+
    Environmental limits
 
    
  An invocation of the setjmp macro shall appear only in one of the following contexts:
 
      
@@ -13565,13 +13565,13 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
      7.13.2 Restore calling environment
      
 
 
      7.13.2.1 The longjmp function
      
-
      Synopsis
      
+
      Synopsis
 
      
 
                 #include <setjmp.h>
           _Noreturn void longjmp(jmp_buf env, int val);
 
      
-
      Description
      
+
      Description
 
      
  The longjmp function restores the environment saved by the most recent invocation of
  the setjmp macro in the same invocation of the program with the corresponding
@@ -13586,7 +13586,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  invocation of the corresponding setjmp macro that do not have volatile-qualified type
  and have been changed between the setjmp invocation and longjmp call are
  indeterminate.
-
      Returns
      
+
      Returns
 
      
  After longjmp is completed, program execution continues as if the corresponding
  invocation of the setjmp macro had just returned the value specified by val. The
@@ -13625,7 +13625,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
          }
 
    
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    245) For example, by executing a return statement or because another longjmp call has caused a
  transfer to a setjmp invocation in a function earlier in the set of nested calls.
 
@@ -13677,7 +13677,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    247) See ''future library directions'' (7.30.6). The names of the signal numbers reflect the following terms
  (respectively): abort, floating-point exception, illegal instruction, interrupt, segmentation violation,
  and termination.
@@ -13686,13 +13686,13 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    7.14.1 Specify signal handling
    
 
 
    7.14.1.1 The signal function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <signal.h>
          void (*signal(int sig, void (*func)(int)))(int);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The signal function chooses one of three ways in which receipt of the signal number
  sig is to be subsequently handled. If the value of func is SIG_DFL, default handling
@@ -13740,7 +13740,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  is executed for all other signals defined by the implementation.
 
    
  The implementation shall behave as if no library function calls the signal function.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  If the request can be honored, the signal function returns the value of func for the
  most recent successful call to signal for the specified signal sig. Otherwise, a value of
@@ -13748,7 +13748,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
     Forward references: the abort function (7.22.4.1), the exit function (7.22.4.4), the
  _Exit function (7.22.4.5), the quick_exit function (7.22.4.7).
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    248) This includes functions called indirectly via standard library functions (e.g., a SIGABRT handler
  called via the abort function).
 
@@ -13758,18 +13758,18 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    7.14.2 Send signal
    
 
 
    7.14.2.1 The raise function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <signal.h>
         int raise(int sig);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The raise function carries out the actions described in 7.14.1.1 for the signal sig. If a
  signal handler is called, the raise function shall not return until after the signal handler
  does.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The raise function returns zero if successful, nonzero if unsuccessful.
 
@@ -13814,7 +13814,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  value of ap in the calling function is indeterminate and shall be passed to the va_end
  macro prior to any further reference to ap.250)
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    250) It is permitted to create a pointer to a va_list and pass that pointer to another function, in which
  case the original function may make further use of the original list after the other function returns.
 
@@ -13830,13 +13830,13 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  function.
 
 
    7.16.1.1 The va_arg macro
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdarg.h>
          type va_arg(va_list ap, type);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The va_arg macro expands to an expression that has the specified type and the value of
  the next argument in the call. The parameter ap shall have been initialized by the
@@ -13855,38 +13855,38 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  type, and the value is representable in both types;
 
  •   one type is pointer to void and the other is a pointer to a character type.
 
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The first invocation of the va_arg macro after that of the va_start macro returns the
  value of the argument after that specified by parmN . Successive invocations return the
  values of the remaining arguments in succession.
 
 
    7.16.1.2 The va_copy macro
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdarg.h>
          void va_copy(va_list dest, va_list src);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The va_copy macro initializes dest as a copy of src, as if the va_start macro had
  been applied to dest followed by the same sequence of uses of the va_arg macro as
  had previously been used to reach the present state of src. Neither the va_copy nor
  va_start macro shall be invoked to reinitialize dest without an intervening
  invocation of the va_end macro for the same dest.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The va_copy macro returns no value.
 
 
    7.16.1.3 The va_end macro
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdarg.h>
          void va_end(va_list ap);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The va_end macro facilitates a normal return from the function whose variable
  argument list was referred to by the expansion of the va_start macro, or the function
@@ -13896,18 +13896,18 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  by the va_start or va_copy macro). If there is no corresponding invocation of the
  va_start or va_copy macro, or if the va_end macro is not invoked before the
  return, the behavior is undefined.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The va_end macro returns no value.
 
 
    7.16.1.4 The va_start macro
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdarg.h>
          void va_start(va_list ap, parmN);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The va_start macro shall be invoked before any access to the unnamed arguments.
 
    
@@ -13920,7 +13920,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  parmN is declared with the register storage class, with a function or array type, or
  with a type that is not compatible with the type that results after application of the default
  argument promotions, the behavior is undefined.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The va_start macro returns no value.
 
    
@@ -14052,13 +14052,13 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    7.17.2 Initialization
    
 
 
    7.17.2.1 The ATOMIC_VAR_INIT macro
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdatomic.h>
          #define ATOMIC_VAR_INIT(C value)
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The ATOMIC_VAR_INIT macro expands to a token sequence suitable for initializing an
  atomic object of a type that is initialization-compatible with value. An atomic object
@@ -14077,13 +14077,13 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
 
 
    7.17.2.2 The atomic_init generic function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdatomic.h>
          void atomic_init(volatile A *obj, C value);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The atomic_init generic function initializes the atomic object pointed to by obj to
  the value value, while also initializing any additional state that the implementation
@@ -14093,7 +14093,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  Although this function initializes an atomic object, it does not avoid data races;
  concurrent access to the variable being initialized, even via an atomic operation,
  constitutes a data race.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The atomic_init generic function returns no value.
 
    
@@ -14219,7 +14219,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  in the computation of 42. In the absence of ''relaxed'' operations and read-modify-write operations with
  weaker than memory_order_acq_rel ordering, the second requirement has no impact.
  
-
    Recommended practice
    
+
    Recommended practice
 
    
  The requirements do not forbid r1 == 42 && r2 == 42 in the following example,
  with x and y initially zero:
@@ -14241,23 +14241,23 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  Implementations should make atomic stores visible to atomic loads within a reasonable
  amount of time.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    251) Among other implications, atomic variables shall not decay.
 
 
 
    7.17.3.1 The kill_dependency macro
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdatomic.h>
          type kill_dependency(type y);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The kill_dependency macro terminates a dependency chain; the argument does not
  carry a dependency to the return value.
 
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The kill_dependency macro returns the value of y.
 
@@ -14285,13 +14285,13 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  in the release sequence headed by A.
 
 
    7.17.4.1 The atomic_thread_fence function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdatomic.h>
          void atomic_thread_fence(memory_order order);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  Depending on the value of order, this operation:
 
      
@@ -14305,18 +14305,18 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  memory_order_seq_cst.
 
 
    
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The atomic_thread_fence function returns no value.
 
 
    7.17.4.2 The atomic_signal_fence function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdatomic.h>
          void atomic_signal_fence(memory_order order);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  Equivalent to atomic_thread_fence(order), except that ''synchronizes with''
  relationships are established only between a thread and a signal handler executed in the
@@ -14330,7 +14330,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  atomic_thread_fence, but the hardware fence instructions that atomic_thread_fence would
  have inserted are not emitted.
  
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The atomic_signal_fence function returns no value.
 
@@ -14347,17 +14347,17 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
 
 
    7.17.5.1 The atomic_is_lock_free generic function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdatomic.h>
          _Bool atomic_is_lock_free(atomic_type const volatile *obj);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The atomic_is_lock_free generic function indicates whether or not the object
  pointed to by obj is lock-free. atomic_type can be any atomic type.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The atomic_is_lock_free generic function returns nonzero (true) if and only if the
  object's operations are lock-free. The result of a lock-free query on one object cannot be
@@ -14428,7 +14428,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  instances of those kinds. This subclause specifies each general kind.
 
 
    7.17.7.1 The atomic_store generic functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdatomic.h>
@@ -14436,18 +14436,18 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
          void atomic_store_explicit(volatile A *object,
               C desired, memory_order order);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The      order      argument    shall    not    be    memory_order_acquire,
  memory_order_consume, nor memory_order_acq_rel. Atomically replace the
  value pointed to by object with the value of desired. Memory is affected according
  to the value of order.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The atomic_store generic functions return no value.
 
 
    7.17.7.2 The atomic_load generic functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdatomic.h>
@@ -14455,16 +14455,16 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
          C atomic_load_explicit(volatile A *object,
               memory_order order);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The order argument shall not be memory_order_release nor
  memory_order_acq_rel. Memory is affected according to the value of order.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
  Atomically returns the value pointed to by object.
 
 
 
    7.17.7.3 The atomic_exchange generic functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
               #include <stdatomic.h>
@@ -14472,17 +14472,17 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
           C atomic_exchange_explicit(volatile A *object,
                C desired, memory_order order);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  Atomically replace the value pointed to by object with desired. Memory is affected
  according to the value of order. These operations are read-modify-write operations
  (5.1.2.4).
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  Atomically returns the value pointed to by object immediately before the effects.
 
 
    7.17.7.4 The atomic_compare_exchange generic functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
               #include <stdatomic.h>
@@ -14497,7 +14497,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
                volatile A *object, C *expected, C desired,
                memory_order success, memory_order failure);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The failure argument shall not be memory_order_release nor
  memory_order_acq_rel. The failure argument shall be no stronger than the
@@ -14537,7 +14537,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  platforms. When a weak compare-and-exchange would require a loop and a strong one would not, the
  strong one is preferable.
  
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The result of the comparison.
 
@@ -14553,7 +14553,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
   or             |       bitwise inclusive or
   xor            ^       bitwise exclusive or
   and            &       bitwise and
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
               #include <stdatomic.h>
@@ -14561,7 +14561,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
           C atomic_fetch_key_explicit(volatile A *object,
                M operand, memory_order order);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  Atomically replaces the value pointed to by object with the result of the computation
  applied to the value pointed to by object and the given operand. Memory is affected
@@ -14571,7 +14571,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  complement representation with silent wrap-around on overflow; there are no undefined
  results. For address types, the result may be an undefined address, but the operations
  otherwise have no undefined behavior.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  Atomically, the value pointed to by object immediately before the effects.
 
    
@@ -14606,7 +14606,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
 
 
    7.17.8.1 The atomic_flag_test_and_set functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdatomic.h>
@@ -14615,18 +14615,18 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
          bool atomic_flag_test_and_set_explicit(
               volatile atomic_flag *object, memory_order order);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  Atomically sets the value pointed to by object to true. Memory is affected according
  to the value of order. These operations are atomic read-modify-write operations
  (5.1.2.4).
 
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  Atomically, the value of the object immediately before the effects.
 
 
    7.17.8.2 The atomic_flag_clear functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdatomic.h>
@@ -14634,12 +14634,12 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
          void atomic_flag_clear_explicit(
               volatile atomic_flag *object, memory_order order);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The order argument shall not be memory_order_acquire nor
  memory_order_acq_rel. Atomically sets the value pointed to by object to false.
  Memory is affected according to the value of order.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The atomic_flag_clear functions return no value.
 
@@ -14677,7 +14677,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    252) See ''future library directions'' (7.30.7).
 
 
@@ -14727,7 +14727,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    • 
  then the expression &(t.member-designator) evaluates to an address constant. (If the
  specified member is a bit-field, the behavior is undefined.)
-
    Recommended practice
    
+
    Recommended practice
 
    
  The types used for size_t and ptrdiff_t should not have an integer conversion rank
  greater than that of signed long int unless the implementation supports objects
@@ -14762,7 +14762,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  shall provide those types described as ''required'', but need not provide any of the others
  (described as ''optional'').
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    253) See ''future library directions'' (7.30.8).
 
 
    254) Some of these types may denote implementation-defined extended integer types.
@@ -14839,7 +14839,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    
  All other types of this form are optional.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    255) The designated type is not guaranteed to be fastest for all purposes; if the implementation has no clear
  grounds for choosing one type over another, it will simply pick some integer type satisfying the
  signedness and width requirements.
@@ -15007,7 +15007,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  otherwise, wint_t is defined as an unsigned integer type, and the value of WINT_MIN
  shall be 0 and the value of WINT_MAX shall be no less than 65535.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    256) A freestanding implementation need not provide all of these types.
 
 
    257) The values WCHAR_MIN and WCHAR_MAX do not necessarily correspond to members of the extended
@@ -15161,7 +15161,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
     Forward references: files (7.21.3), the fseek function (7.21.9.2), streams (7.21.2), the
  tmpnam function (7.21.4.4), <wchar.h> (7.28).
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    258) If the implementation imposes no practical limit on the length of file name strings, the value of
  FILENAME_MAX should instead be the recommended size of an array intended to hold a file name
  string. Of course, file name string contents are subject to other system-specific constraints; therefore
@@ -15224,7 +15224,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  value of this mbstate_t object as part of the value of the fpos_t object. A later
  successful call to fsetpos using the same stored fpos_t value restores the value of
  the associated mbstate_t object as well as the position within the controlled stream.
-
    Environmental limits
    
+
    Environmental limits
 
    
  An implementation shall support text files with lines containing at least 254 characters,
  including the terminating new-line character. The value of the macro BUFSIZ shall be at
@@ -15238,7 +15238,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    259) An implementation need not distinguish between text streams and binary streams. In such an
  implementation, there need be no new-line characters in a text stream nor any limit to the length of a
  line.
@@ -15342,7 +15342,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  multibyte character. The wide character input/output functions and the byte input/output
  functions store the value of the macro EILSEQ in errno if and only if an encoding error
  occurs.
-
    Environmental limits
    
+
    Environmental limits
 
    
  The value of FOPEN_MAX shall be at least eight, including the three standard text
  streams.
@@ -15352,7 +15352,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  fputwc function (7.28.3.3), conversion state (7.28.6), the mbrtowc function
  (7.28.6.3.2), the wcrtomb function (7.28.6.3.3).
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    261) Setting the file position indicator to end-of-file, as with fseek(file, 0, SEEK_END), has
  undefined behavior for a binary stream (because of possible trailing null characters) or for any stream
  with state-dependent encoding that does not assuredly end in the initial shift state.
@@ -15361,79 +15361,79 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    7.21.4 Operations on files
    
 
 
    7.21.4.1 The remove function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdio.h>
         int remove(const char *filename);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The remove function causes the file whose name is the string pointed to by filename
  to be no longer accessible by that name. A subsequent attempt to open that file using that
  name will fail, unless it is created anew. If the file is open, the behavior of the remove
  function is implementation-defined.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The remove function returns zero if the operation succeeds, nonzero if it fails.
 
 
    7.21.4.2 The rename function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdio.h>
         int rename(const char *old, const char *new);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The rename function causes the file whose name is the string pointed to by old to be
  henceforth known by the name given by the string pointed to by new. The file named
  old is no longer accessible by that name. If a file named by the string pointed to by new
  exists prior to the call to the rename function, the behavior is implementation-defined.
 
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The rename function returns zero if the operation succeeds, nonzero if it fails,262) in
  which case if the file existed previously it is still known by its original name.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    262) Among the reasons the implementation may cause the rename function to fail are that the file is open
  or that it is necessary to copy its contents to effectuate its renaming.
 
 
 
    7.21.4.3 The tmpfile function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdio.h>
          FILE *tmpfile(void);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The tmpfile function creates a temporary binary file that is different from any other
  existing file and that will automatically be removed when it is closed or at program
  termination. If the program terminates abnormally, whether an open temporary file is
  removed is implementation-defined. The file is opened for update with "wb+" mode.
-
    Recommended practice
    
+
    Recommended practice
 
    
  It should be possible to open at least TMP_MAX temporary files during the lifetime of the
  program (this limit may be shared with tmpnam) and there should be no limit on the
  number simultaneously open other than this limit and any limit on the number of open
  files (FOPEN_MAX).
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The tmpfile function returns a pointer to the stream of the file that it created. If the file
  cannot be created, the tmpfile function returns a null pointer.
 
     Forward references: the fopen function (7.21.5.3).
 
 
    7.21.4.4 The tmpnam function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdio.h>
          char *tmpnam(char *s);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The tmpnam function generates a string that is a valid file name and that is not the same
  as the name of an existing file.263) The function is potentially capable of generating at
@@ -15448,7 +15448,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  Calls to the tmpnam function with a null pointer argument may introduce data races with
  each other. The implementation shall behave as if no library function calls the tmpnam
  function.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  If no suitable string can be generated, the tmpnam function returns a null pointer.
  Otherwise, if the argument is a null pointer, the tmpnam function leaves its result in an
@@ -15456,11 +15456,11 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  function may modify the same object). If the argument is not a null pointer, it is assumed
  to point to an array of at least L_tmpnam chars; the tmpnam function writes its result
  in that array and returns the argument as its value.
-
    Environmental limits
    
+
    Environmental limits
 
    
  The value of the macro TMP_MAX shall be at least 25.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    263) Files created using strings generated by the tmpnam function are temporary only in the sense that
  their names should not collide with those generated by conventional naming rules for the
  implementation. It is still necessary to use the remove function to remove such files when their use
@@ -15470,13 +15470,13 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    7.21.5 File access functions
    
 
 
    7.21.5.1 The fclose function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdio.h>
         int fclose(FILE *stream);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  A successful call to the fclose function causes the stream pointed to by stream to be
  flushed and the associated file to be closed. Any unwritten buffered data for the stream
@@ -15484,20 +15484,20 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  are discarded. Whether or not the call succeeds, the stream is disassociated from the file
  and any buffer set by the setbuf or setvbuf function is disassociated from the stream
  (and deallocated if it was automatically allocated).
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The fclose function returns zero if the stream was successfully closed, or EOF if any
  errors were detected.
 
 
 
    7.21.5.2 The fflush function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdio.h>
          int fflush(FILE *stream);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  If stream points to an output stream or an update stream in which the most recent
  operation was not input, the fflush function causes any unwritten data for that stream
@@ -15506,21 +15506,21 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    
  If stream is a null pointer, the fflush function performs this flushing action on all
  streams for which the behavior is defined above.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The fflush function sets the error indicator for the stream and returns EOF if a write
  error occurs, otherwise it returns zero.
 
     Forward references: the fopen function (7.21.5.3).
 
 
    7.21.5.3 The fopen function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdio.h>
          FILE *fopen(const char * restrict filename,
               const char * restrict mode);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The fopen function opens the file whose name is the string pointed to by filename,
  and associates a stream with it.
@@ -15573,21 +15573,21 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    
  When opened, a stream is fully buffered if and only if it can be determined not to refer to
  an interactive device. The error and end-of-file indicators for the stream are cleared.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The fopen function returns a pointer to the object controlling the stream. If the open
  operation fails, fopen returns a null pointer.
 
     Forward references: file positioning functions (7.21.9).
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    264) If the string begins with one of the above sequences, the implementation might choose to ignore the
  remaining characters, or it might use them to select different kinds of a file (some of which might not
  conform to the properties in 7.21.2).
 
 
 
    7.21.5.4 The freopen function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdio.h>
@@ -15595,7 +15595,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
               const char * restrict mode,
               FILE * restrict stream);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The freopen function opens the file whose name is the string pointed to by filename
  and associates the stream pointed to by stream with it. The mode argument is used just
@@ -15609,26 +15609,26 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  The freopen function first attempts to close any file that is associated with the specified
  stream. Failure to close the file is ignored. The error and end-of-file indicators for the
  stream are cleared.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The freopen function returns a null pointer if the open operation fails. Otherwise,
  freopen returns the value of stream.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    265) The primary use of the freopen function is to change the file associated with a standard text stream
  (stderr, stdin, or stdout), as those identifiers need not be modifiable lvalues to which the value
  returned by the fopen function may be assigned.
 
 
 
    7.21.5.5 The setbuf function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdio.h>
          void setbuf(FILE * restrict stream,
               char * restrict buf);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  Except that it returns no value, the setbuf function is equivalent to the setvbuf
  function invoked with the values _IOFBF for mode and BUFSIZ for size, or (if buf
@@ -15638,13 +15638,13 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
  
 
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The setbuf function returns no value.
 
     Forward references: the setvbuf function (7.21.5.6).
 
 
    7.21.5.6 The setvbuf function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdio.h>
@@ -15652,7 +15652,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
               char * restrict buf,
               int mode, size_t size);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The setvbuf function may be used only after the stream pointed to by stream has
  been associated with an open file and before any other operation (other than an
@@ -15664,7 +15664,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  specifies the size of the array; otherwise, size may determine the size of a buffer
  allocated by the setvbuf function. The contents of the array at any time are
  indeterminate.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The setvbuf function returns zero on success, or nonzero if an invalid value is given
  for mode or if the request cannot be honored.
@@ -15674,7 +15674,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    266) The buffer has to have a lifetime at least as great as the open stream, so the stream should be closed
  before a buffer that has automatic storage duration is deallocated upon block exit.
 
@@ -15684,19 +15684,19 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  The formatted input/output functions shall behave as if there is a sequence point after the
  actions associated with each specifier.267)
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    267) The fprintf functions perform writes to memory for the %n specifier.
 
 
 
    7.21.6.1 The fprintf function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
               #include <stdio.h>
           int fprintf(FILE * restrict stream,
                const char * restrict format, ...);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The fprintf function writes output to the stream pointed to by stream, under control
  of the string pointed to by format that specifies how subsequent arguments are
@@ -15994,7 +15994,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    
  For a and A conversions, if FLT_RADIX is a power of 2, the value is correctly rounded
  to a hexadecimal floating number with the given precision.
-
    Recommended practice
    
+
    Recommended practice
 
    
  For a and A conversions, if FLT_RADIX is not a power of 2 and the result is not exactly
  representable in the given precision, the result should be one of the two adjacent numbers
@@ -16012,11 +16012,11 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
  of the resultant decimal string D should satisfy L <= D <= U, with the extra stipulation that
  the error should have a correct sign for the current rounding direction.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The fprintf function returns the number of characters transmitted, or a negative value
  if an output or encoding error occurred.
-
    Environmental limits
    
+
    Environmental limits
 
    
  The number of characters that can be produced by any single conversion shall be at least
  4095.
@@ -16067,7 +16067,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
     Forward references: conversion state (7.28.6), the wcrtomb function (7.28.6.3.3).
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    268) Note that 0 is taken as a flag, not as the beginning of a field width.
 
 
    269) The results of all floating conversions of a negative zero, and of negative values that round to zero,
@@ -16096,14 +16096,14 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
 
 
    7.21.6.2 The fscanf function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdio.h>
          int fscanf(FILE * restrict stream,
               const char * restrict format, ...);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The fscanf function reads input from the stream pointed to by stream, under control
  of the string pointed to by format that specifies the admissible input sequences and how
@@ -16344,7 +16344,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  Trailing white space (including new-line characters) is left unread unless matched by a
  directive. The success of literal matches and suppressed assignments is not directly
  determinable other than via the %n directive.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The fscanf function returns the value of the macro EOF if an input failure occurs
  before the first conversion (if any) has completed. Otherwise, the function returns the
@@ -16486,7 +16486,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  strtol, strtoll, strtoul, and strtoull functions (7.22.1.4), conversion state
  (7.28.6), the wcrtomb function (7.28.6.3.3).
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    277) These white-space characters are not counted against a specified field width.
 
 
    278) fscanf pushes back at most one input character onto the input stream. Therefore, some sequences
@@ -16500,34 +16500,34 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
 
 
    7.21.6.3 The printf function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdio.h>
          int printf(const char * restrict format, ...);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The printf function is equivalent to fprintf with the argument stdout interposed
  before the arguments to printf.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The printf function returns the number of characters transmitted, or a negative value if
  an output or encoding error occurred.
 
 
    7.21.6.4 The scanf function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdio.h>
          int scanf(const char * restrict format, ...);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The scanf function is equivalent to fscanf with the argument stdin interposed
  before the arguments to scanf.
 
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The scanf function returns the value of the macro EOF if an input failure occurs before
  the first conversion (if any) has completed. Otherwise, the scanf function returns the
@@ -16535,14 +16535,14 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  the event of an early matching failure.
 
 
    7.21.6.5 The snprintf function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdio.h>
          int snprintf(char * restrict s, size_t n,
               const char * restrict format, ...);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The snprintf function is equivalent to fprintf, except that the output is written into
  an array (specified by argument s) rather than to a stream. If n is zero, nothing is written,
@@ -16550,7 +16550,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  discarded rather than being written to the array, and a null character is written at the end
  of the characters actually written into the array. If copying takes place between objects
  that overlap, the behavior is undefined.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The snprintf function returns the number of characters that would have been written
  had n been sufficiently large, not counting the terminating null character, or a negative
@@ -16558,40 +16558,40 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  completely written if and only if the returned value is nonnegative and less than n.
 
 
    7.21.6.6 The sprintf function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdio.h>
          int sprintf(char * restrict s,
               const char * restrict format, ...);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The sprintf function is equivalent to fprintf, except that the output is written into
  an array (specified by the argument s) rather than to a stream. A null character is written
  at the end of the characters written; it is not counted as part of the returned value. If
  copying takes place between objects that overlap, the behavior is undefined.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The sprintf function returns the number of characters written in the array, not
  counting the terminating null character, or a negative value if an encoding error occurred.
 
 
 
    7.21.6.7 The sscanf function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdio.h>
         int sscanf(const char * restrict s,
              const char * restrict format, ...);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The sscanf function is equivalent to fscanf, except that input is obtained from a
  string (specified by the argument s) rather than from a stream. Reaching the end of the
  string is equivalent to encountering end-of-file for the fscanf function. If copying
  takes place between objects that overlap, the behavior is undefined.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The sscanf function returns the value of the macro EOF if an input failure occurs
  before the first conversion (if any) has completed. Otherwise, the sscanf function
@@ -16599,7 +16599,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  zero, in the event of an early matching failure.
 
 
    7.21.6.8 The vfprintf function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdarg.h>
@@ -16608,13 +16608,13 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
              const char * restrict format,
              va_list arg);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The vfprintf function is equivalent to fprintf, with the variable argument list
  replaced by arg, which shall have been initialized by the va_start macro (and
  possibly subsequent va_arg calls). The vfprintf function does not invoke the
  va_end macro.281)
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The vfprintf function returns the number of characters transmitted, or a negative
  value if an output or encoding error occurred.
@@ -16641,13 +16641,13 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    
  
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    281) As the functions vfprintf, vfscanf, vprintf, vscanf, vsnprintf, vsprintf, and
  vsscanf invoke the va_arg macro, the value of arg after the return is indeterminate.
 
 
 
    7.21.6.9 The vfscanf function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdarg.h>
@@ -16656,13 +16656,13 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
               const char * restrict format,
               va_list arg);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The vfscanf function is equivalent to fscanf, with the variable argument list
  replaced by arg, which shall have been initialized by the va_start macro (and
  possibly subsequent va_arg calls). The vfscanf function does not invoke the
  va_end macro.281)
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The vfscanf function returns the value of the macro EOF if an input failure occurs
  before the first conversion (if any) has completed. Otherwise, the vfscanf function
@@ -16670,7 +16670,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  zero, in the event of an early matching failure.
 
 
    7.21.6.10 The vprintf function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdarg.h>
@@ -16678,20 +16678,20 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
          int vprintf(const char * restrict format,
               va_list arg);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The vprintf function is equivalent to printf, with the variable argument list
  replaced by arg, which shall have been initialized by the va_start macro (and
 
  possibly subsequent va_arg calls). The vprintf function does not invoke the
  va_end macro.281)
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The vprintf function returns the number of characters transmitted, or a negative value
  if an output or encoding error occurred.
 
 
    7.21.6.11 The vscanf function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdarg.h>
@@ -16699,13 +16699,13 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
         int vscanf(const char * restrict format,
              va_list arg);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The vscanf function is equivalent to scanf, with the variable argument list replaced
  by arg, which shall have been initialized by the va_start macro (and possibly
  subsequent va_arg calls). The vscanf function does not invoke the va_end
  macro.281)
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The vscanf function returns the value of the macro EOF if an input failure occurs
  before the first conversion (if any) has completed. Otherwise, the vscanf function
@@ -16713,7 +16713,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  zero, in the event of an early matching failure.
 
 
    7.21.6.12 The vsnprintf function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdarg.h>
@@ -16722,7 +16722,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
              const char * restrict format,
              va_list arg);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The vsnprintf function is equivalent to snprintf, with the variable argument list
  replaced by arg, which shall have been initialized by the va_start macro (and
@@ -16730,7 +16730,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  va_end macro.281) If copying takes place between objects that overlap, the behavior is
  undefined.
 
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The vsnprintf function returns the number of characters that would have been written
  had n been sufficiently large, not counting the terminating null character, or a negative
@@ -16738,7 +16738,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  completely written if and only if the returned value is nonnegative and less than n.
 
 
    7.21.6.13 The vsprintf function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdarg.h>
@@ -16747,20 +16747,20 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
               const char * restrict format,
               va_list arg);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The vsprintf function is equivalent to sprintf, with the variable argument list
  replaced by arg, which shall have been initialized by the va_start macro (and
  possibly subsequent va_arg calls). The vsprintf function does not invoke the
  va_end macro.281) If copying takes place between objects that overlap, the behavior is
  undefined.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The vsprintf function returns the number of characters written in the array, not
  counting the terminating null character, or a negative value if an encoding error occurred.
 
 
    7.21.6.14 The vsscanf function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdarg.h>
@@ -16769,13 +16769,13 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
               const char * restrict format,
               va_list arg);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The vsscanf function is equivalent to sscanf, with the variable argument list
  replaced by arg, which shall have been initialized by the va_start macro (and
  possibly subsequent va_arg calls). The vsscanf function does not invoke the
  va_end macro.281)
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The vsscanf function returns the value of the macro EOF if an input failure occurs
  before the first conversion (if any) has completed. Otherwise, the vsscanf function
@@ -16786,19 +16786,19 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    7.21.7 Character input/output functions
    
 
 
    7.21.7.1 The fgetc function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdio.h>
          int fgetc(FILE *stream);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  If the end-of-file indicator for the input stream pointed to by stream is not set and a
  next character is present, the fgetc function obtains that character as an unsigned
  char converted to an int and advances the associated file position indicator for the
  stream (if defined).
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  If the end-of-file indicator for the stream is set, or if the stream is at end-of-file, the end-
  of-file indicator for the stream is set and the fgetc function returns EOF. Otherwise, the
@@ -16806,25 +16806,25 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  If a read error occurs, the error indicator for the stream is set and the fgetc function
  returns EOF.282)
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    282) An end-of-file and a read error can be distinguished by use of the feof and ferror functions.
 
 
 
    7.21.7.2 The fgets function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdio.h>
          char *fgets(char * restrict s, int n,
               FILE * restrict stream);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The fgets function reads at most one less than the number of characters specified by n
  from the stream pointed to by stream into the array pointed to by s. No additional
  characters are read after a new-line character (which is retained) or after end-of-file. A
  null character is written immediately after the last character read into the array.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The fgets function returns s if successful. If end-of-file is encountered and no
  characters have been read into the array, the contents of the array remain unchanged and a
@@ -16834,55 +16834,55 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
 
 
    7.21.7.3 The fputc function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdio.h>
          int fputc(int c, FILE *stream);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The fputc function writes the character specified by c (converted to an unsigned
  char) to the output stream pointed to by stream, at the position indicated by the
  associated file position indicator for the stream (if defined), and advances the indicator
  appropriately. If the file cannot support positioning requests, or if the stream was opened
  with append mode, the character is appended to the output stream.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The fputc function returns the character written. If a write error occurs, the error
  indicator for the stream is set and fputc returns EOF.
 
 
    7.21.7.4 The fputs function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdio.h>
          int fputs(const char * restrict s,
               FILE * restrict stream);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The fputs function writes the string pointed to by s to the stream pointed to by
  stream. The terminating null character is not written.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The fputs function returns EOF if a write error occurs; otherwise it returns a
  nonnegative value.
 
 
    7.21.7.5 The getc function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdio.h>
          int getc(FILE *stream);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The getc function is equivalent to fgetc, except that if it is implemented as a macro, it
  may evaluate stream more than once, so the argument should never be an expression
  with side effects.
 
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The getc function returns the next character from the input stream pointed to by
  stream. If the stream is at end-of-file, the end-of-file indicator for the stream is set and
@@ -16890,16 +16890,16 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  getc returns EOF.
 
 
    7.21.7.6 The getchar function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdio.h>
         int getchar(void);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The getchar function is equivalent to getc with the argument stdin.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The getchar function returns the next character from the input stream pointed to by
  stdin. If the stream is at end-of-file, the end-of-file indicator for the stream is set and
@@ -16907,63 +16907,63 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  getchar returns EOF.                                                                       *
 
 
    7.21.7.7 The putc function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdio.h>
         int putc(int c, FILE *stream);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The putc function is equivalent to fputc, except that if it is implemented as a macro, it
  may evaluate stream more than once, so that argument should never be an expression
  with side effects.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The putc function returns the character written. If a write error occurs, the error
  indicator for the stream is set and putc returns EOF.
 
 
    7.21.7.8 The putchar function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdio.h>
         int putchar(int c);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The putchar function is equivalent to putc with the second argument stdout.
 
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The putchar function returns the character written. If a write error occurs, the error
  indicator for the stream is set and putchar returns EOF.
 
 
    7.21.7.9 The puts function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdio.h>
          int puts(const char *s);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The puts function writes the string pointed to by s to the stream pointed to by stdout,
  and appends a new-line character to the output. The terminating null character is not
  written.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The puts function returns EOF if a write error occurs; otherwise it returns a nonnegative
  value.
 
 
    7.21.7.10 The ungetc function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdio.h>
          int ungetc(int c, FILE *stream);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The ungetc function pushes the character specified by c (converted to an unsigned
  char) back onto the input stream pointed to by stream. Pushed-back characters will be
@@ -16988,20 +16988,20 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  For a binary stream, its file position indicator is decremented by each successful call to
  the ungetc function; if its value was zero before a call, it is indeterminate after the
  call.283)
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The ungetc function returns the character pushed back after conversion, or EOF if the
  operation fails.
 
     Forward references: file positioning functions (7.21.9).
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    283) See ''future library directions'' (7.30.9).
 
 
 
    7.21.8 Direct input/output functions
    
 
 
    7.21.8.1 The fread function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
               #include <stdio.h>
@@ -17009,7 +17009,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
                size_t size, size_t nmemb,
                FILE * restrict stream);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The fread function reads, into the array pointed to by ptr, up to nmemb elements
  whose size is specified by size, from the stream pointed to by stream. For each
@@ -17018,7 +17018,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  indicator for the stream (if defined) is advanced by the number of characters successfully
  read. If an error occurs, the resulting value of the file position indicator for the stream is
  indeterminate. If a partial element is read, its value is indeterminate.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The fread function returns the number of elements successfully read, which may be
  less than nmemb if a read error or end-of-file is encountered. If size or nmemb is zero,
@@ -17031,7 +17031,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
 
 
    7.21.8.2 The fwrite function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdio.h>
@@ -17039,7 +17039,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
               size_t size, size_t nmemb,
               FILE * restrict stream);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The fwrite function writes, from the array pointed to by ptr, up to nmemb elements
  whose size is specified by size, to the stream pointed to by stream. For each object,
@@ -17048,7 +17048,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  stream (if defined) is advanced by the number of characters successfully written. If an
  error occurs, the resulting value of the file position indicator for the stream is
  indeterminate.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The fwrite function returns the number of elements successfully written, which will be
  less than nmemb only if a write error is encountered. If size or nmemb is zero,
@@ -17057,20 +17057,20 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    7.21.9 File positioning functions
    
 
 
    7.21.9.1 The fgetpos function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdio.h>
          int fgetpos(FILE * restrict stream,
               fpos_t * restrict pos);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The fgetpos function stores the current values of the parse state (if any) and file
  position indicator for the stream pointed to by stream in the object pointed to by pos.
  The values stored contain unspecified information usable by the fsetpos function for
  repositioning the stream to its position at the time of the call to the fgetpos function.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  If successful, the fgetpos function returns zero; on failure, the fgetpos function
  returns nonzero and stores an implementation-defined positive value in errno.
@@ -17078,13 +17078,13 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
 
 
    7.21.9.2 The fseek function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdio.h>
         int fseek(FILE *stream, long int offset, int whence);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The fseek function sets the file position indicator for the stream pointed to by stream.
  If a read or write error occurs, the error indicator for the stream is set and fseek fails.
@@ -17103,19 +17103,19 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  effects of the ungetc function on the stream, clears the end-of-file indicator for the
  stream, and then establishes the new position. After a successful fseek call, the next
  operation on an update stream may be either input or output.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The fseek function returns nonzero only for a request that cannot be satisfied.
 
     Forward references: the ftell function (7.21.9.4).
 
 
    7.21.9.3 The fsetpos function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdio.h>
         int fsetpos(FILE *stream, const fpos_t *pos);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The fsetpos function sets the mbstate_t object (if any) and file position indicator
  for the stream pointed to by stream according to the value of the object pointed to by
@@ -17128,19 +17128,19 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  parse state and position. After a successful fsetpos call, the next operation on an
 
  update stream may be either input or output.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  If successful, the fsetpos function returns zero; on failure, the fsetpos function
  returns nonzero and stores an implementation-defined positive value in errno.
 
 
    7.21.9.4 The ftell function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdio.h>
          long int ftell(FILE *stream);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The ftell function obtains the current value of the file position indicator for the stream
  pointed to by stream. For a binary stream, the value is the number of characters from
@@ -17149,20 +17149,20 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  stream to its position at the time of the ftell call; the difference between two such
  return values is not necessarily a meaningful measure of the number of characters written
  or read.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  If successful, the ftell function returns the current value of the file position indicator
  for the stream. On failure, the ftell function returns -1L and stores an
  implementation-defined positive value in errno.
 
 
    7.21.9.5 The rewind function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdio.h>
          void rewind(FILE *stream);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The rewind function sets the file position indicator for the stream pointed to by
  stream to the beginning of the file. It is equivalent to
@@ -17170,7 +17170,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
          (void)fseek(stream, 0L, SEEK_SET)
 
    
  except that the error indicator for the stream is also cleared.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The rewind function returns no value.
 
@@ -17178,59 +17178,59 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    7.21.10 Error-handling functions
    
 
 
    7.21.10.1 The clearerr function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdio.h>
         void clearerr(FILE *stream);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The clearerr function clears the end-of-file and error indicators for the stream pointed
  to by stream.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The clearerr function returns no value.
 
 
    7.21.10.2 The feof function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdio.h>
         int feof(FILE *stream);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The feof function tests the end-of-file indicator for the stream pointed to by stream.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The feof function returns nonzero if and only if the end-of-file indicator is set for
  stream.
 
 
    7.21.10.3 The ferror function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdio.h>
         int ferror(FILE *stream);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The ferror function tests the error indicator for the stream pointed to by stream.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The ferror function returns nonzero if and only if the error indicator is set for
  stream.
 
 
 
    7.21.10.4 The perror function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdio.h>
          void perror(const char *s);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The perror function maps the error number in the integer expression errno to an
  error message. It writes a sequence of characters to the standard error stream thus: first
@@ -17238,7 +17238,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  string pointed to by s followed by a colon (:) and a space; then an appropriate error
  message string followed by a new-line character. The contents of the error message
  strings are the same as those returned by the strerror function with argument errno.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The perror function returns no value.
 
     Forward references: the strerror function (7.23.6.2).
@@ -17291,7 +17291,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    284) See ''future library directions'' (7.30.10).
 
 
@@ -17302,26 +17302,26 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  behavior is undefined.
 
 
    7.22.1.1 The atof function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdlib.h>
          double atof(const char *nptr);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The atof function converts the initial portion of the string pointed to by nptr to
  double representation. Except for the behavior on error, it is equivalent to
 
              strtod(nptr, (char **)NULL)
 
    
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The atof function returns the converted value.
 
     Forward references: the strtod, strtof, and strtold functions (7.22.1.3).
 
 
    7.22.1.2 The atoi, atol, and atoll functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdlib.h>
@@ -17329,7 +17329,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
          long int atol(const char *nptr);
          long long int atoll(const char *nptr);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The atoi, atol, and atoll functions convert the initial portion of the string pointed
  to by nptr to int, long int, and long long int representation, respectively.
@@ -17339,7 +17339,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
          atol: strtol(nptr, (char **)NULL, 10)
          atoll: strtoll(nptr, (char **)NULL, 10)
 
    
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The atoi, atol, and atoll functions return the converted value.
 
     Forward references: the strtol, strtoll, strtoul, and strtoull functions
@@ -17347,7 +17347,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
 
 
    7.22.1.3 The strtod, strtof, and strtold functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdlib.h>
@@ -17358,7 +17358,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
         long double strtold(const char * restrict nptr,
              char ** restrict endptr);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The strtod, strtof, and strtold functions convert the initial portion of the string
  pointed to by nptr to double, float, and long double representation,
@@ -17416,7 +17416,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  If the subject sequence is empty or does not have the expected form, no conversion is
  performed; the value of nptr is stored in the object pointed to by endptr, provided
  that endptr is not a null pointer.
-
    Recommended practice
    
+
    Recommended practice
 
    
  If the subject sequence has the hexadecimal form, FLT_RADIX is not a power of 2, and
  the result is not exactly representable, the result should be one of the two numbers in the
@@ -17435,7 +17435,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
  stipulation that the error with respect to D should have a correct sign for the current
  rounding direction.287)
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The functions return the converted value, if any. If no conversion could be performed,
  zero is returned. If the correct value overflows and default rounding is in effect (7.12.1),
@@ -17445,7 +17445,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  no greater than the smallest normalized positive number in the return type; whether
  errno acquires the value ERANGE is implementation-defined.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    285) It is unspecified whether a minus-signed sequence is converted to a negative number directly or by
  negating the value resulting from converting the corresponding unsigned sequence (see F.5); the two
  methods may yield different results if rounding is toward positive or negative infinity. In either case,
@@ -17459,7 +17459,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
 
 
    7.22.1.4 The strtol, strtoll, strtoul, and strtoull functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdlib.h>
@@ -17480,7 +17480,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
               char ** restrict endptr,
               int base);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The strtol, strtoll, strtoul, and strtoull functions convert the initial
  portion of the string pointed to by nptr to long int, long long int, unsigned
@@ -17525,7 +17525,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  If the subject sequence is empty or does not have the expected form, no conversion is
  performed; the value of nptr is stored in the object pointed to by endptr, provided
  that endptr is not a null pointer.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The strtol, strtoll, strtoul, and strtoull functions return the converted
  value, if any. If no conversion could be performed, zero is returned. If the correct value
@@ -17537,40 +17537,40 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    7.22.2 Pseudo-random sequence generation functions
    
 
 
    7.22.2.1 The rand function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdlib.h>
          int rand(void);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The rand function computes a sequence of pseudo-random integers in the range 0 to
  RAND_MAX.288)
 
    
  The rand function is not required to avoid data races. The implementation shall behave
  as if no library function calls the rand function.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The rand function returns a pseudo-random integer.
-
    Environmental limits
    
+
    Environmental limits
 
    
  The value of the RAND_MAX macro shall be at least 32767.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    288) There are no guarantees as to the quality of the random sequence produced and some implementations
  are known to produce sequences with distressingly non-random low-order bits. Applications with
  particular requirements should use a generator that is known to be sufficient for their needs.
 
 
 
    7.22.2.2 The srand function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdlib.h>
          void srand(unsigned int seed);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The srand function uses the argument as a seed for a new sequence of pseudo-random
  numbers to be returned by subsequent calls to rand. If srand is then called with the
@@ -17579,7 +17579,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  as when srand is first called with a seed value of 1.
 
    
  The implementation shall behave as if no library function calls the srand function.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The srand function returns no value.
  
@@ -17619,70 +17619,70 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  returned pointer shall not be used to access an object.
 
 
    7.22.3.1 The aligned_alloc function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdlib.h>
          void *aligned_alloc(size_t alignment, size_t size);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The aligned_alloc function allocates space for an object whose alignment is
  specified by alignment, whose size is specified by size, and whose value is
  indeterminate. The value of alignment shall be a valid alignment supported by the
  implementation and the value of size shall be an integral multiple of alignment.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The aligned_alloc function returns either a null pointer or a pointer to the allocated
  space.
 
 
 
    7.22.3.2 The calloc function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdlib.h>
          void *calloc(size_t nmemb, size_t size);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The calloc function allocates space for an array of nmemb objects, each of whose size
  is size. The space is initialized to all bits zero.289)
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The calloc function returns either a null pointer or a pointer to the allocated space.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    289) Note that this need not be the same as the representation of floating-point zero or a null pointer
  constant.
 
 
 
    7.22.3.3 The free function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdlib.h>
          void free(void *ptr);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The free function causes the space pointed to by ptr to be deallocated, that is, made
  available for further allocation. If ptr is a null pointer, no action occurs. Otherwise, if
  the argument does not match a pointer earlier returned by a memory management
  function, or if the space has been deallocated by a call to free or realloc, the
  behavior is undefined.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The free function returns no value.
 
 
    7.22.3.4 The malloc function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdlib.h>
          void *malloc(size_t size);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The malloc function allocates space for an object whose size is specified by size and
  whose value is indeterminate.
@@ -17691,18 +17691,18 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
  
 
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The malloc function returns either a null pointer or a pointer to the allocated space.
 
 
    7.22.3.5 The realloc function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdlib.h>
          void *realloc(void *ptr, size_t size);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The realloc function deallocates the old object pointed to by ptr and returns a
  pointer to a new object that has the size specified by size. The contents of the new
@@ -17715,7 +17715,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  management function, or if the space has been deallocated by a call to the free or
  realloc function, the behavior is undefined. If memory for the new object cannot be
  allocated, the old object is not deallocated and its value is unchanged.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The realloc function returns a pointer to the new object (which may have the same
  value as a pointer to the old object), or a null pointer if the new object could not be
@@ -17724,13 +17724,13 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    7.22.4 Communication with the environment
    
 
 
    7.22.4.1 The abort function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdlib.h>
          _Noreturn void abort(void);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The abort function causes abnormal program termination to occur, unless the signal
  SIGABRT is being caught and the signal handler does not return. Whether open streams
@@ -17739,50 +17739,50 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  unsuccessful termination is returned to the host environment by means of the function
  call raise(SIGABRT).
 
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The abort function does not return to its caller.
 
 
    7.22.4.2 The atexit function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdlib.h>
         int atexit(void (*func)(void));
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The atexit function registers the function pointed to by func, to be called without
  arguments at normal program termination.290)
-
    Environmental limits
    
+
    Environmental limits
 
    
  The implementation shall support the registration of at least 32 functions.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The atexit function returns zero if the registration succeeds, nonzero if it fails.
 
     Forward references: the at_quick_exit function (7.22.4.3), the exit function
  (7.22.4.4).
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    290) The atexit function registrations are distinct from the at_quick_exit registrations, so
  applications may need to call both registration functions with the same argument.
 
 
 
    7.22.4.3 The at_quick_exit function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdlib.h>
         int at_quick_exit(void (*func)(void));
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The at_quick_exit function registers the function pointed to by func, to be called
  without arguments should quick_exit be called.291)
-
    Environmental limits
    
+
    Environmental limits
 
    
  The implementation shall support the registration of at least 32 functions.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The at_quick_exit function returns zero if the registration succeeds, nonzero if it
  fails.
@@ -17791,19 +17791,19 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    291) The at_quick_exit function registrations are distinct from the atexit registrations, so
  applications may need to call both registration functions with the same argument.
 
 
 
    7.22.4.4 The exit function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdlib.h>
          _Noreturn void exit(int status);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The exit function causes normal program termination to occur. No functions registered
  by the at_quick_exit function are called. If a program calls the exit function
@@ -17824,23 +17824,23 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  returned. If the value of status is EXIT_FAILURE, an implementation-defined form
  of the status unsuccessful termination is returned. Otherwise the status returned is
  implementation-defined.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The exit function cannot return to its caller.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    292) Each function is called as many times as it was registered, and in the correct order with respect to
  other registered functions.
 
 
 
    7.22.4.5 The _Exit function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdlib.h>
          _Noreturn void _Exit(int status);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The _Exit function causes normal program termination to occur and control to be
  returned to the host environment. No functions registered by the atexit function, the
@@ -17852,18 +17852,18 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  the exit function (7.22.4.4). Whether open streams with unwritten buffered data are
  flushed, open streams are closed, or temporary files are removed is implementation-
  defined.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The _Exit function cannot return to its caller.
 
 
    7.22.4.6 The getenv function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdlib.h>
          char *getenv(const char *name);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The getenv function searches an environment list, provided by the host environment,
  for a string that matches the string pointed to by name. The set of environment names
@@ -17872,25 +17872,25 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  the environment list.293)
 
    
  The implementation shall behave as if no library function calls the getenv function.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The getenv function returns a pointer to a string associated with the matched list
  member. The string pointed to shall not be modified by the program, but may be
  overwritten by a subsequent call to the getenv function. If the specified name cannot
  be found, a null pointer is returned.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    293) Many implementations provide non-standard functions that modify the environment list.
 
 
 
    7.22.4.7 The quick_exit function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdlib.h>
          _Noreturn void quick_exit(int status);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The quick_exit function causes normal program termination to occur. No functions
  registered by the atexit function or signal handlers registered by the signal function
@@ -17908,30 +17908,30 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    
  Then control is returned to the host environment by means of the function call
  _Exit(status).
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The quick_exit function cannot return to its caller.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    294) Each function is called as many times as it was registered, and in the correct order with respect to
  other registered functions.
 
 
 
    7.22.4.8 The system function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdlib.h>
          int system(const char *string);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  If string is a null pointer, the system function determines whether the host
  environment has a command processor. If string is not a null pointer, the system
  function passes the string pointed to by string to that command processor to be
  executed in a manner which the implementation shall document; this might then cause the
  program calling system to behave in a non-conforming manner or to terminate.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  If the argument is a null pointer, the system function returns nonzero only if a
  command processor is available. If the argument is not a null pointer, and the system
@@ -17969,7 +17969,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  comparison function, and also between any call to the comparison function and any
  movement of the objects passed as arguments to that call.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    295) That is, if the value passed is p, then the following expressions are always nonzero:
 
 
    @@ -17981,7 +17981,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
 
 
    7.22.5.1 The bsearch function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
               #include <stdlib.h>
@@ -17989,7 +17989,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
                size_t nmemb, size_t size,
                int (*compar)(const void *, const void *));
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The bsearch function searches an array of nmemb objects, the initial element of which
  is pointed to by base, for an element that matches the object pointed to by key. The
@@ -18001,7 +18001,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  respectively, to be less than, to match, or to be greater than the array element. The array
  shall consist of: all the elements that compare less than, all the elements that compare
  equal to, and all the elements that compare greater than the key object, in that order.296)
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The bsearch function returns a pointer to a matching element of the array, or a null
  pointer if no match is found. If two elements compare as equal, which element is
@@ -18010,19 +18010,19 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
  matched is unspecified.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    296) In practice, the entire array is sorted according to the comparison function.
 
 
 
    7.22.5.2 The qsort function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdlib.h>
          void qsort(void *base, size_t nmemb, size_t size,
               int (*compar)(const void *, const void *));
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The qsort function sorts an array of nmemb objects, the initial element of which is
  pointed to by base. The size of each object is specified by size.
@@ -18034,14 +18034,14 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  or greater than the second.
 
    
  If two elements compare as equal, their order in the resulting sorted array is unspecified.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The qsort function returns no value.
 
 
    7.22.6 Integer arithmetic functions
    
 
 
    7.22.6.1 The abs, labs and llabs functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdlib.h>
@@ -18049,11 +18049,11 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
          long int labs(long int j);
          long long int llabs(long long int j);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The abs, labs, and llabs functions compute the absolute value of an integer j. If the
  result cannot be represented, the behavior is undefined.297)
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The abs, labs, and llabs, functions return the absolute value.
  
@@ -18062,12 +18062,12 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    297) The absolute value of the most negative number cannot be represented in two's complement.
 
 
 
    7.22.6.2 The div, ldiv, and lldiv functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
               #include <stdlib.h>
@@ -18075,11 +18075,11 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
           ldiv_t ldiv(long int numer, long int denom);
           lldiv_t lldiv(long long int numer, long long int denom);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The div, ldiv, and lldiv, functions compute numer / denom and numer %
  denom in a single operation.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The div, ldiv, and lldiv functions return a structure of type div_t, ldiv_t, and
  lldiv_t, respectively, comprising both the quotient and the remainder. The structures
@@ -18098,19 +18098,19 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  if encodings have state dependency, and zero otherwise.298) Changing the LC_CTYPE
  category causes the conversion state of these functions to be indeterminate.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    298) If the locale employs special bytes to change the shift state, these bytes do not produce separate wide
  character codes, but are grouped with an adjacent multibyte character.
 
 
 
    7.22.7.1 The mblen function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
               #include <stdlib.h>
           int mblen(const char *s, size_t n);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  If s is not a null pointer, the mblen function determines the number of bytes contained
  in the multibyte character pointed to by s. Except that the conversion state of the
@@ -18125,7 +18125,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    
 
    
  The implementation shall behave as if no library function calls the mblen function.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  If s is a null pointer, the mblen function returns a nonzero or zero value, if multibyte
  character encodings, respectively, do or do not have state-dependent encodings. If s is
@@ -18136,7 +18136,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
     Forward references: the mbtowc function (7.22.7.2).
 
 
    7.22.7.2 The mbtowc function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdlib.h>
@@ -18144,7 +18144,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
               const char * restrict s,
               size_t n);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  If s is not a null pointer, the mbtowc function inspects at most n bytes beginning with
  the byte pointed to by s to determine the number of bytes needed to complete the next
@@ -18155,7 +18155,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  character, the function is left in the initial conversion state.
 
    
  The implementation shall behave as if no library function calls the mbtowc function.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  If s is a null pointer, the mbtowc function returns a nonzero or zero value, if multibyte
  character encodings, respectively, do or do not have state-dependent encodings. If s is
@@ -18169,13 +18169,13 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
 
 
    7.22.7.3 The wctomb function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdlib.h>
         int wctomb(char *s, wchar_t wc);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The wctomb function determines the number of bytes needed to represent the multibyte
  character corresponding to the wide character given by wc (including any shift
@@ -18186,7 +18186,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  conversion state.
 
    
  The implementation shall behave as if no library function calls the wctomb function.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  If s is a null pointer, the wctomb function returns a nonzero or zero value, if multibyte
  character encodings, respectively, do or do not have state-dependent encodings. If s is
@@ -18202,7 +18202,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  the current locale.
 
 
    7.22.8.1 The mbstowcs function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdlib.h>
@@ -18210,7 +18210,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
              const char * restrict s,
              size_t n);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The mbstowcs function converts a sequence of multibyte characters that begins in the
  initial shift state from the array pointed to by s into a sequence of corresponding wide
@@ -18223,18 +18223,18 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    
  No more than n elements will be modified in the array pointed to by pwcs. If copying
  takes place between objects that overlap, the behavior is undefined.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  If an invalid multibyte character is encountered, the mbstowcs function returns
  (size_t)(-1). Otherwise, the mbstowcs function returns the number of array
  elements modified, not including a terminating null wide character, if any.299)
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    299) The array will not be null-terminated if the value returned is n.
 
 
 
    7.22.8.2 The wcstombs function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
               #include <stdlib.h>
@@ -18242,7 +18242,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
                const wchar_t * restrict pwcs,
                size_t n);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The wcstombs function converts a sequence of wide characters from the array pointed
  to by pwcs into a sequence of corresponding multibyte characters that begins in the
@@ -18253,7 +18253,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    
  No more than n bytes will be modified in the array pointed to by s. If copying takes place
  between objects that overlap, the behavior is undefined.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  If a wide character is encountered that does not correspond to a valid multibyte character,
  the wcstombs function returns (size_t)(-1). Otherwise, the wcstombs function
@@ -18288,14 +18288,14 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  unsigned char (and therefore every possible object representation is valid and has a
  different value).
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    300) See ''future library directions'' (7.30.11).
 
 
 
    7.23.2 Copying functions
    
 
 
    7.23.2.1 The memcpy function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
               #include <string.h>
@@ -18303,12 +18303,12 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
                const void * restrict s2,
                size_t n);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The memcpy function copies n characters from the object pointed to by s2 into the
  object pointed to by s1. If copying takes place between objects that overlap, the behavior
  is undefined.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The memcpy function returns the value of s1.
  
@@ -18318,42 +18318,42 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
 
 
    7.23.2.2 The memmove function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <string.h>
          void *memmove(void *s1, const void *s2, size_t n);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The memmove function copies n characters from the object pointed to by s2 into the
  object pointed to by s1. Copying takes place as if the n characters from the object
  pointed to by s2 are first copied into a temporary array of n characters that does not
  overlap the objects pointed to by s1 and s2, and then the n characters from the
  temporary array are copied into the object pointed to by s1.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The memmove function returns the value of s1.
 
 
    7.23.2.3 The strcpy function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <string.h>
          char *strcpy(char * restrict s1,
               const char * restrict s2);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The strcpy function copies the string pointed to by s2 (including the terminating null
  character) into the array pointed to by s1. If copying takes place between objects that
  overlap, the behavior is undefined.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The strcpy function returns the value of s1.
 
 
    7.23.2.4 The strncpy function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <string.h>
@@ -18361,7 +18361,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
               const char * restrict s2,
               size_t n);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The strncpy function copies not more than n characters (characters that follow a null
  character are not copied) from the array pointed to by s2 to the array pointed to by
@@ -18371,11 +18371,11 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  If the array pointed to by s2 is a string that is shorter than n characters, null characters
  are appended to the copy in the array pointed to by s1, until n characters in all have been
  written.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The strncpy function returns the value of s1.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    301) Thus, if there is no null character in the first n characters of the array pointed to by s2, the result will
  not be null-terminated.
 
@@ -18383,25 +18383,25 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    7.23.3 Concatenation functions
    
 
 
    7.23.3.1 The strcat function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
               #include <string.h>
           char *strcat(char * restrict s1,
                const char * restrict s2);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The strcat function appends a copy of the string pointed to by s2 (including the
  terminating null character) to the end of the string pointed to by s1. The initial character
  of s2 overwrites the null character at the end of s1. If copying takes place between
  objects that overlap, the behavior is undefined.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The strcat function returns the value of s1.
 
 
    7.23.3.2 The strncat function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
               #include <string.h>
@@ -18409,7 +18409,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
                const char * restrict s2,
                size_t n);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The strncat function appends not more than n characters (a null character and
  characters that follow it are not appended) from the array pointed to by s2 to the end of
@@ -18418,12 +18418,12 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
 
  takes place between objects that overlap, the behavior is undefined.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The strncat function returns the value of s1.
 
     Forward references: the strlen function (7.23.6.3).
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    302) Thus, the maximum number of characters that can end up in the array pointed to by s1 is
  strlen(s1)+n+1.
 
@@ -18436,40 +18436,40 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  compared.
 
 
    7.23.4.1 The memcmp function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <string.h>
          int memcmp(const void *s1, const void *s2, size_t n);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The memcmp function compares the first n characters of the object pointed to by s1 to
  the first n characters of the object pointed to by s2.303)
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The memcmp function returns an integer greater than, equal to, or less than zero,
  accordingly as the object pointed to by s1 is greater than, equal to, or less than the object
  pointed to by s2.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    303) The contents of ''holes'' used as padding for purposes of alignment within structure objects are
  indeterminate. Strings shorter than their allocated space and unions may also cause problems in
  comparison.
 
 
 
    7.23.4.2 The strcmp function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <string.h>
          int strcmp(const char *s1, const char *s2);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The strcmp function compares the string pointed to by s1 to the string pointed to by
  s2.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The strcmp function returns an integer greater than, equal to, or less than zero,
  accordingly as the string pointed to by s1 is greater than, equal to, or less than the string
@@ -18478,42 +18478,42 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  pointed to by s2.
 
 
    7.23.4.3 The strcoll function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <string.h>
         int strcoll(const char *s1, const char *s2);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The strcoll function compares the string pointed to by s1 to the string pointed to by
  s2, both interpreted as appropriate to the LC_COLLATE category of the current locale.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The strcoll function returns an integer greater than, equal to, or less than zero,
  accordingly as the string pointed to by s1 is greater than, equal to, or less than the string
  pointed to by s2 when both are interpreted as appropriate to the current locale.
 
 
    7.23.4.4 The strncmp function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <string.h>
         int strncmp(const char *s1, const char *s2, size_t n);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The strncmp function compares not more than n characters (characters that follow a
  null character are not compared) from the array pointed to by s1 to the array pointed to
  by s2.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The strncmp function returns an integer greater than, equal to, or less than zero,
  accordingly as the possibly null-terminated array pointed to by s1 is greater than, equal
  to, or less than the possibly null-terminated array pointed to by s2.
 
 
    7.23.4.5 The strxfrm function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <string.h>
@@ -18521,7 +18521,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
              const char * restrict s2,
              size_t n);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The strxfrm function transforms the string pointed to by s2 and places the resulting
  string into the array pointed to by s1. The transformation is such that if the strcmp
@@ -18532,7 +18532,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  pointed to by s1, including the terminating null character. If n is zero, s1 is permitted to
  be a null pointer. If copying takes place between objects that overlap, the behavior is
  undefined.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The strxfrm function returns the length of the transformed string (not including the
  terminating null character). If the value returned is n or more, the contents of the array
@@ -18548,132 +18548,132 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    7.23.5 Search functions
    
 
 
    7.23.5.1 The memchr function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <string.h>
          void *memchr(const void *s, int c, size_t n);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The memchr function locates the first occurrence of c (converted to an unsigned
  char) in the initial n characters (each interpreted as unsigned char) of the object
  pointed to by s. The implementation shall behave as if it reads the characters sequentially
  and stops as soon as a matching character is found.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The memchr function returns a pointer to the located character, or a null pointer if the
  character does not occur in the object.
 
 
    7.23.5.2 The strchr function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <string.h>
          char *strchr(const char *s, int c);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The strchr function locates the first occurrence of c (converted to a char) in the
  string pointed to by s. The terminating null character is considered to be part of the
  string.
 
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The strchr function returns a pointer to the located character, or a null pointer if the
  character does not occur in the string.
 
 
    7.23.5.3 The strcspn function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <string.h>
         size_t strcspn(const char *s1, const char *s2);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The strcspn function computes the length of the maximum initial segment of the string
  pointed to by s1 which consists entirely of characters not from the string pointed to by
  s2.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The strcspn function returns the length of the segment.
 
 
    7.23.5.4 The strpbrk function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <string.h>
         char *strpbrk(const char *s1, const char *s2);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The strpbrk function locates the first occurrence in the string pointed to by s1 of any
  character from the string pointed to by s2.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The strpbrk function returns a pointer to the character, or a null pointer if no character
  from s2 occurs in s1.
 
 
    7.23.5.5 The strrchr function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <string.h>
         char *strrchr(const char *s, int c);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The strrchr function locates the last occurrence of c (converted to a char) in the
  string pointed to by s. The terminating null character is considered to be part of the
  string.
 
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The strrchr function returns a pointer to the character, or a null pointer if c does not
  occur in the string.
 
 
    7.23.5.6 The strspn function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <string.h>
          size_t strspn(const char *s1, const char *s2);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The strspn function computes the length of the maximum initial segment of the string
  pointed to by s1 which consists entirely of characters from the string pointed to by s2.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The strspn function returns the length of the segment.
 
 
    7.23.5.7 The strstr function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <string.h>
          char *strstr(const char *s1, const char *s2);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The strstr function locates the first occurrence in the string pointed to by s1 of the
  sequence of characters (excluding the terminating null character) in the string pointed to
  by s2.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The strstr function returns a pointer to the located string, or a null pointer if the string
  is not found. If s2 points to a string with zero length, the function returns s1.
 
 
    7.23.5.8 The strtok function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <string.h>
          char *strtok(char * restrict s1,
               const char * restrict s2);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  A sequence of calls to the strtok function breaks the string pointed to by s1 into a
  sequence of tokens, each of which is delimited by a character from the string pointed to
@@ -18699,7 +18699,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    
  The strtok function is not required to avoid data races. The implementation shall
  behave as if no library function calls the strtok function.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The strtok function returns a pointer to the first character of a token, or a null pointer
  if there is no token.
@@ -18719,29 +18719,29 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    7.23.6 Miscellaneous functions
    
 
 
    7.23.6.1 The memset function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <string.h>
         void *memset(void *s, int c, size_t n);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The memset function copies the value of c (converted to an unsigned char) into
  each of the first n characters of the object pointed to by s.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The memset function returns the value of s.
 
 
 
    7.23.6.2 The strerror function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <string.h>
          char *strerror(int errnum);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The strerror function maps the number in errnum to a message string. Typically,
  the values for errnum come from errno, but strerror shall map any value of type
@@ -18749,23 +18749,23 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    
  The strerror function is not required to avoid data races. The implementation shall
  behave as if no library function calls the strerror function.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The strerror function returns a pointer to the string, the contents of which are locale-
  specific. The array pointed to shall not be modified by the program, but may be
  overwritten by a subsequent call to the strerror function.
 
 
    7.23.6.3 The strlen function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <string.h>
          size_t strlen(const char *s);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The strlen function computes the length of the string pointed to by s.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The strlen function returns the number of characters that precede the terminating null
  character.
@@ -18893,7 +18893,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
              cproj(ldc)                          cprojl(ldc)
 
    
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    304) Like other function-like macros in Standard libraries, each type-generic macro can be suppressed to
  make available the corresponding ordinary function.
 
@@ -19012,98 +19012,98 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    7.25.2 Initialization functions
    
 
 
    7.25.2.1 The call_once function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <threads.h>
          void call_once(once_flag *flag, void (*func)(void));
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The call_once function uses the once_flag pointed to by flag to ensure that
  func is called exactly once, the first time the call_once function is called with that
  value of flag. Completion of an effective call to the call_once function synchronizes
  with all subsequent calls to the call_once function with the same value of flag.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The call_once function returns no value.
 
 
    7.25.3 Condition variable functions
    
 
 
    7.25.3.1 The cnd_broadcast function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <threads.h>
          int cnd_broadcast(cnd_t *cond);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The cnd_broadcast function unblocks all of the threads that are blocked on the
  condition variable pointed to by cond at the time of the call. If no threads are blocked
  on the condition variable pointed to by cond at the time of the call, the function does
  nothing.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The cnd_broadcast function returns thrd_success on success, or thrd_error
  if the request could not be honored.
 
 
    7.25.3.2 The cnd_destroy function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <threads.h>
          void cnd_destroy(cnd_t *cond);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The cnd_destroy function releases all resources used by the condition variable
  pointed to by cond. The cnd_destroy function requires that no threads be blocked
  waiting for the condition variable pointed to by cond.
 
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The cnd_destroy function returns no value.
 
 
    7.25.3.3 The cnd_init function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <threads.h>
         int cnd_init(cnd_t *cond);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The cnd_init function creates a condition variable. If it succeeds it sets the variable
  pointed to by cond to a value that uniquely identifies the newly created condition
  variable. A thread that calls cnd_wait on a newly created condition variable will
  block.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The cnd_init function returns thrd_success on success, or thrd_nomem if no
  memory could be allocated for the newly created condition, or thrd_error if the
  request could not be honored.
 
 
    7.25.3.4 The cnd_signal function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <threads.h>
         int cnd_signal(cnd_t *cond);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The cnd_signal function unblocks one of the threads that are blocked on the
  condition variable pointed to by cond at the time of the call. If no threads are blocked
  on the condition variable at the time of the call, the function does nothing and return
  success.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The cnd_signal function returns thrd_success on success or thrd_error if
  the request could not be honored.
 
 
    7.25.3.5 The cnd_timedwait function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
 
    @@ -19111,7 +19111,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
         int cnd_timedwait(cnd_t *cond, mtx_t *mtx,
              const xtime *xt);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The cnd_timedwait function atomically unlocks the mutex pointed to by mtx and
  endeavors to block until the condition variable pointed to by cond is signaled by a call to
@@ -19119,20 +19119,20 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  object pointed to by xt. When the calling thread becomes unblocked it locks the variable
  pointed to by mtx before it returns. The cnd_timedwait function requires that the
  mutex pointed to by mtx be locked by the calling thread.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The cnd_timedwait function returns thrd_success upon success, or
  thrd_timeout if the time specified in the call was reached without acquiring the
  requested resource, or thrd_error if the request could not be honored.
 
 
    7.25.3.6 The cnd_wait function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <threads.h>
          int cnd_wait(cnd_t *cond, mtx_t *mtx);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The cnd_wait function atomically unlocks the mutex pointed to by mtx and endeavors
  to block until the condition variable pointed to by cond is signaled by a call to
@@ -19140,7 +19140,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  locks the mutex pointed to by mtx before it returns. If the mutex pointed to by mtx is
  not locked by the calling thread, the cnd_wait function will act as if the abort
  function is called.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The cnd_wait function returns thrd_success on success or thrd_error if the
  request could not be honored.
@@ -19148,29 +19148,29 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    7.25.4 Mutex functions
    
 
 
    7.25.4.1 The mtx_destroy function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <threads.h>
          void mtx_destroy(mtx_t *mtx);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The mtx_destroy function releases any resources used by the mutex pointed to by
  mtx. No threads can be blocked waiting for the mutex pointed to by mtx.
 
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The mtx_destroy function returns no value.
 
 
    7.25.4.2 The mtx_init function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <threads.h>
         int mtx_init(mtx_t *mtx, int type);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The mtx_init function creates a mutex object with properties indicated by type,
  which must have one of the six values:
@@ -19183,24 +19183,24 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    
  If the mtx_init function succeeds, it sets the mutex pointed to by mtx to a value that
  uniquely identifies the newly created mutex.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The mtx_init function returns thrd_success on success, or thrd_error if the
  request could not be honored.
 
 
    7.25.4.3 The mtx_lock function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <threads.h>
         int mtx_lock(mtx_t *mtx);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The mtx_lock function blocks until it locks the mutex pointed to by mtx. If the mutex
  is non-recursive, it shall not be locked by the calling thread. Prior calls to mtx_unlock
  on the same mutex shall synchronize with this operation.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The mtx_lock function returns thrd_success on success, or thrd_busy if the
  resource requested is already in use, or thrd_error if the request could not be
@@ -19208,19 +19208,19 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
 
 
    7.25.4.4 The mtx_timedlock function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <threads.h>
          int mtx_timedlock(mtx_t *mtx, const xtime *xt);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The mtx_timedlock function endeavors to block until it locks the mutex pointed to by
  mtx or until the time specified by the xtime object xt has passed. The specified mutex
  shall support timeout. If the operation succeeds, prior calls to mtx_unlock on the same
  mutex shall synchronize with this operation.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The mtx_timedlock function returns thrd_success on success, or thrd_busy
  if the resource requested is already in use, or thrd_timeout if the time specified was
@@ -19228,37 +19228,37 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  not be honored.
 
 
    7.25.4.5 The mtx_trylock function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <threads.h>
          int mtx_trylock(mtx_t *mtx);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The mtx_trylock function endeavors to lock the mutex pointed to by mtx. The
  specified mutex shall support either test and return or timeout. If the mutex is already
  locked, the function returns without blocking. If the operation succeeds, prior calls to
  mtx_unlock on the same mutex shall synchronize with this operation.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The mtx_trylock function returns thrd_success on success, or thrd_busy if
  the resource requested is already in use, or thrd_error if the request could not be
  honored.
 
 
    7.25.4.6 The mtx_unlock function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <threads.h>
          int mtx_unlock(mtx_t *mtx);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The mtx_unlock function unlocks the mutex pointed to by mtx. The mutex pointed to
  by mtx shall be locked by the calling thread.
 
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The mtx_unlock function returns thrd_success on success or thrd_error if
  the request could not be honored.
@@ -19266,14 +19266,14 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    7.25.5 Thread functions
    
 
 
    7.25.5.1 The thrd_create function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <threads.h>
         int thrd_create(thrd_t *thr, thrd_start_t func,
              void *arg);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The thrd_create function creates a new thread executing func(arg). If the
  thrd_create function succeeds, it sets the object pointed to by thr to the identifier of
@@ -19281,83 +19281,83 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  the original thread has exited and either been detached or joined to another thread.) The
  completion of the thrd_create function synchronizes with the beginning of the
  execution of the new thread.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The thrd_create function returns thrd_success on success, or thrd_nomem if
  no memory could be allocated for the thread requested, or thrd_error if the request
  could not be honored.
 
 
    7.25.5.2 The thrd_current function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <threads.h>
         thrd_t thrd_current(void);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The thrd_current function identifies the thread that called it.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The thrd_current function returns the identifier of the thread that called it.
 
 
    7.25.5.3 The thrd_detach function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
 
             #include <threads.h>
         int thrd_detach(thrd_t thr);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The thrd_detach function tells the operating system to dispose of any resources
  allocated to the thread identified by thr when that thread terminates. The thread
  identified by thr shall not have been previously detached or joined with another thread.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The thrd_detach function returns thrd_success on success or thrd_error if
  the request could not be honored.
 
 
    7.25.5.4 The thrd_equal function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <threads.h>
          int thrd_equal(thrd_t thr0, thrd_t thr1);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The thrd_equal function will determine whether the thread identified by thr0 refers
  to the thread identified by thr1.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The thrd_equal function returns zero if the thread thr0 and the thread thr1 refer to
  different threads. Otherwise the thrd_equal function returns a nonzero value.
 
 
    7.25.5.5 The thrd_exit function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <threads.h>
          void thrd_exit(int res);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The thrd_exit function terminates execution of the calling thread and sets its result
  code to res.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The thrd_exit function returns no value.
 
 
    7.25.5.6 The thrd_join function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <threads.h>
          int thrd_join(thrd_t thr, int *res);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The thrd_join function joins the thread identified by thr with the current thread by
  blocking until the other thread has terminated. If the parameter res is not a null pointer,
@@ -19365,56 +19365,56 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  it stores the thread's result code in the integer pointed to by res. The termination of the
  other thread synchronizes with the completion of the thrd_join function. The thread
  identified by thr shall not have been previously detached or joined with another thread.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The thrd_join function returns thrd_success on success or thrd_error if the
  request could not be honored.
 
 
    7.25.5.7 The thrd_sleep function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <threads.h>
         void thrd_sleep(const xtime *xt);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The thrd_sleep function suspends execution of the calling thread until after the time
  specified by the xtime object pointed to by xt.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The thrd_sleep function returns no value.
 
 
    7.25.5.8 The thrd_yield function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <threads.h>
         void thrd_yield(void);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The thrd_yield function endeavors to permit other threads to run, even if the current
  thread would ordinarily continue to run.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The thrd_yield function returns no value.
 
 
    7.25.6 Thread-specific storage functions
    
 
 
    7.25.6.1 The tss_create function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <threads.h>
         int tss_create(tss_t *key, tss_dtor_t dtor);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The tss_create function creates a thread-specific storage pointer with destructor
  dtor, which may be null.
 
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  If the tss_create function is successful, it sets the thread-specific storage pointed to
  by key to a value that uniquely identifies the newly created pointer and returns
@@ -19422,49 +19422,49 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  pointed to by key is set to an undefined value.
 
 
    7.25.6.2 The tss_delete function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <threads.h>
          void tss_delete(tss_t key);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The tss_delete function releases any resources used by the thread-specific storage
  identified by key.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The tss_delete function returns no value.
 
 
    7.25.6.3 The tss_get function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <threads.h>
          void *tss_get(tss_t key);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The tss_get function returns the value for the current thread held in the thread-specific
  storage identified by key.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The tss_get function returns the value for the current thread if successful, or zero if
  unsuccessful.
 
 
    7.25.6.4 The tss_set function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <threads.h>
          int tss_set(tss_t key, void *val);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The tss_set function sets the value for the current thread held in the thread-specific
  storage identified by key to val.
 
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The tss_set function returns thrd_success on success or thrd_error if the
  request could not be honored.
@@ -19472,17 +19472,17 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    7.25.7 Time functions
    
 
 
    7.25.7.1 The xtime_get function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <threads.h>
          int xtime_get(xtime *xt, int base);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The xtime_get function sets the xtime object pointed to by xt to hold the current
  time based on the time base base.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  If the xtime_get function is successful it returns the nonzero value base, which must
  be TIME_UTC; otherwise, it returns zero.306)
@@ -19492,7 +19492,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    306) Although an xtime object describes times with nanosecond resolution, the actual resolution in an
  xtime object is system dependent.
 
@@ -19551,23 +19551,23 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  The value of tm_isdst is positive if Daylight Saving Time is in effect, zero if Daylight
  Saving Time is not in effect, and negative if the information is not available.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    307) The range [0, 60] for tm_sec allows for a positive leap second.
 
 
 
    7.26.2 Time manipulation functions
    
 
 
    7.26.2.1 The clock function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <time.h>
          clock_t clock(void);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The clock function determines the processor time used.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The clock function returns the implementation's best approximation to the processor
  time used by the program since the beginning of an implementation-defined era related
@@ -19576,23 +19576,23 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  the processor time used is not available or its value cannot be represented, the function
  returns the value (clock_t)(-1).308)
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    308) In order to measure the time spent in a program, the clock function should be called at the start of
  the program and its return value subtracted from the value returned by subsequent calls.
 
 
 
    7.26.2.2 The difftime function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <time.h>
          double difftime(time_t time1, time_t time0);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The difftime function computes the difference between two calendar times: time1 -
  time0.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The difftime function returns the difference expressed in seconds as a double.
  
@@ -19602,13 +19602,13 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
 
 
    7.26.2.3 The mktime function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <time.h>
          time_t mktime(struct tm *timeptr);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The mktime function converts the broken-down time, expressed as local time, in the
  structure pointed to by timeptr into a calendar time value with the same encoding as
@@ -19619,7 +19619,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  set appropriately, and the other components are set to represent the specified calendar
  time, but with their values forced to the ranges indicated above; the final value of
  tm_mday is not set until tm_mon and tm_year are determined.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The mktime function returns the specified calendar time encoded as a value of type
  time_t. If the calendar time cannot be represented, the function returns the value
@@ -19655,24 +19655,24 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    
  
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    309) Thus, a positive or zero value for tm_isdst causes the mktime function to presume initially that
  Daylight Saving Time, respectively, is or is not in effect for the specified time. A negative value
  causes it to attempt to determine whether Daylight Saving Time is in effect for the specified time.
 
 
 
    7.26.2.4 The time function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <time.h>
         time_t time(time_t *timer);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The time function determines the current calendar time. The encoding of the value is
  unspecified.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The time function returns the implementation's best approximation to the current
  calendar time. The value (time_t)(-1) is returned if the calendar time is not
@@ -19689,13 +19689,13 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  implementation shall behave as if no other library functions call these functions.
 
 
    7.26.3.1 The asctime function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <time.h>
         char *asctime(const struct tm *timeptr);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The asctime function converts the broken-down time in the structure pointed to by
  timeptr into a string in the form
@@ -19729,22 +19729,22 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  ranges,310) the behavior of the asctime function is undefined. Likewise, if the
  calculated year exceeds four digits or is less than the year 1000, the behavior is
  undefined.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The asctime function returns a pointer to the string.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    310) See 7.26.1.
 
 
 
    7.26.3.2 The ctime function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <time.h>
          char *ctime(const time_t *timer);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The ctime function converts the calendar time pointed to by timer to local time in the
  form of a string. It is equivalent to
@@ -19755,46 +19755,46 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
  
 
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The ctime function returns the pointer returned by the asctime function with that
  broken-down time as argument.
 
     Forward references: the localtime function (7.26.3.4).
 
 
    7.26.3.3 The gmtime function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <time.h>
         struct tm *gmtime(const time_t *timer);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The gmtime function converts the calendar time pointed to by timer into a broken-
  down time, expressed as UTC.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The gmtime function returns a pointer to the broken-down time, or a null pointer if the
  specified time cannot be converted to UTC.
 
 
    7.26.3.4 The localtime function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <time.h>
         struct tm *localtime(const time_t *timer);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The localtime function converts the calendar time pointed to by timer into a
  broken-down time, expressed as local time.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The localtime function returns a pointer to the broken-down time, or a null pointer if
  the specified time cannot be converted to local time.
 
 
    7.26.3.5 The strftime function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
 
    @@ -19804,7 +19804,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
              const char * restrict format,
              const struct tm * restrict timeptr);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The strftime function places characters into the array pointed to by s as controlled by
  the string pointed to by format. The format shall be a multibyte character sequence,
@@ -19992,7 +19992,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  %x    equivalent to ''%m/%d/%y''.
  %X    equivalent to %T.
  %Z    implementation-defined.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  If the total number of resulting characters including the terminating null character is not
  more than maxsize, the strftime function returns the number of characters placed
@@ -20029,7 +20029,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  calls these functions with a null pointer for ps.
 
 
    7.27.1.1 The mbrtoc16 function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <uchar.h>
@@ -20037,7 +20037,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
               const char * restrict s, size_t n,
               mbstate_t * restrict ps);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  If s is a null pointer, the mbrtoc16 function is equivalent to the call:
 
    @@ -20055,7 +20055,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  store successive wide characters without consuming any additional input until all the
  characters have been stored. If the corresponding wide character is the null wide
  character, the resulting state described is the initial conversion state.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The mbrtoc16 function returns the first of the following that applies (given the current
  conversion state):
@@ -20084,20 +20084,20 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
               and the conversion state is unspecified.
 
    
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    311) When n has at least the value of the MB_CUR_MAX macro, this case can only occur if s points at a
  sequence of redundant shift sequences (for implementations with state-dependent encodings).
 
 
 
    7.27.1.2 The c16rtomb function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <uchar.h>
          size_t c16rtomb(char * restrict s, char16_t c16,
               mbstate_t * restrict ps);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  If s is a null pointer, the c16rtomb function is equivalent to the call
 
    @@ -20114,7 +20114,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  array whose first element is pointed to by s. At most MB_CUR_MAX bytes are stored. If
  c16 is a null wide character, a null byte is stored, preceded by any shift sequence needed
  to restore the initial shift state; the resulting state described is the initial conversion state.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The c16rtomb function returns the number of bytes stored in the array object (including
  any shift sequences). When c16 is not a valid wide character, an encoding error occurs:
@@ -20122,7 +20122,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  (size_t)(-1); the conversion state is unspecified.
 
 
    7.27.1.3 The mbrtoc32 function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <uchar.h>
@@ -20130,7 +20130,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
               const char * restrict s, size_t n,
               mbstate_t * restrict ps);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  If s is a null pointer, the mbrtoc32 function is equivalent to the call:
 
    @@ -20147,7 +20147,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  store successive wide characters without consuming any additional input until all the
  characters have been stored. If the corresponding wide character is the null wide
  character, the resulting state described is the initial conversion state.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The mbrtoc32 function returns the first of the following that applies (given the current
  conversion state):
@@ -20177,20 +20177,20 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
               and the conversion state is unspecified.
 
    
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    312) When n has at least the value of the MB_CUR_MAX macro, this case can only occur if s points at a
  sequence of redundant shift sequences (for implementations with state-dependent encodings).
 
 
 
    7.27.1.4 The c32rtomb function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <uchar.h>
          size_t c32rtomb(char * restrict s, char32_t c32,
               mbstate_t * restrict ps);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  If s is a null pointer, the c32rtomb function is equivalent to the call
 
    @@ -20204,7 +20204,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  array whose first element is pointed to by s. At most MB_CUR_MAX bytes are stored. If
  c32 is a null wide character, a null byte is stored, preceded by any shift sequence needed
  to restore the initial shift state; the resulting state described is the initial conversion state.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The c32rtomb function returns the number of bytes stored in the array object (including
  any shift sequences). When c32 is not a valid wide character, an encoding error occurs:
@@ -20271,7 +20271,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  subclause causes copying to take place between objects that overlap, the behavior is
  undefined.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    313) See ''future library directions'' (7.30.12).
 
 
    314) wchar_t and wint_t can be the same integer type.
@@ -20284,12 +20284,12 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  The formatted wide character input/output functions shall behave as if there is a sequence
  point after the actions associated with each specifier.316)
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    316) The fwprintf functions perform writes to memory for the %n specifier.
 
 
 
    7.28.2.1 The fwprintf function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdio.h>
@@ -20297,7 +20297,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
          int fwprintf(FILE * restrict stream,
               const wchar_t * restrict format, ...);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The fwprintf function writes output to the stream pointed to by stream, under
  control of the wide string pointed to by format that specifies how subsequent arguments
@@ -20585,7 +20585,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    
  For a and A conversions, if FLT_RADIX is a power of 2, the value is correctly rounded
  to a hexadecimal floating number with the given precision.
-
    Recommended practice
    
+
    Recommended practice
 
    
  For a and A conversions, if FLT_RADIX is not a power of 2 and the result is not exactly
  representable in the given precision, the result should be one of the two adjacent numbers
@@ -20600,13 +20600,13 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  adjacent decimal strings L < U, both having DECIMAL_DIG significant digits; the value
  of the resultant decimal string D should satisfy L <= D <= U, with the extra stipulation that
  the error should have a correct sign for the current rounding direction.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The fwprintf function returns the number of wide characters transmitted, or a negative
  value if an output or encoding error occurred.
  
 
-
    Environmental limits
    
+
    Environmental limits
 
    
  The number of wide characters that can be produced by any single conversion shall be at
  least 4095.
@@ -20628,7 +20628,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
     Forward references:          the btowc function (7.28.6.1.1), the mbrtowc function
  (7.28.6.3.2).
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    317) Note that 0 is taken as a flag, not as the beginning of a field width.
 
 
    318) The results of all floating conversions of a negative zero, and of negative values that round to zero,
@@ -20653,7 +20653,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
 
 
    7.28.2.2 The fwscanf function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdio.h>
@@ -20661,7 +20661,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
          int fwscanf(FILE * restrict stream,
               const wchar_t * restrict format, ...);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The fwscanf function reads input from the stream pointed to by stream, under
  control of the wide string pointed to by format that specifies the admissible input
@@ -20895,7 +20895,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  Trailing white space (including new-line wide characters) is left unread unless matched
  by a directive. The success of literal matches and suppressed assignments is not directly
  determinable other than via the %n directive.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The fwscanf function returns the value of the macro EOF if an input failure occurs
  before the first conversion (if any) has completed. Otherwise, the function returns the
@@ -20939,7 +20939,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  wcstol, wcstoll, wcstoul, and wcstoull functions (7.28.4.1.2), the wcrtomb
  function (7.28.6.3.3).
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    324) These white-space wide characters are not counted against a specified field width.
 
 
    325) fwscanf pushes back at most one input wide character onto the input stream. Therefore, some
@@ -20949,7 +20949,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
 
 
    7.28.2.3 The swprintf function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <wchar.h>
@@ -20957,33 +20957,33 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
               size_t n,
               const wchar_t * restrict format, ...);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The swprintf function is equivalent to fwprintf, except that the argument s
  specifies an array of wide characters into which the generated output is to be written,
  rather than written to a stream. No more than n wide characters are written, including a
  terminating null wide character, which is always added (unless n is zero).
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The swprintf function returns the number of wide characters written in the array, not
  counting the terminating null wide character, or a negative value if an encoding error
  occurred or if n or more wide characters were requested to be written.
 
 
    7.28.2.4 The swscanf function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <wchar.h>
          int swscanf(const wchar_t * restrict s,
               const wchar_t * restrict format, ...);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The swscanf function is equivalent to fwscanf, except that the argument s specifies a
  wide string from which the input is to be obtained, rather than from a stream. Reaching
  the end of the wide string is equivalent to encountering end-of-file for the fwscanf
  function.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The swscanf function returns the value of the macro EOF if an input failure occurs
  before the first conversion (if any) has completed. Otherwise, the swscanf function
@@ -20992,7 +20992,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
 
 
    7.28.2.5 The vfwprintf function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdarg.h>
@@ -21002,13 +21002,13 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
              const wchar_t * restrict format,
              va_list arg);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The vfwprintf function is equivalent to fwprintf, with the variable argument list
  replaced by arg, which shall have been initialized by the va_start macro (and
  possibly subsequent va_arg calls). The vfwprintf function does not invoke the
  va_end macro.327)
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The vfwprintf function returns the number of wide characters transmitted, or a
  negative value if an output or encoding error occurred.
@@ -21036,13 +21036,13 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    327) As the functions vfwprintf, vswprintf, vfwscanf, vwprintf, vwscanf, and vswscanf
  invoke the va_arg macro, the value of arg after the return is indeterminate.
 
 
 
    7.28.2.6 The vfwscanf function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdarg.h>
@@ -21052,13 +21052,13 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
               const wchar_t * restrict format,
               va_list arg);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The vfwscanf function is equivalent to fwscanf, with the variable argument list
  replaced by arg, which shall have been initialized by the va_start macro (and
  possibly subsequent va_arg calls). The vfwscanf function does not invoke the
  va_end macro.327)
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The vfwscanf function returns the value of the macro EOF if an input failure occurs
  before the first conversion (if any) has completed. Otherwise, the vfwscanf function
@@ -21066,7 +21066,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  zero, in the event of an early matching failure.
 
 
    7.28.2.7 The vswprintf function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdarg.h>
@@ -21076,13 +21076,13 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
               const wchar_t * restrict format,
               va_list arg);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The vswprintf function is equivalent to swprintf, with the variable argument list
  replaced by arg, which shall have been initialized by the va_start macro (and
  possibly subsequent va_arg calls). The vswprintf function does not invoke the
  va_end macro.327)
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The vswprintf function returns the number of wide characters written in the array, not
  counting the terminating null wide character, or a negative value if an encoding error
@@ -21090,7 +21090,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
 
 
    7.28.2.8 The vswscanf function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdarg.h>
@@ -21099,13 +21099,13 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
              const wchar_t * restrict format,
              va_list arg);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The vswscanf function is equivalent to swscanf, with the variable argument list
  replaced by arg, which shall have been initialized by the va_start macro (and
  possibly subsequent va_arg calls). The vswscanf function does not invoke the
  va_end macro.327)
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The vswscanf function returns the value of the macro EOF if an input failure occurs
  before the first conversion (if any) has completed. Otherwise, the vswscanf function
@@ -21113,7 +21113,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  zero, in the event of an early matching failure.
 
 
    7.28.2.9 The vwprintf function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <stdarg.h>
@@ -21121,20 +21121,20 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
         int vwprintf(const wchar_t * restrict format,
              va_list arg);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The vwprintf function is equivalent to wprintf, with the variable argument list
  replaced by arg, which shall have been initialized by the va_start macro (and
  possibly subsequent va_arg calls). The vwprintf function does not invoke the
  va_end macro.327)
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The vwprintf function returns the number of wide characters transmitted, or a negative
  value if an output or encoding error occurred.
 
 
 
    7.28.2.10 The vwscanf function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdarg.h>
@@ -21142,13 +21142,13 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
          int vwscanf(const wchar_t * restrict format,
               va_list arg);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The vwscanf function is equivalent to wscanf, with the variable argument list
  replaced by arg, which shall have been initialized by the va_start macro (and
  possibly subsequent va_arg calls). The vwscanf function does not invoke the
  va_end macro.327)
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The vwscanf function returns the value of the macro EOF if an input failure occurs
  before the first conversion (if any) has completed. Otherwise, the vwscanf function
@@ -21156,34 +21156,34 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  zero, in the event of an early matching failure.
 
 
    7.28.2.11 The wprintf function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <wchar.h>
          int wprintf(const wchar_t * restrict format, ...);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The wprintf function is equivalent to fwprintf with the argument stdout
  interposed before the arguments to wprintf.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The wprintf function returns the number of wide characters transmitted, or a negative
  value if an output or encoding error occurred.
 
 
    7.28.2.12 The wscanf function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <wchar.h>
          int wscanf(const wchar_t * restrict format, ...);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The wscanf function is equivalent to fwscanf with the argument stdin interposed
  before the arguments to wscanf.
 
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The wscanf function returns the value of the macro EOF if an input failure occurs
  before the first conversion (if any) has completed. Otherwise, the wscanf function
@@ -21193,20 +21193,20 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    7.28.3 Wide character input/output functions
    
 
 
    7.28.3.1 The fgetwc function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdio.h>
          #include <wchar.h>
          wint_t fgetwc(FILE *stream);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  If the end-of-file indicator for the input stream pointed to by stream is not set and a
  next wide character is present, the fgetwc function obtains that wide character as a
  wchar_t converted to a wint_t and advances the associated file position indicator for
  the stream (if defined).
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  If the end-of-file indicator for the stream is set, or if the stream is at end-of-file, the end-
  of-file indicator for the stream is set and the fgetwc function returns WEOF. Otherwise,
@@ -21215,13 +21215,13 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  function returns WEOF. If an encoding error occurs (including too few bytes), the value of
  the macro EILSEQ is stored in errno and the fgetwc function returns WEOF.328)
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    328) An end-of-file and a read error can be distinguished by use of the feof and ferror functions.
  Also, errno will be set to EILSEQ by input/output functions only if an encoding error occurs.
 
 
 
    7.28.3.2 The fgetws function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdio.h>
@@ -21229,7 +21229,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
          wchar_t *fgetws(wchar_t * restrict s,
               int n, FILE * restrict stream);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The fgetws function reads at most one less than the number of wide characters
  specified by n from the stream pointed to by stream into the array pointed to by s. No
@@ -21239,7 +21239,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  additional wide characters are read after a new-line wide character (which is retained) or
  after end-of-file. A null wide character is written immediately after the last wide
  character read into the array.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The fgetws function returns s if successful. If end-of-file is encountered and no
  characters have been read into the array, the contents of the array remain unchanged and a
@@ -21247,28 +21247,28 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  contents are indeterminate and a null pointer is returned.
 
 
    7.28.3.3 The fputwc function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdio.h>
          #include <wchar.h>
          wint_t fputwc(wchar_t c, FILE *stream);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The fputwc function writes the wide character specified by c to the output stream
  pointed to by stream, at the position indicated by the associated file position indicator
  for the stream (if defined), and advances the indicator appropriately. If the file cannot
  support positioning requests, or if the stream was opened with append mode, the
  character is appended to the output stream.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The fputwc function returns the wide character written. If a write error occurs, the
  error indicator for the stream is set and fputwc returns WEOF. If an encoding error
  occurs, the value of the macro EILSEQ is stored in errno and fputwc returns WEOF.
 
 
    7.28.3.4 The fputws function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdio.h>
@@ -21276,60 +21276,60 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
          int fputws(const wchar_t * restrict s,
               FILE * restrict stream);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The fputws function writes the wide string pointed to by s to the stream pointed to by
  stream. The terminating null wide character is not written.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The fputws function returns EOF if a write or encoding error occurs; otherwise, it
  returns a nonnegative value.
 
 
 
    7.28.3.5 The fwide function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdio.h>
          #include <wchar.h>
          int fwide(FILE *stream, int mode);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The fwide function determines the orientation of the stream pointed to by stream. If
  mode is greater than zero, the function first attempts to make the stream wide oriented. If
  mode is less than zero, the function first attempts to make the stream byte oriented.329)
  Otherwise, mode is zero and the function does not alter the orientation of the stream.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The fwide function returns a value greater than zero if, after the call, the stream has
  wide orientation, a value less than zero if the stream has byte orientation, or zero if the
  stream has no orientation.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    329) If the orientation of the stream has already been determined, fwide does not change it.
 
 
 
    7.28.3.6 The getwc function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdio.h>
          #include <wchar.h>
          wint_t getwc(FILE *stream);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The getwc function is equivalent to fgetwc, except that if it is implemented as a
  macro, it may evaluate stream more than once, so the argument should never be an
  expression with side effects.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The getwc function returns the next wide character from the input stream pointed to by
  stream, or WEOF.
 
 
    7.28.3.7 The getwchar function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <wchar.h>
@@ -21340,54 +21340,54 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
  
 
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The getwchar function is equivalent to getwc with the argument stdin.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The getwchar function returns the next wide character from the input stream pointed to
  by stdin, or WEOF.
 
 
    7.28.3.8 The putwc function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdio.h>
          #include <wchar.h>
          wint_t putwc(wchar_t c, FILE *stream);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The putwc function is equivalent to fputwc, except that if it is implemented as a
  macro, it may evaluate stream more than once, so that argument should never be an
  expression with side effects.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The putwc function returns the wide character written, or WEOF.
 
 
    7.28.3.9 The putwchar function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <wchar.h>
          wint_t putwchar(wchar_t c);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The putwchar function is equivalent to putwc with the second argument stdout.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The putwchar function returns the character written, or WEOF.
 
 
    7.28.3.10 The ungetwc function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdio.h>
          #include <wchar.h>
          wint_t ungetwc(wint_t c, FILE *stream);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The ungetwc function pushes the wide character specified by c back onto the input
  stream pointed to by stream. Pushed-back wide characters will be returned by
@@ -21412,7 +21412,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  back. For a text or binary stream, the value of its file position indicator after a successful
  call to the ungetwc function is unspecified until all pushed-back wide characters are
  read or discarded.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The ungetwc function returns the wide character pushed back, or WEOF if the operation
  fails.
@@ -21436,7 +21436,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    7.28.4.1 Wide string numeric conversion functions
    
 
 
    7.28.4.1.1 The wcstod, wcstof, and wcstold functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <wchar.h>
@@ -21447,7 +21447,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
          long double wcstold(const wchar_t * restrict nptr,
               wchar_t ** restrict endptr);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The wcstod, wcstof, and wcstold functions convert the initial portion of the wide
  string pointed to by nptr to double, float, and long double representation,
@@ -21510,7 +21510,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  If the subject sequence is empty or does not have the expected form, no conversion is
  performed; the value of nptr is stored in the object pointed to by endptr, provided
  that endptr is not a null pointer.
-
    Recommended practice
    
+
    Recommended practice
 
    
  If the subject sequence has the hexadecimal form, FLT_RADIX is not a power of 2, and
  the result is not exactly representable, the result should be one of the two numbers in the
@@ -21531,7 +21531,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  correctly rounding L and U according to the current rounding direction, with the extra
  stipulation that the error with respect to D should have a correct sign for the current
  rounding direction.332)
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The functions return the converted value, if any. If no conversion could be performed,
  zero is returned. If the correct value overflows and default rounding is in effect (7.12.1),
@@ -21546,7 +21546,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    330) It is unspecified whether a minus-signed sequence is converted to a negative number directly or by
  negating the value resulting from converting the corresponding unsigned sequence (see F.5); the two
  methods may yield different results if rounding is toward positive or negative infinity. In either case,
@@ -21560,7 +21560,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
 
 
    7.28.4.1.2 The wcstol, wcstoll, wcstoul, and wcstoull functions
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <wchar.h>
@@ -21581,7 +21581,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
              wchar_t ** restrict endptr,
              int base);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The wcstol, wcstoll, wcstoul, and wcstoull functions convert the initial
  portion of the wide string pointed to by nptr to long int, long long int,
@@ -21626,7 +21626,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  If the subject sequence is empty or does not have the expected form, no conversion is
  performed; the value of nptr is stored in the object pointed to by endptr, provided
  that endptr is not a null pointer.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The wcstol, wcstoll, wcstoul, and wcstoull functions return the converted
  value, if any. If no conversion could be performed, zero is returned. If the correct value
@@ -21637,24 +21637,24 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    7.28.4.2 Wide string copying functions
    
 
 
    7.28.4.2.1 The wcscpy function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <wchar.h>
          wchar_t *wcscpy(wchar_t * restrict s1,
               const wchar_t * restrict s2);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The wcscpy function copies the wide string pointed to by s2 (including the terminating
  null wide character) into the array pointed to by s1.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The wcscpy function returns the value of s1.
 
 
 
    7.28.4.2.2 The wcsncpy function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
               #include <wchar.h>
@@ -21662,7 +21662,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
                const wchar_t * restrict s2,
                size_t n);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The wcsncpy function copies not more than n wide characters (those that follow a null
  wide character are not copied) from the array pointed to by s2 to the array pointed to by
@@ -21671,17 +21671,17 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  If the array pointed to by s2 is a wide string that is shorter than n wide characters, null
  wide characters are appended to the copy in the array pointed to by s1, until n wide
  characters in all have been written.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The wcsncpy function returns the value of s1.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    333) Thus, if there is no null wide character in the first n wide characters of the array pointed to by s2, the
  result will not be null-terminated.
 
 
 
    7.28.4.2.3 The wmemcpy function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
               #include <wchar.h>
@@ -21689,11 +21689,11 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
                const wchar_t * restrict s2,
                size_t n);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The wmemcpy function copies n wide characters from the object pointed to by s2 to the
  object pointed to by s1.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The wmemcpy function returns the value of s1.
  
@@ -21703,45 +21703,45 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
 
 
    7.28.4.2.4 The wmemmove function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <wchar.h>
          wchar_t *wmemmove(wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2,
               size_t n);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The wmemmove function copies n wide characters from the object pointed to by s2 to
  the object pointed to by s1. Copying takes place as if the n wide characters from the
  object pointed to by s2 are first copied into a temporary array of n wide characters that
  does not overlap the objects pointed to by s1 or s2, and then the n wide characters from
  the temporary array are copied into the object pointed to by s1.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The wmemmove function returns the value of s1.
 
 
    7.28.4.3 Wide string concatenation functions
    
 
 
    7.28.4.3.1 The wcscat function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <wchar.h>
          wchar_t *wcscat(wchar_t * restrict s1,
               const wchar_t * restrict s2);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The wcscat function appends a copy of the wide string pointed to by s2 (including the
  terminating null wide character) to the end of the wide string pointed to by s1. The initial
  wide character of s2 overwrites the null wide character at the end of s1.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The wcscat function returns the value of s1.
 
 
    7.28.4.3.2 The wcsncat function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <wchar.h>
@@ -21749,7 +21749,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
               const wchar_t * restrict s2,
               size_t n);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The wcsncat function appends not more than n wide characters (a null wide character
  and those that follow it are not appended) from the array pointed to by s2 to the end of
@@ -21757,11 +21757,11 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  the wide string pointed to by s1. The initial wide character of s2 overwrites the null
  wide character at the end of s1. A terminating null wide character is always appended to
  the result.334)
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The wcsncat function returns the value of s1.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    334) Thus, the maximum number of wide characters that can end up in the array pointed to by s1 is
  wcslen(s1)+n+1.
 
@@ -21773,35 +21773,35 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  by wchar_t.
 
 
    7.28.4.4.1 The wcscmp function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <wchar.h>
          int wcscmp(const wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The wcscmp function compares the wide string pointed to by s1 to the wide string
  pointed to by s2.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The wcscmp function returns an integer greater than, equal to, or less than zero,
  accordingly as the wide string pointed to by s1 is greater than, equal to, or less than the
  wide string pointed to by s2.
 
 
    7.28.4.4.2 The wcscoll function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <wchar.h>
          int wcscoll(const wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The wcscoll function compares the wide string pointed to by s1 to the wide string
  pointed to by s2, both interpreted as appropriate to the LC_COLLATE category of the
  current locale.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The wcscoll function returns an integer greater than, equal to, or less than zero,
  accordingly as the wide string pointed to by s1 is greater than, equal to, or less than the
@@ -21812,26 +21812,26 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  locale.
 
 
    7.28.4.4.3 The wcsncmp function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <wchar.h>
          int wcsncmp(const wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2,
               size_t n);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The wcsncmp function compares not more than n wide characters (those that follow a
  null wide character are not compared) from the array pointed to by s1 to the array
  pointed to by s2.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The wcsncmp function returns an integer greater than, equal to, or less than zero,
  accordingly as the possibly null-terminated array pointed to by s1 is greater than, equal
  to, or less than the possibly null-terminated array pointed to by s2.
 
 
    7.28.4.4.4 The wcsxfrm function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <wchar.h>
@@ -21839,7 +21839,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
               const wchar_t * restrict s2,
               size_t n);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The wcsxfrm function transforms the wide string pointed to by s2 and places the
  resulting wide string into the array pointed to by s1. The transformation is such that if
@@ -21848,7 +21848,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  applied to the same two original wide strings. No more than n wide characters are placed
  into the resulting array pointed to by s1, including the terminating null wide character. If
  n is zero, s1 is permitted to be a null pointer.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The wcsxfrm function returns the length of the transformed wide string (not including
  the terminating null wide character). If the value returned is n or greater, the contents of
@@ -21863,18 +21863,18 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
 
 
    7.28.4.4.5 The wmemcmp function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <wchar.h>
         int wmemcmp(const wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2,
              size_t n);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The wmemcmp function compares the first n wide characters of the object pointed to by
  s1 to the first n wide characters of the object pointed to by s2.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The wmemcmp function returns an integer greater than, equal to, or less than zero,
  accordingly as the object pointed to by s1 is greater than, equal to, or less than the object
@@ -21883,107 +21883,107 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    7.28.4.5 Wide string search functions
    
 
 
    7.28.4.5.1 The wcschr function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <wchar.h>
         wchar_t *wcschr(const wchar_t *s, wchar_t c);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The wcschr function locates the first occurrence of c in the wide string pointed to by s.
  The terminating null wide character is considered to be part of the wide string.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The wcschr function returns a pointer to the located wide character, or a null pointer if
  the wide character does not occur in the wide string.
 
 
    7.28.4.5.2 The wcscspn function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <wchar.h>
         size_t wcscspn(const wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The wcscspn function computes the length of the maximum initial segment of the wide
  string pointed to by s1 which consists entirely of wide characters not from the wide
  string pointed to by s2.
 
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The wcscspn function returns the length of the segment.
 
 
    7.28.4.5.3 The wcspbrk function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <wchar.h>
          wchar_t *wcspbrk(const wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The wcspbrk function locates the first occurrence in the wide string pointed to by s1 of
  any wide character from the wide string pointed to by s2.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The wcspbrk function returns a pointer to the wide character in s1, or a null pointer if
  no wide character from s2 occurs in s1.
 
 
    7.28.4.5.4 The wcsrchr function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <wchar.h>
          wchar_t *wcsrchr(const wchar_t *s, wchar_t c);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The wcsrchr function locates the last occurrence of c in the wide string pointed to by
  s. The terminating null wide character is considered to be part of the wide string.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The wcsrchr function returns a pointer to the wide character, or a null pointer if c does
  not occur in the wide string.
 
 
    7.28.4.5.5 The wcsspn function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <wchar.h>
          size_t wcsspn(const wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The wcsspn function computes the length of the maximum initial segment of the wide
  string pointed to by s1 which consists entirely of wide characters from the wide string
  pointed to by s2.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The wcsspn function returns the length of the segment.
 
 
 
    7.28.4.5.6 The wcsstr function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <wchar.h>
         wchar_t *wcsstr(const wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The wcsstr function locates the first occurrence in the wide string pointed to by s1 of
  the sequence of wide characters (excluding the terminating null wide character) in the
  wide string pointed to by s2.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The wcsstr function returns a pointer to the located wide string, or a null pointer if the
  wide string is not found. If s2 points to a wide string with zero length, the function
  returns s1.
 
 
    7.28.4.5.7 The wcstok function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <wchar.h>
@@ -21991,7 +21991,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
              const wchar_t * restrict s2,
              wchar_t ** restrict ptr);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  A sequence of calls to the wcstok function breaks the wide string pointed to by s1 into
  a sequence of tokens, each of which is delimited by a wide character from the wide string
@@ -22022,7 +22022,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  by ptr so that subsequent calls, with a null pointer for s1 and the unmodified pointer
  value for ptr, shall start searching just past the element overwritten by a null wide
  character (if any).
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The wcstok function returns a pointer to the first wide character of a token, or a null
  pointer if there is no token.
@@ -22042,18 +22042,18 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
 
 
    7.28.4.5.8 The wmemchr function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <wchar.h>
          wchar_t *wmemchr(const wchar_t *s, wchar_t c,
               size_t n);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The wmemchr function locates the first occurrence of c in the initial n wide characters of
  the object pointed to by s.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The wmemchr function returns a pointer to the located wide character, or a null pointer if
  the wide character does not occur in the object.
@@ -22062,39 +22062,39 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    7.28.4.6 Miscellaneous functions
    
 
 
    7.28.4.6.1 The wcslen function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <wchar.h>
         size_t wcslen(const wchar_t *s);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The wcslen function computes the length of the wide string pointed to by s.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The wcslen function returns the number of wide characters that precede the terminating
  null wide character.
 
 
    7.28.4.6.2 The wmemset function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <wchar.h>
         wchar_t *wmemset(wchar_t *s, wchar_t c, size_t n);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The wmemset function copies the value of c into each of the first n wide characters of
  the object pointed to by s.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The wmemset function returns the value of s.
 
 
    7.28.5 Wide character time conversion functions
    
 
 
    7.28.5.1 The wcsftime function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <time.h>
@@ -22104,7 +22104,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
              const wchar_t * restrict format,
              const struct tm * restrict timeptr);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The wcsftime function is equivalent to the strftime function, except that:
 
      
@@ -22116,7 +22116,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  corresponding sequences of wide characters.
 
    •   The return value indicates the number of wide characters.
 
    
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  If the total number of resulting wide characters including the terminating null wide
  character is not more than maxsize, the wcsftime function returns the number of
@@ -22155,7 +22155,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    335) Thus, a particular mbstate_t object can be used, for example, with both the mbrtowc and
  mbsrtowcs functions as long as they are used to step sequentially through the same multibyte
  character string.
@@ -22164,35 +22164,35 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    7.28.6.1 Single-byte/wide character conversion functions
    
 
 
    7.28.6.1.1 The btowc function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <wchar.h>                                                                        *
         wint_t btowc(int c);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The btowc function determines whether c constitutes a valid single-byte character in the
  initial shift state.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The btowc function returns WEOF if c has the value EOF or if (unsigned char)c
  does not constitute a valid single-byte character in the initial shift state. Otherwise, it
  returns the wide character representation of that character.
 
 
    7.28.6.1.2 The wctob function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <wchar.h>                                                                        *
         int wctob(wint_t c);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The wctob function determines whether c corresponds to a member of the extended
  character set whose multibyte character representation is a single byte when in the initial
  shift state.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The wctob function returns EOF if c does not correspond to a multibyte character with
  length one in the initial shift state. Otherwise, it returns the single-byte representation of
@@ -22201,18 +22201,18 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    7.28.6.2 Conversion state functions
    
 
 
    7.28.6.2.1 The mbsinit function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <wchar.h>
         int mbsinit(const mbstate_t *ps);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  If ps is not a null pointer, the mbsinit function determines whether the referenced
  mbstate_t object describes an initial conversion state.
 
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The mbsinit function returns nonzero if ps is a null pointer or if the referenced object
  describes an initial conversion state; otherwise, it returns zero.
@@ -22232,7 +22232,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  encoding is state-dependent.
 
 
    7.28.6.3.1 The mbrlen function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <wchar.h>
@@ -22240,7 +22240,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
               size_t n,
               mbstate_t * restrict ps);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The mbrlen function is equivalent to the call:
 
    @@ -22248,7 +22248,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    
  where internal is the mbstate_t object for the mbrlen function, except that the
  expression designated by ps is evaluated only once.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The mbrlen function returns a value between zero and n, inclusive, (size_t)(-2),
  or (size_t)(-1).
@@ -22256,7 +22256,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
 
 
    7.28.6.3.2 The mbrtowc function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <wchar.h>
@@ -22265,7 +22265,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
               size_t n,
               mbstate_t * restrict ps);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  If s is a null pointer, the mbrtowc function is equivalent to the call:
 
    @@ -22280,7 +22280,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  corresponding wide character and then, if pwc is not a null pointer, stores that value in
  the object pointed to by pwc. If the corresponding wide character is the null wide
  character, the resulting state described is the initial conversion state.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The mbrtowc function returns the first of the following that applies (given the current
  conversion state):
@@ -22307,13 +22307,13 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    336) When n has at least the value of the MB_CUR_MAX macro, this case can only occur if s points at a
  sequence of redundant shift sequences (for implementations with state-dependent encodings).
 
 
 
    7.28.6.3.3 The wcrtomb function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <wchar.h>
@@ -22321,7 +22321,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
               wchar_t wc,
               mbstate_t * restrict ps);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  If s is a null pointer, the wcrtomb function is equivalent to the call
 
    @@ -22335,7 +22335,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  array whose first element is pointed to by s. At most MB_CUR_MAX bytes are stored. If
  wc is a null wide character, a null byte is stored, preceded by any shift sequence needed
  to restore the initial shift state; the resulting state described is the initial conversion state.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The wcrtomb function returns the number of bytes stored in the array object (including
  any shift sequences). When wc is not a valid wide character, an encoding error occurs:
@@ -22360,7 +22360,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
 
 
    7.28.6.4.1 The mbsrtowcs function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
               #include <wchar.h>
@@ -22369,7 +22369,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
                size_t len,
                mbstate_t * restrict ps);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The mbsrtowcs function converts a sequence of multibyte characters that begins in the
  conversion state described by the object pointed to by ps, from the array indirectly
@@ -22386,7 +22386,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  just past the last multibyte character converted (if any). If conversion stopped due to
  reaching a terminating null character and if dst is not a null pointer, the resulting state
  described is the initial conversion state.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  If the input conversion encounters a sequence of bytes that do not form a valid multibyte
  character, an encoding error occurs: the mbsrtowcs function stores the value of the
@@ -22399,12 +22399,12 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    337) Thus, the value of len is ignored if dst is a null pointer.
 
 
 
    7.28.6.4.2 The wcsrtombs function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <wchar.h>
@@ -22413,7 +22413,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
               size_t len,
               mbstate_t * restrict ps);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The wcsrtombs function converts a sequence of wide characters from the array
  indirectly pointed to by src into a sequence of corresponding multibyte characters that
@@ -22431,7 +22431,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  address just past the last wide character converted (if any). If conversion stopped due to
  reaching a terminating null wide character, the resulting state described is the initial
  conversion state.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  If conversion stops because a wide character is reached that does not correspond to a
  valid multibyte character, an encoding error occurs: the wcsrtombs function stores the
@@ -22444,7 +22444,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    338) If conversion stops because a terminating null wide character has been reached, the bytes stored
  include those necessary to reach the initial shift state immediately before the null byte.
 
@@ -22494,7 +22494,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    339) See ''future library directions'' (7.30.13).
 
 
@@ -22520,7 +22520,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  both printing and white-space wide characters.340)
 
     Forward references: the wctob function (7.28.6.1.2).
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    340) For example, if the expression isalpha(wctob(wc)) evaluates to true, then the call
  iswalpha(wc) also returns true. But, if the expression isgraph(wctob(wc)) evaluates to true
  (which cannot occur for wc == L' ' of course), then either iswgraph(wc) or iswprint(wc)
@@ -22528,25 +22528,25 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
 
 
    7.29.2.1.1 The iswalnum function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <wctype.h>
          int iswalnum(wint_t wc);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The iswalnum function tests for any wide character for which iswalpha or
  iswdigit is true.
 
 
    7.29.2.1.2 The iswalpha function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <wctype.h>
          int iswalpha(wint_t wc);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The iswalpha function tests for any wide character for which iswupper or
  iswlower is true, or any wide character that is one of a locale-specific set of alphabetic
@@ -22555,19 +22555,19 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  wide characters for which none of iswcntrl, iswdigit, iswpunct, or iswspace
  is true.341)
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    341) The functions iswlower and iswupper test true or false separately for each of these additional
  wide characters; all four combinations are possible.
 
 
 
    7.29.2.1.3 The iswblank function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <wctype.h>
          int iswblank(wint_t wc);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The iswblank function tests for any wide character that is a standard blank wide
  character or is one of a locale-specific set of wide characters for which iswspace is true
@@ -22576,30 +22576,30 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  locale, iswblank returns true only for the standard blank characters.
 
 
    7.29.2.1.4 The iswcntrl function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <wctype.h>
          int iswcntrl(wint_t wc);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The iswcntrl function tests for any control wide character.
 
 
    7.29.2.1.5 The iswdigit function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <wctype.h>
          int iswdigit(wint_t wc);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The iswdigit function tests for any wide character that corresponds to a decimal-digit
  character (as defined in 5.2.1).
 
 
    7.29.2.1.6 The iswgraph function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <wctype.h>
@@ -22610,56 +22610,56 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
  
 
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The iswgraph function tests for any wide character for which iswprint is true and
  iswspace is false.342)
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    342) Note that the behavior of the iswgraph and iswpunct functions may differ from their
  corresponding functions in 7.4.1 with respect to printing, white-space, single-byte execution
  characters other than ' '.
 
 
 
    7.29.2.1.7 The iswlower function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <wctype.h>
          int iswlower(wint_t wc);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The iswlower function tests for any wide character that corresponds to a lowercase
  letter or is one of a locale-specific set of wide characters for which none of iswcntrl,
  iswdigit, iswpunct, or iswspace is true.
 
 
    7.29.2.1.8 The iswprint function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <wctype.h>
          int iswprint(wint_t wc);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The iswprint function tests for any printing wide character.
 
 
    7.29.2.1.9 The iswpunct function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <wctype.h>
          int iswpunct(wint_t wc);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The iswpunct function tests for any printing wide character that is one of a locale-
  specific set of punctuation wide characters for which neither iswspace nor iswalnum
  is true.342)
 
 
    7.29.2.1.10 The iswspace function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <wctype.h>
@@ -22669,33 +22669,33 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
  
 
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The iswspace function tests for any wide character that corresponds to a locale-specific
  set of white-space wide characters for which none of iswalnum, iswgraph, or
  iswpunct is true.
 
 
    7.29.2.1.11 The iswupper function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <wctype.h>
         int iswupper(wint_t wc);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The iswupper function tests for any wide character that corresponds to an uppercase
  letter or is one of a locale-specific set of wide characters for which none of iswcntrl,
  iswdigit, iswpunct, or iswspace is true.
 
 
    7.29.2.1.12 The iswxdigit function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <wctype.h>
         int iswxdigit(wint_t wc);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The iswxdigit function tests for any wide character that corresponds to a
  hexadecimal-digit character (as defined in 6.4.4.1).
@@ -22707,13 +22707,13 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  subclause (7.29.2.1).
 
 
    7.29.2.2.1 The iswctype function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <wctype.h>
         int iswctype(wint_t wc, wctype_t desc);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The iswctype function determines whether the wide character wc has the property
  described by desc. The current setting of the LC_CTYPE category shall be the same as
@@ -22736,7 +22736,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
          iswctype(wc,      wctype("upper"))              //   iswupper(wc)
          iswctype(wc,      wctype("xdigit"))             //   iswxdigit(wc)
 
    
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The iswctype function returns nonzero (true) if and only if the value of the wide
  character wc has the property described by desc. If desc is zero, the iswctype
@@ -22744,20 +22744,20 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
     Forward references: the wctype function (7.29.2.2.2).
 
 
    7.29.2.2.2 The wctype function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <wctype.h>
          wctype_t wctype(const char *property);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The wctype function constructs a value with type wctype_t that describes a class of
  wide characters identified by the string argument property.
 
    
  The strings listed in the description of the iswctype function shall be valid in all
  locales as property arguments to the wctype function.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  If property identifies a valid class of wide characters according to the LC_CTYPE
  category of the current locale, the wctype function returns a nonzero value that is valid
@@ -22771,16 +22771,16 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    7.29.3.1 Wide character case mapping functions
    
 
 
    7.29.3.1.1 The towlower function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <wctype.h>
         wint_t towlower(wint_t wc);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The towlower function converts an uppercase letter to a corresponding lowercase letter.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  If the argument is a wide character for which iswupper is true and there are one or
  more corresponding wide characters, as specified by the current locale, for which
@@ -22789,16 +22789,16 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  returned unchanged.
 
 
    7.29.3.1.2 The towupper function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <wctype.h>
         wint_t towupper(wint_t wc);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The towupper function converts a lowercase letter to a corresponding uppercase letter.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  If the argument is a wide character for which iswlower is true and there are one or
  more corresponding wide characters, as specified by the current locale, for which
@@ -22814,13 +22814,13 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
 
 
    7.29.3.2.1 The towctrans function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <wctype.h>
          wint_t towctrans(wint_t wc, wctrans_t desc);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The towctrans function maps the wide character wc using the mapping described by
  desc. The current setting of the LC_CTYPE category shall be the same as during the call
@@ -22832,26 +22832,26 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
          towctrans(wc, wctrans("tolower"))                     // towlower(wc)
          towctrans(wc, wctrans("toupper"))                     // towupper(wc)
 
    
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The towctrans function returns the mapped value of wc using the mapping described
  by desc. If desc is zero, the towctrans function returns the value of wc.
 
 
    7.29.3.2.2 The wctrans function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <wctype.h>
          wctrans_t wctrans(const char *property);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The wctrans function constructs a value with type wctrans_t that describes a
  mapping between wide characters identified by the string argument property.
 
    
  The strings listed in the description of the towctrans function shall be valid in all
  locales as property arguments to the wctrans function.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  If property identifies a valid mapping of wide characters according to the LC_CTYPE
  category of the current locale, the wctrans function returns a nonzero value that is valid
@@ -25159,7 +25159,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  negative and positive infinity are representable in IEC 60559 formats, all real numbers lie
  within the range of representable values.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    343) Implementations that do not define __STDC_IEC_559__ are not required to conform to these
  specifications.
 
@@ -25180,11 +25180,11 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
  
 
-
    Recommended practice
    
+
    Recommended practice
 
    
  The long double type should match an IEC 60559 extended format.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    344) ''Extended'' is IEC 60559's double-extended data format. Extended refers to both the common 80-bit
  and quadruple 128-bit IEC 60559 formats.
 
@@ -25198,7 +25198,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  the term NaN to denote quiet NaNs. The NAN and INFINITY macros and the nan
  functions in <math.h> provide designations for IEC 60559 NaNs and infinities.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    346) Since NaNs created by IEC 60559 operations are always quiet, quiet NaNs (along with infinities) are
  sufficient for closure of the arithmetic.
 
@@ -25295,7 +25295,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  conversion of a non-integral floating value raises the ''inexact'' floating-point exception is
  unspecified.347)
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    347) ANSI/IEEE 854, but not IEC 60559 (ANSI/IEEE 754), directly specifies that floating-to-integer
  conversions raise the ''inexact'' floating-point exception for non-integer in-range values. In those
  cases where it matters, library functions can be used to effect such conversions with or without raising
@@ -25323,7 +25323,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  implementation cannot convert a minus-signed sequence by negating the converted
  unsigned sequence.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    348) If the minimum-width IEC 60559 extended format (64 bits of precision) is supported,
  DECIMAL_DIG shall be at least 21. If IEC 60559 double (53 bits of precision) is the widest
  IEC 60559 format supported, then DECIMAL_DIG shall be at least 17. (By contrast, LDBL_DIG and
@@ -25335,7 +25335,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  type, the expression is converted as if by assignment349) to the return type of the function
  and the resulting value is returned to the caller.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    349) Assignment removes any extra range and precision.
 
 
@@ -25344,7 +25344,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  A contracted expression is correctly rounded (once) and treats infinities, NaNs, signed
  zeros, subnormals, and the rounding directions in a manner consistent with the basic
  arithmetic operations covered by IEC 60559.
-
    Recommended practice
    
+
    Recommended practice
 
    
  A contracted expression should raise floating-point exceptions in a manner generally
  consistent with the basic arithmetic operations.                                    *
@@ -25356,7 +25356,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  IEC 60559 dynamic rounding precision and trap enablement modes, if the
  implementation supports them.350)
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    350) This specification does not require dynamic rounding precision nor trap enablement modes.
 
 
@@ -25373,7 +25373,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    351) If the state for the FENV_ACCESS pragma is ''off'', the implementation is free to assume the floating-
  point control modes will be the default ones and the floating-point status flags will not be tested,
  which allows certain optimizations (see F.9).
@@ -25387,13 +25387,13 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
  •   The rounding precision mode (if supported) is set so that results are not shortened.
 
  •   Trapping or stopping (if supported) is disabled on all floating-point exceptions.
 
-
    Recommended practice
    
+
    Recommended practice
 
    
  The implementation should produce a diagnostic message for each translation-time
  floating-point exception, other than ''inexact'';352) the implementation should then
  proceed with the translation of the program.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    352) As floating constants are converted to appropriate internal representations at translation time, their
  conversion is subject to default rounding modes and raises no execution-time floating-point exceptions
  (even where the state of the FENV_ACCESS pragma is ''on''). Library functions, for example
@@ -25443,7 +25443,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  execution time.
  
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    353) Where the state for the FENV_ACCESS pragma is ''on'', results of inexact expressions like 1.0/3.0
  are affected by rounding modes set at execution time, and expressions such as 0.0/0.0 and
  1.0/0.0 generate execution-time floating-point exceptions. The programmer can achieve the
@@ -25492,7 +25492,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  their internal representations occur at translation time in all cases.
  
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    354) Use of float_t and double_t variables increases the likelihood of translation-time computation.
  For example, the automatic initialization
 
@@ -25604,7 +25604,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    355) Strict support for signaling NaNs -- not required by this specification -- would invalidate these and
  other transformations that remove arithmetic operators.
 
@@ -25691,7 +25691,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  precision modes shall assure further that the result of the operation raises no floating-
  point exception when converted to the semantic type of the operation.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    357) 0 - 0 yields -0 instead of +0 just when the rounding direction is downward.
 
 
@@ -25744,13 +25744,13 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  For families of functions, the specifications apply to all of the functions even though only
  the principal function is shown. Unless otherwise specified, where the symbol ''(+-)''
  occurs in both an argument and the result, the result has the same sign as the argument.
-
    Recommended practice
    
+
    Recommended practice
 
    
  If a function with one or more NaN arguments returns a NaN result, the result should be
  the same as one of the NaN arguments (after possible type conversion), except perhaps
  for the sign.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    358) IEC 60559 allows different definitions of underflow. They all result in the same values, but differ on
  when the floating-point exception is raised.
 
@@ -25804,7 +25804,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
  •   atan2((+-)(inf), +(inf)) returns (+-)pi /4.
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    360) atan2(0, 0) does not raise the ''invalid'' floating-point exception, nor does atan2( y , 0) raise
  the ''divide-by-zero'' floating-point exception.
 
@@ -26349,7 +26349,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
              isnan(y)) ? x : y; }
 
    • 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    361) Ideally, fmax would be sensitive to the sign of zero, for example fmax(-0.0, +0.0) would
  return +0; however, implementation in software might be impractical.
 
@@ -26402,7 +26402,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  IEC 60559 real floating-point arithmetic. An implementation that defines *
  __STDC_IEC_559_COMPLEX__ shall conform to the specifications in this annex.362)
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    362) Implementations that do not define __STDC_IEC_559_COMPLEX__ are not required to conform
  to these specifications.
 
@@ -26453,7 +26453,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  When a value of real type is converted to an imaginary type, the result is a positive
  imaginary zero.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    363) See 6.3.1.2.
 
 
@@ -26485,7 +26485,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
 
 
    G.5.1 Multiplicative operators
    
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  If one operand has real type and the other operand has imaginary type, then the result has
  imaginary type. If both operands have imaginary type, then the result has real type. (If
@@ -26660,13 +26660,13 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  with division, provides better roundoff characteristics.
  
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    364) These properties are already implied for those cases covered in the tables, but are required for all cases
  (at least where the state for CX_LIMITED_RANGE is ''off'').
 
 
 
    G.5.2 Additive operators
    
-
    Semantics
    
+
    Semantics
 
    
  If both operands have imaginary type, then the result has imaginary type. (If one operand
  has real type and the other operand has imaginary type, or if either operand has complex
@@ -26760,7 +26760,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    365) As noted in G.3, a complex value with at least one infinite part is regarded as an infinity even if its
  other part is a NaN.
 
@@ -26981,7 +26981,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  The cpow functions raise floating-point exceptions if appropriate for the calculation of
  the parts of the result, and may also raise spurious floating-point exceptions.366)
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    366) This allows cpow( z , c ) to be implemented as cexp(c      clog( z )) without precluding
  implementations that treat special cases more carefully.
 
@@ -28409,7 +28409,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  Subclause K.3 should be read as if it were merged into the parallel structure of named
  subclauses of clause 7.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    367) Implementations that do not define __STDC_LIB_EXT1__ are not required to conform to these
  specifications.
 
@@ -28443,7 +28443,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    368) Future revisions of this International Standard may define meanings for other values of
  __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__.
 
@@ -28500,7 +28500,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    370) Although runtime-constraints replace many cases of undefined behavior, undefined behavior still
  exists in this annex. Implementations are free to detect any case of undefined behavior and treat it as a
  runtime-constraint violation by calling the runtime-constraint handler. This license comes directly
@@ -28517,7 +28517,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    
  which is type int.371)
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    371) As a matter of programming style, errno_t may be used as the type of something that deals only
  with the values that might be found in errno. For example, a function which returns the value of
  errno might be declared as having the return type errno_t.
@@ -28533,7 +28533,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    
  which is the type size_t.372)
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    372) See the description of the RSIZE_MAX macro in <stdint.h>.
 
 
@@ -28548,7 +28548,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  which expands to a value373) of type size_t. Functions that have parameters of type
  rsize_t consider it a runtime-constraint violation if the values of those parameters are
  greater than RSIZE_MAX.
-
    Recommended practice
    
+
    Recommended practice
 
    
  Extremely large object sizes are frequently a sign that an object's size was calculated
  incorrectly. For example, negative numbers appear as very large positive numbers when
@@ -28565,7 +28565,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
  is no object size that is considered a runtime-constraint violation.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    373) The macro RSIZE_MAX need not expand to a constant expression.
 
 
@@ -28599,7 +28599,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    K.3.5.1 Operations on files
    
 
 
    K.3.5.1.1 The tmpfile_s function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
@@ -28611,7 +28611,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  streamptr shall not be a null pointer.
 
    
  If there is a runtime-constraint violation, tmpfile_s does not attempt to create a file.
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The tmpfile_s function creates a temporary binary file that is different from any other
  existing file and that will automatically be removed when it is closed or at program
@@ -28624,18 +28624,18 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  If the file was created successfully, then the pointer to FILE pointed to by streamptr
  will be set to the pointer to the object controlling the opened file. Otherwise, the pointer
  to FILE pointed to by streamptr will be set to a null pointer.
-
    Recommended practice
    
+
    Recommended practice
  It should be possible to open at least TMP_MAX_S temporary files during the lifetime of
  the program (this limit may be shared with tmpnam_s) and there should be no limit on
  the number simultaneously open other than this limit and any limit on the number of open
  files (FOPEN_MAX).
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The tmpfile_s function returns zero if it created the file. If it did not create the file or
  there was a runtime-constraint violation, tmpfile_s returns a nonzero value.
 
 
    K.3.5.1.2 The tmpnam_s function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
@@ -28646,7 +28646,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    
  s shall not be a null pointer. maxsize shall be less than or equal to RSIZE_MAX.
  maxsize shall be greater than the length of the generated file name string.
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The tmpnam_s function generates a string that is a valid file name and that is not the
  same as the name of an existing file.374) The function is potentially capable of generating
@@ -28665,7 +28665,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    
  The implementation shall behave as if no library function except tmpnam calls the
  tmpnam_s function.375)
-
    Recommended practice
    
+
    Recommended practice
 
    
  After a program obtains a file name using the tmpnam_s function and before the
  program creates a file with that name, the possibility exists that someone else may create
@@ -28673,7 +28673,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  should be used instead of tmpnam_s when possible. One situation that requires the use
  of the tmpnam_s function is when the program needs to create a temporary directory
  rather than a temporary file.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  If no suitable string can be generated, or if there is a runtime-constraint violation, the
  tmpnam_s function writes a null character to s[0] (only if s is not null and maxsize
@@ -28681,11 +28681,11 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    
  Otherwise, the tmpnam_s function writes the string in the array pointed to by s and
  returns zero.
-
    Environmental limits
    
+
    Environmental limits
 
    
  The value of the macro TMP_MAX_S shall be at least 25.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    374) Files created using strings generated by the tmpnam_s function are temporary only in the sense that
  their names should not collide with those generated by conventional naming rules for the
  implementation. It is still necessary to use the remove function to remove such files when their use
@@ -28701,7 +28701,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    K.3.5.2 File access functions
    
 
 
    K.3.5.2.1 The fopen_s function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
@@ -28722,7 +28722,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
  
 
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The fopen_s function opens the file whose name is the string pointed to by
  filename, and associates a stream with it.
@@ -28783,17 +28783,17 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
 
  to FILE pointed to by streamptr will be set to a null pointer.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The fopen_s function returns zero if it opened the file. If it did not open the file or if
  there was a runtime-constraint violation, fopen_s returns a nonzero value.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    376) These are the same permissions that the file would have been created with by fopen.
 
 
 
    K.3.5.2.2 The freopen_s function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
@@ -28810,7 +28810,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  If there is a runtime-constraint violation, freopen_s neither attempts to close any file
  associated with stream nor attempts to open a file. Furthermore, if newstreamptr is
  not a null pointer, fopen_s sets *newstreamptr to the null pointer.
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The freopen_s function opens the file whose name is the string pointed to by
  filename and associates the stream pointed to by stream with it. The mode
@@ -28829,7 +28829,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  If the file was opened successfully, then the pointer to FILE pointed to by
  newstreamptr will be set to the value of stream. Otherwise, the pointer to FILE
  pointed to by newstreamptr will be set to a null pointer.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The freopen_s function returns zero if it opened the file. If it did not open the file or
  there was a runtime-constraint violation, freopen_s returns a nonzero value.
@@ -28842,7 +28842,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  unspecified values.
 
 
    K.3.5.3.1 The fprintf_s function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
               #define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
@@ -28860,11 +28860,11 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  If there is a runtime-constraint violation,378) the fprintf_s function does not attempt
  to produce further output, and it is unspecified to what extent fprintf_s produced
  output before discovering the runtime-constraint violation.
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The fprintf_s function is equivalent to the fprintf function except for the explicit
  runtime-constraints listed above.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The fprintf_s function returns the number of characters transmitted, or a negative
  value if an output error, encoding error, or runtime-constraint violation occurred.
@@ -28874,7 +28874,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    377) It is not a runtime-constraint violation for the characters %n to appear in sequence in the string pointed
  at by format when those characters are not a interpreted as a %n specifier. For example, if the entire
  format string was %%n.
@@ -28885,7 +28885,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
 
 
    K.3.5.3.2 The fscanf_s function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
@@ -28901,7 +28901,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  If there is a runtime-constraint violation,379) the fscanf_s function does not attempt to
  perform further input, and it is unspecified to what extent fscanf_s performed input
  before discovering the runtime-constraint violation.
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The fscanf_s function is equivalent to fscanf except that the c, s, and [ conversion
  specifiers apply to a pair of arguments (unless assignment suppression is indicated by a
@@ -28913,7 +28913,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    
  A matching failure occurs if the number of elements in a receiving object is insufficient to
  hold the converted input (including any trailing null character).
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The fscanf_s function returns the value of the macro EOF if an input failure occurs
  before any conversion or if there is a runtime-constraint violation. Otherwise, the
@@ -28954,7 +28954,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  array of six characters to store it.
  
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    379) Because an implementation may treat any undefined behavior as a runtime-constraint violation, an
  implementation may treat any unsupported specifiers in the string pointed to by format as a runtime-
  constraint violation.
@@ -28972,7 +28972,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
 
 
    K.3.5.3.3 The printf_s function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
               #define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
@@ -28991,23 +28991,23 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
  
 
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The printf_s function is equivalent to the printf function except for the explicit
  runtime-constraints listed above.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The printf_s function returns the number of characters transmitted, or a negative
  value if an output error, encoding error, or runtime-constraint violation occurred.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    381) It is not a runtime-constraint violation for the characters %n to appear in sequence in the string pointed
  at by format when those characters are not a interpreted as a %n specifier. For example, if the entire
  format string was %%n.
 
 
 
    K.3.5.3.4 The scanf_s function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
@@ -29022,11 +29022,11 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  If there is a runtime-constraint violation, the scanf_s function does not attempt to
  perform further input, and it is unspecified to what extent scanf_s performed input
  before discovering the runtime-constraint violation.
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The scanf_s function is equivalent to fscanf_s with the argument stdin
  interposed before the arguments to scanf_s.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The scanf_s function returns the value of the macro EOF if an input failure occurs
  before any conversion or if there is a runtime-constraint violation. Otherwise, the
@@ -29034,7 +29034,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  provided for, or even zero, in the event of an early matching failure.
 
 
    K.3.5.3.5 The snprintf_s function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
@@ -29054,14 +29054,14 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  If there is a runtime-constraint violation, then if s is not a null pointer and n is greater
  than zero and less than RSIZE_MAX, then the snprintf_s function sets s[0] to the
  null character.
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The snprintf_s function is equivalent to the snprintf function except for the
  explicit runtime-constraints listed above.
 
    
  The snprintf_s function, unlike sprintf_s, will truncate the result to fit within the
  array pointed to by s.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The snprintf_s function returns the number of characters that would have been
  written had n been sufficiently large, not counting the terminating null character, or a
@@ -29069,14 +29069,14 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  output has been completely written if and only if the returned value is nonnegative and
  less than n.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    382) It is not a runtime-constraint violation for the characters %n to appear in sequence in the string pointed
  at by format when those characters are not a interpreted as a %n specifier. For example, if the entire
  format string was %%n.
 
 
 
    K.3.5.3.6 The sprintf_s function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
               #define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
@@ -29100,28 +29100,28 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  If there is a runtime-constraint violation, then if s is not a null pointer and n is greater
  than zero and less than RSIZE_MAX, then the sprintf_s function sets s[0] to the
  null character.
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The sprintf_s function is equivalent to the sprintf function except for the
  parameter n and the explicit runtime-constraints listed above.
 
    
  The sprintf_s function, unlike snprintf_s, treats a result too big for the array
  pointed to by s as a runtime-constraint violation.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  If no runtime-constraint violation occurred, the sprintf_s function returns the number
  of characters written in the array, not counting the terminating null character. If an
  encoding error occurred, sprintf_s returns a negative value. If any other runtime-
  constraint violation occurred, sprintf_s returns zero.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    383) It is not a runtime-constraint violation for the characters %n to appear in sequence in the string pointed
  at by format when those characters are not a interpreted as a %n specifier. For example, if the entire
  format string was %%n.
 
 
 
    K.3.5.3.7 The sscanf_s function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
@@ -29137,13 +29137,13 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  If there is a runtime-constraint violation, the sscanf_s function does not attempt to
  perform further input, and it is unspecified to what extent sscanf_s performed input
  before discovering the runtime-constraint violation.
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The sscanf_s function is equivalent to fscanf_s, except that input is obtained from
  a string (specified by the argument s) rather than from a stream. Reaching the end of the
  string is equivalent to encountering end-of-file for the fscanf_s function. If copying
  takes place between objects that overlap, the objects take on unspecified values.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The sscanf_s function returns the value of the macro EOF if an input failure occurs
  before any conversion or if there is a runtime-constraint violation. Otherwise, the
@@ -29152,7 +29152,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
 
 
    K.3.5.3.8 The vfprintf_s function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
               #define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
@@ -29172,23 +29172,23 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  If there is a runtime-constraint violation, the vfprintf_s function does not attempt to
  produce further output, and it is unspecified to what extent vfprintf_s produced
  output before discovering the runtime-constraint violation.
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The vfprintf_s function is equivalent to the vfprintf function except for the
  explicit runtime-constraints listed above.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The vfprintf_s function returns the number of characters transmitted, or a negative
  value if an output error, encoding error, or runtime-constraint violation occurred.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    384) It is not a runtime-constraint violation for the characters %n to appear in sequence in the string pointed
  at by format when those characters are not a interpreted as a %n specifier. For example, if the entire
  format string was %%n.
 
 
 
    K.3.5.3.9 The vfscanf_s function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
               #define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
@@ -29211,27 +29211,27 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  If there is a runtime-constraint violation, the vfscanf_s function does not attempt to
  perform further input, and it is unspecified to what extent vfscanf_s performed input
  before discovering the runtime-constraint violation.
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The vfscanf_s function is equivalent to fscanf_s, with the variable argument list
  replaced by arg, which shall have been initialized by the va_start macro (and
  possibly subsequent va_arg calls). The vfscanf_s function does not invoke the
  va_end macro.385)
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The vfscanf_s function returns the value of the macro EOF if an input failure occurs
  before any conversion or if there is a runtime-constraint violation. Otherwise, the
  vfscanf_s function returns the number of input items assigned, which can be fewer
  than provided for, or even zero, in the event of an early matching failure.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    385) As the functions vfprintf_s, vfscanf_s, vprintf_s, vscanf_s, vsnprintf_s,
  vsprintf_s, and vsscanf_s invoke the va_arg macro, the value of arg after the return is
  indeterminate.
 
 
 
    K.3.5.3.10 The vprintf_s function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
               #define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
@@ -29251,23 +29251,23 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  before discovering the runtime-constraint violation.
  
 
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The vprintf_s function is equivalent to the vprintf function except for the explicit
  runtime-constraints listed above.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The vprintf_s function returns the number of characters transmitted, or a negative
  value if an output error, encoding error, or runtime-constraint violation occurred.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    386) It is not a runtime-constraint violation for the characters %n to appear in sequence in the string pointed
  at by format when those characters are not a interpreted as a %n specifier. For example, if the entire
  format string was %%n.
 
 
 
    K.3.5.3.11 The vscanf_s function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
@@ -29284,13 +29284,13 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  If there is a runtime-constraint violation, the vscanf_s function does not attempt to
  perform further input, and it is unspecified to what extent vscanf_s performed input
  before discovering the runtime-constraint violation.
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The vscanf_s function is equivalent to scanf_s, with the variable argument list
  replaced by arg, which shall have been initialized by the va_start macro (and
  possibly subsequent va_arg calls). The vscanf_s function does not invoke the
  va_end macro.387)
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The vscanf_s function returns the value of the macro EOF if an input failure occurs
  before any conversion or if there is a runtime-constraint violation. Otherwise, the
@@ -29302,14 +29302,14 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    387) As the functions vfprintf_s, vfscanf_s, vprintf_s, vscanf_s, vsnprintf_s,
  vsprintf_s, and vsscanf_s invoke the va_arg macro, the value of arg after the return is
  indeterminate.
 
 
 
    K.3.5.3.12 The vsnprintf_s function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
               #define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
@@ -29330,14 +29330,14 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  If there is a runtime-constraint violation, then if s is not a null pointer and n is greater
  than zero and less than RSIZE_MAX, then the vsnprintf_s function sets s[0] to the
  null character.
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The vsnprintf_s function is equivalent to the vsnprintf function except for the
  explicit runtime-constraints listed above.
 
    
  The vsnprintf_s function, unlike vsprintf_s, will truncate the result to fit within
  the array pointed to by s.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The vsnprintf_s function returns the number of characters that would have been
  written had n been sufficiently large, not counting the terminating null character, or a
@@ -29350,14 +29350,14 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    388) It is not a runtime-constraint violation for the characters %n to appear in sequence in the string pointed
  at by format when those characters are not a interpreted as a %n specifier. For example, if the entire
  format string was %%n.
 
 
 
    K.3.5.3.13 The vsprintf_s function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
               #define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
@@ -29379,14 +29379,14 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  If there is a runtime-constraint violation, then if s is not a null pointer and n is greater
  than zero and less than RSIZE_MAX, then the vsprintf_s function sets s[0] to the
  null character.
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The vsprintf_s function is equivalent to the vsprintf function except for the
  parameter n and the explicit runtime-constraints listed above.
 
    
  The vsprintf_s function, unlike vsnprintf_s, treats a result too big for the array
  pointed to by s as a runtime-constraint violation.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  If no runtime-constraint violation occurred, the vsprintf_s function returns the
  number of characters written in the array, not counting the terminating null character. If
@@ -29398,14 +29398,14 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    389) It is not a runtime-constraint violation for the characters %n to appear in sequence in the string pointed
  at by format when those characters are not a interpreted as a %n specifier. For example, if the entire
  format string was %%n.
 
 
 
    K.3.5.3.14 The vsscanf_s function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
@@ -29423,20 +29423,20 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  If there is a runtime-constraint violation, the vsscanf_s function does not attempt to
  perform further input, and it is unspecified to what extent vsscanf_s performed input
  before discovering the runtime-constraint violation.
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The vsscanf_s function is equivalent to sscanf_s, with the variable argument list
  replaced by arg, which shall have been initialized by the va_start macro (and
  possibly subsequent va_arg calls). The vsscanf_s function does not invoke the
  va_end macro.390)
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The vsscanf_s function returns the value of the macro EOF if an input failure occurs
  before any conversion or if there is a runtime-constraint violation. Otherwise, the
  vscanf_s function returns the number of input items assigned, which can be fewer than
  provided for, or even zero, in the event of an early matching failure.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    390) As the functions vfprintf_s, vfscanf_s, vprintf_s, vscanf_s, vsnprintf_s,
  vsprintf_s, and vsscanf_s invoke the va_arg macro, the value of arg after the return is
  indeterminate.
@@ -29445,7 +29445,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    K.3.5.4 Character input/output functions
    
 
 
    K.3.5.4.1 The gets_s function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
@@ -29466,7 +29466,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  If there is a runtime-constraint violation, s[0] is set to the null character, and characters
  are read and discarded from stdin until a new-line character is read, or end-of-file or a
  read error occurs.
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The gets_s function reads at most one less than the number of characters specified by n
  from the stream pointed to by stdin, into the array pointed to by s. No additional
@@ -29477,14 +29477,14 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  If end-of-file is encountered and no characters have been read into the array, or if a read
  error occurs during the operation, then s[0] is set to the null character, and the other
  elements of s take unspecified values.
-
    Recommended practice
    
+
    Recommended practice
 
    
  The fgets function allows properly-written programs to safely process input lines too
  long to store in the result array. In general this requires that callers of fgets pay
  attention to the presence or absence of a new-line character in the result array. Consider
  using fgets (along with any needed processing based on new-line characters) instead of
  gets_s.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The gets_s function returns s if successful. If there was a runtime-constraint violation,
  or if end-of-file is encountered and no characters have been read into the array, or if a
@@ -29495,7 +29495,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    391) The gets_s function, unlike the historical gets function, makes it a runtime-constraint violation for
  a line of input to overflow the buffer to store it. Unlike the fgets function, gets_s maintains a
  one-to-one relationship between input lines and successful calls to gets_s. Programs that use gets
@@ -29529,7 +29529,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    K.3.6.1 Runtime-constraint handling
    
 
 
    K.3.6.1.1 The set_constraint_handler_s function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
@@ -29537,7 +29537,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
          constraint_handler_t set_constraint_handler_s(
               constraint_handler_t handler);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The set_constraint_handler_s function sets the runtime-constraint handler to
  be handler. The runtime-constraint handler is the function to be called when a library
@@ -29561,18 +29561,18 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    
  If the handler argument to set_constraint_handler_s is a null pointer, the
  implementation default handler becomes the current constraint handler.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The set_constraint_handler_s function returns a pointer to the previously
  registered handler.392)
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    392) If the previous handler was registered by calling set_constraint_handler_s with a null
  pointer argument, a pointer to the implementation default handler is returned (not NULL).
 
 
 
    K.3.6.1.2 The abort_handler_s function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
@@ -29582,7 +29582,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
               void * restrict ptr,
               errno_t error);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  A pointer to the abort_handler_s function shall be a suitable argument to the
  set_constraint_handler_s function.
@@ -29590,7 +29590,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  The abort_handler_s function writes a message on the standard error stream in an
  implementation-defined format. The message shall include the string pointed to by msg.
  The abort_handler_s function then calls the abort function.393)
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The abort_handler_s function does not return to its caller.
  
@@ -29599,12 +29599,12 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    393) Many implementations invoke a debugger when the abort function is called.
 
 
 
    K.3.6.1.3 The ignore_handler_s function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
@@ -29614,17 +29614,17 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
               void * restrict ptr,
               errno_t error);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  A pointer to the ignore_handler_s function shall be a suitable argument to the
  set_constraint_handler_s function.
 
    
  The ignore_handler_s function simply returns to its caller.394)
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The ignore_handler_s function returns no value.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    394) If the runtime-constraint handler is set to the ignore_handler_s function, any library function in
  which a runtime-constraint violation occurs will return to its caller. The caller can determine whether
  a runtime-constraint violation occurred based on the library function's specification (usually, the
@@ -29634,7 +29634,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    K.3.6.2 Communication with the environment
    
 
 
    K.3.6.2.1 The getenv_s function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
@@ -29650,7 +29650,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    
  If there is a runtime-constraint violation, the integer pointed to by len is set to 0 (if len
  is not null), and the environment list is not searched.
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The getenv_s function searches an environment list, provided by the host environment,
  for a string that matches the string pointed to by name.
@@ -29669,7 +29669,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    
  The set of environment names and the method for altering the environment list are
  implementation-defined.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The getenv_s function returns zero if the specified name is found and the associated
  string was successfully stored in value. Otherwise, a nonzero value is returned.
@@ -29706,7 +29706,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  comparison function, and also between any call to the comparison function and any
  movement of the objects passed as arguments to that call.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    395) That is, if the value passed is p, then the following expressions are always valid and nonzero:
 
 
    @@ -29717,7 +29717,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
 
 
    K.3.6.3.1 The bsearch_s function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
               #define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
@@ -29735,7 +29735,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    
  If there is a runtime-constraint violation, the bsearch_s function does not search the
  array.
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The bsearch_s function searches an array of nmemb objects, the initial element of
  which is pointed to by base, for an element that matches the object pointed to by key.
@@ -29755,13 +29755,13 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
  
 
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The bsearch_s function returns a pointer to a matching element of the array, or a null
  pointer if no match is found or there is a runtime-constraint violation. If two elements
  compare as equal, which element is matched is unspecified.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    396) In practice, this means that the entire array has been sorted according to the comparison function.
 
 
    397) The context argument is for the use of the comparison function in performing its duties. For
@@ -29769,7 +29769,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
 
 
    K.3.6.3.2 The qsort_s function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
@@ -29785,7 +29785,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  zero, then neither base nor compar shall be a null pointer.
 
    
  If there is a runtime-constraint violation, the qsort_s function does not sort the array.
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The qsort_s function sorts an array of nmemb objects, the initial element of which is
  pointed to by base. The size of each object is specified by size.
@@ -29800,7 +29800,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    
  If two elements compare as equal, their relative order in the resulting sorted array is
  unspecified.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The qsort_s function returns zero if there was no runtime-constraint violation.
  Otherwise, a nonzero value is returned.
@@ -29810,7 +29810,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    398) The context argument is for the use of the comparison function in performing its duties. For
  example, it might specify a collating sequence used by the comparison function.
 
@@ -29826,13 +29826,13 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  encodings have state dependency, and zero otherwise.399) Changing the LC_CTYPE
  category causes the conversion state of these functions to be indeterminate.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    399) If the locale employs special bytes to change the shift state, these bytes do not produce separate wide
  character codes, but are grouped with an adjacent multibyte character.
 
 
 
    K.3.6.4.1 The wctomb_s function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
@@ -29853,7 +29853,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  If there is a runtime-constraint violation, wctomb_s does not modify the int pointed to
  by status, and if s is not a null pointer, no more than smax elements in the array
  pointed to by s will be accessed.
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The wctomb_s function determines n and stores the multibyte character representation
  of wc in the array whose first element is pointed to by s (if s is not a null pointer). The
@@ -29878,7 +29878,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    
  In no case will the int pointed to by status be set to a value greater than the
  MB_CUR_MAX macro.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The wctomb_s function returns zero if successful, and a nonzero value if there was a
  runtime-constraint violation or wc did not correspond to a valid multibyte character.
@@ -29889,7 +29889,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  the current locale.
 
 
    K.3.6.5.1 The mbstowcs_s function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <stdlib.h>
@@ -29909,7 +29909,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  retval is not a null pointer, then mbstowcs_s sets *retval to (size_t)(-1). If
  dst is not a null pointer and dstmax is greater than zero and less than RSIZE_MAX,
  then mbstowcs_s sets dst[0] to the null wide character.
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The mbstowcs_s function converts a sequence of multibyte characters that begins in
  the initial shift state from the array pointed to by src into a sequence of corresponding
@@ -29935,12 +29935,12 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    
  If copying takes place between objects that overlap, the objects take on unspecified
  values.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The mbstowcs_s function returns zero if no runtime-constraint violation and no
  encoding error occurred. Otherwise, a nonzero value is returned.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    400) Thus, the value of len is ignored if dst is a null pointer.
 
 
    401) This allows an implementation to attempt converting the multibyte string before discovering a
@@ -29948,7 +29948,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
 
 
    K.3.6.5.2 The wcstombs_s function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
               #include <stdlib.h>
@@ -29974,7 +29974,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  retval is not a null pointer, then wcstombs_s sets *retval to (size_t)(-1). If
  dst is not a null pointer and dstmax is greater than zero and less than RSIZE_MAX,
  then wcstombs_s sets dst[0] to the null character.
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The wcstombs_s function converts a sequence of wide characters from the array
  pointed to by src into a sequence of corresponding multibyte characters that begins in
@@ -30010,12 +30010,12 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
  
 
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The wcstombs_s function returns zero if no runtime-constraint violation and no
  encoding error occurred. Otherwise, a nonzero value is returned.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    402) If conversion stops because a terminating null wide character has been reached, the bytes stored
  include those necessary to reach the initial shift state immediately before the null byte. However, if
  the conversion stops before a terminating null wide character has been reached, the result will be null
@@ -30042,7 +30042,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    K.3.7.1 Copying functions
    
 
 
    K.3.7.1.1 The memcpy_s function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
@@ -30059,18 +30059,18 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  If there is a runtime-constraint violation, the memcpy_s function stores zeros in the first
  s1max characters of the object pointed to by s1 if s1 is not a null pointer and s1max is
  not greater than RSIZE_MAX.
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The memcpy_s function copies n characters from the object pointed to by s2 into the
  object pointed to by s1.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The memcpy_s function returns zero if there was no runtime-constraint violation.
  Otherwise, a nonzero value is returned.
 
 
 
    K.3.7.1.2 The memmove_s function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
@@ -30086,20 +30086,20 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  If there is a runtime-constraint violation, the memmove_s function stores zeros in the
  first s1max characters of the object pointed to by s1 if s1 is not a null pointer and
  s1max is not greater than RSIZE_MAX.
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The memmove_s function copies n characters from the object pointed to by s2 into the
  object pointed to by s1. This copying takes place as if the n characters from the object
  pointed to by s2 are first copied into a temporary array of n characters that does not
  overlap the objects pointed to by s1 or s2, and then the n characters from the temporary
  array are copied into the object pointed to by s1.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The memmove_s function returns zero if there was no runtime-constraint violation.
  Otherwise, a nonzero value is returned.
 
 
    K.3.7.1.3 The strcpy_s function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
@@ -30118,7 +30118,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  greater than zero and not greater than RSIZE_MAX, then strcpy_s sets s1[0] to the
  null character.
 
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The strcpy_s function copies the string pointed to by s2 (including the terminating
  null character) into the array pointed to by s1.
@@ -30126,12 +30126,12 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  All elements following the terminating null character (if any) written by strcpy_s in
  the array of s1max characters pointed to by s1 take unspecified values when
  strcpy_s returns.404)
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The strcpy_s function returns zero405) if there was no runtime-constraint violation.
  Otherwise, a nonzero value is returned.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    404) This allows an implementation to copy characters from s2 to s1 while simultaneously checking if
  any of those characters are null. Such an approach might write a character to every element of s1
  before discovering that the first element should be set to the null character.
@@ -30141,7 +30141,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
 
 
    K.3.7.1.4 The strncpy_s function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
@@ -30161,7 +30161,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  If there is a runtime-constraint violation, then if s1 is not a null pointer and s1max is
  greater than zero and not greater than RSIZE_MAX, then strncpy_s sets s1[0] to the
  null character.
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The strncpy_s function copies not more than n successive characters (characters that
  follow a null character are not copied) from the array pointed to by s2 to the array
@@ -30174,7 +30174,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  All elements following the terminating null character (if any) written by strncpy_s in
  the array of s1max characters pointed to by s1 take unspecified values when
  strncpy_s returns.406)
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The strncpy_s function returns zero407) if there was no runtime-constraint violation.
  Otherwise, a nonzero value is returned.
@@ -30198,7 +30198,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  The third call will assign to r3 the value zero and to dst3 the sequence good\0.
  
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    406) This allows an implementation to copy characters from s2 to s1 while simultaneously checking if
  any of those characters are null. Such an approach might write a character to every element of s1
  before discovering that the first element should be set to the null character.
@@ -30210,7 +30210,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    K.3.7.2 Concatenation functions
    
 
 
    K.3.7.2.1 The strcat_s function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
@@ -30236,7 +30236,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  If there is a runtime-constraint violation, then if s1 is not a null pointer and s1max is
  greater than zero and not greater than RSIZE_MAX, then strcat_s sets s1[0] to the
  null character.
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The strcat_s function appends a copy of the string pointed to by s2 (including the
  terminating null character) to the end of the string pointed to by s1. The initial character
@@ -30245,12 +30245,12 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  All elements following the terminating null character (if any) written by strcat_s in
  the array of s1max characters pointed to by s1 take unspecified values when
  strcat_s returns.409)
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The strcat_s function returns zero410) if there was no runtime-constraint violation.
  Otherwise, a nonzero value is returned.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    408) Zero means that s1 was not null terminated upon entry to strcat_s.
 
 
    409) This allows an implementation to append characters from s2 to s1 while simultaneously checking if
@@ -30262,7 +30262,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
 
 
    K.3.7.2.2 The strncat_s function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
@@ -30288,7 +30288,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  If there is a runtime-constraint violation, then if s1 is not a null pointer and s1max is
  greater than zero and not greater than RSIZE_MAX, then strncat_s sets s1[0] to the
  null character.
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The strncat_s function appends not more than n successive characters (characters
  that follow a null character are not copied) from the array pointed to by s2 to the end of
@@ -30299,7 +30299,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  All elements following the terminating null character (if any) written by strncat_s in
  the array of s1max characters pointed to by s1 take unspecified values when
  strncat_s returns.412)
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The strncat_s function returns zero413) if there was no runtime-constraint violation.
  Otherwise, a nonzero value is returned.
@@ -30331,7 +30331,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  After the fourth call r4 will have the value zero and s4 will contain the sequence abcdef\0.
  
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    411) Zero means that s1 was not null terminated upon entry to strncat_s.
 
 
    412) This allows an implementation to append characters from s2 to s1 while simultaneously checking if
@@ -30345,7 +30345,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    K.3.7.3 Search functions
    
 
 
    K.3.7.3.1 The strtok_s function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
@@ -30365,7 +30365,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    
  If there is a runtime-constraint violation, the strtok_s function does not indirect
  through the s1 or s2 pointers, and does not store a value in the object pointed to by ptr.
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  A sequence of calls to the strtok_s function breaks the string pointed to by s1 into a
  sequence of tokens, each of which is delimited by a character from the string pointed to
@@ -30398,7 +30398,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  to by ptr so that subsequent calls, with a null pointer for s1 and the unmodified pointer
  value for ptr, shall start searching just past the element overwritten by a null character
  (if any).
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The strtok_s function returns a pointer to the first character of a token, or a null
  pointer if there is no token or there is a runtime-constraint violation.
@@ -30423,7 +30423,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    K.3.7.4 Miscellaneous functions
    
 
 
    K.3.7.4.1 The memset_s function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
@@ -30439,7 +30439,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  greater than RSIZE_MAX, the memset_s function stores the value of c (converted to an
  unsigned char) into each of the first smax characters of the object pointed to by s.
 
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The memset_s function copies the value of c (converted to an unsigned char) into
  each of the first n characters of the object pointed to by s. Unlike memset, any call to
@@ -30447,13 +30447,13 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  machine as described in (5.1.2.3). That is, any call to the memset_s function shall
  assume that the memory indicated by s and n may be accessible in the future and thus
  must contain the values indicated by c.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The memset_s function returns zero if there was no runtime-constraint violation.
  Otherwise, a nonzero value is returned.
 
 
    K.3.7.4.2 The strerror_s function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
@@ -30468,7 +30468,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    
  If there is a runtime-constraint violation, then the array (if any) pointed to by s is not
  modified.
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The strerror_s function maps the number in errnum to a locale-specific message
  string. Typically, the values for errnum come from errno, but strerror_s shall
@@ -30481,7 +30481,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  from the string to the array pointed to by s and then s[maxsize-1] is set to the null
  character. Then, if maxsize is greater than 3, then s[maxsize-2],
  s[maxsize-3], and s[maxsize-4] are set to the character period (.).
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The strerror_s function returns zero if the length of the desired string was less than
  maxsize and there was no runtime-constraint violation. Otherwise, the strerror_s
@@ -30489,34 +30489,34 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
 
 
    K.3.7.4.3 The strerrorlen_s function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
          #include <string.h>
          size_t strerrorlen_s(errno_t errnum);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The strerrorlen_s function calculates the length of the (untruncated) locale-specific
  message string that the strerror_s function maps to errnum.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The strerrorlen_s function returns the number of characters (not including the null
  character) in the full message string.
 
 
    K.3.7.4.4 The strnlen_s function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
          #include <string.h>
          size_t strnlen_s(const char *s, size_t maxsize);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The strnlen_s function computes the length of the string pointed to by s.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  If s is a null pointer,414) then the strnlen_s function returns zero.
 
    
@@ -30530,7 +30530,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    414) Note that the strnlen_s function has no runtime-constraints. This lack of runtime-constraints
  along with the values returned for a null pointer or an unterminated string argument make
  strnlen_s useful in algorithms that gracefully handle such exceptional data.
@@ -30555,7 +30555,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  A broken-down time is normalized if the values of the members of the tm structure are in
  their normal rages.415)
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    415) The normal ranges are defined in 7.26.1.
 
 
@@ -30565,7 +30565,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  pointer to a static object, and other library functions are permitted to call them.
 
 
    K.3.8.2.1 The asctime_s function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
@@ -30584,7 +30584,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  If there is a runtime-constraint violation, there is no attempt to convert the time, and
  s[0] is set to a null character if s is not a null pointer and maxsize is not zero and is
  not greater than RSIZE_MAX.
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The asctime_s function converts the normalized broken-down time in the structure
  pointed to by timeptr into a 26 character (including the null character) string in the
@@ -30621,18 +30621,18 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
  •   The character new line.
 
  •   The null character.
 
-
    Recommended practice
    
+
    Recommended practice
  The strftime function allows more flexible formatting and supports locale-specific
  behavior. If you do not require the exact form of the result string produced by the
  asctime_s function, consider using the strftime function instead.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The asctime_s function returns zero if the time was successfully converted and stored
  into the array pointed to by s. Otherwise, it returns a nonzero value.
 
 
 
    K.3.8.2.2 The ctime_s function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
@@ -30647,24 +30647,24 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    
  If there is a runtime-constraint violation, s[0] is set to a null character if s is not a null
  pointer and maxsize is not equal zero and is not greater than RSIZE_MAX.
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The ctime_s function converts the calendar time pointed to by timer to local time in
  the form of a string. It is equivalent to
 
             asctime_s(s, maxsize, localtime_s(timer))
 
    
-
    Recommended practice
    
+
    Recommended practice
  The strftime function allows more flexible formatting and supports locale-specific
  behavior. If you do not require the exact form of the result string produced by the
  ctime_s function, consider using the strftime function instead.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The ctime_s function returns zero if the time was successfully converted and stored
  into the array pointed to by s. Otherwise, it returns a nonzero value.
 
 
    K.3.8.2.3 The gmtime_s function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
@@ -30677,19 +30677,19 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  Neither timer nor result shall be a null pointer.
 
    
  If there is a runtime-constraint violation, there is no attempt to convert the time.
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The gmtime_s function converts the calendar time pointed to by timer into a broken-
  down time, expressed as UTC. The broken-down time is stored in the structure pointed
 
  to by result.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The gmtime_s function returns result, or a null pointer if the specified time cannot
  be converted to UTC or there is a runtime-constraint violation.
 
 
    K.3.8.2.4 The localtime_s function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
               #define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
@@ -30702,12 +30702,12 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  Neither timer nor result shall be a null pointer.
 
    
  If there is a runtime-constraint violation, there is no attempt to convert the time.
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The localtime_s function converts the calendar time pointed to by timer into a
  broken-down time, expressed as local time. The broken-down time is stored in the
  structure pointed to by result.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The localtime_s function returns result, or a null pointer if the specified time
  cannot be converted to local time or there is a runtime-constraint violation.
@@ -30734,7 +30734,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    K.3.9.1 Formatted wide character input/output functions
    
 
 
    K.3.9.1.1 The fwprintf_s function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
@@ -30752,23 +30752,23 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  If there is a runtime-constraint violation, the fwprintf_s function does not attempt to
  produce further output, and it is unspecified to what extent fwprintf_s produced
  output before discovering the runtime-constraint violation.
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The fwprintf_s function is equivalent to the fwprintf function except for the
  explicit runtime-constraints listed above.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The fwprintf_s function returns the number of wide characters transmitted, or a
  negative value if an output error, encoding error, or runtime-constraint violation occurred.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    416) It is not a runtime-constraint violation for the wide characters %n to appear in sequence in the wide
  string pointed at by format when those wide characters are not a interpreted as a %n specifier. For
  example, if the entire format string was L"%%n".
 
 
 
    K.3.9.1.2 The fwscanf_s function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
@@ -30788,7 +30788,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  If there is a runtime-constraint violation, the fwscanf_s function does not attempt to
  perform further input, and it is unspecified to what extent fwscanf_s performed input
  before discovering the runtime-constraint violation.
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The fwscanf_s function is equivalent to fwscanf except that the c, s, and [
  conversion specifiers apply to a pair of arguments (unless assignment suppression is
@@ -30800,14 +30800,14 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    
  A matching failure occurs if the number of elements in a receiving object is insufficient to
  hold the converted input (including any trailing null character).
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The fwscanf_s function returns the value of the macro EOF if an input failure occurs
  before any conversion or if there is a runtime-constraint violation. Otherwise, the
  fwscanf_s function returns the number of input items assigned, which can be fewer
  than provided for, or even zero, in the event of an early matching failure.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    417) If the format is known at translation time, an implementation may issue a diagnostic for any argument
  used to store the result from a c, s, or [ conversion specifier if that argument is not followed by an
  argument of a type compatible with rsize_t. A limited amount of checking may be done if even if
@@ -30821,7 +30821,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
 
 
    K.3.9.1.3 The snwprintf_s function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
@@ -30843,14 +30843,14 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  If there is a runtime-constraint violation, then if s is not a null pointer and n is greater
  than zero and less than RSIZE_MAX, then the snwprintf_s function sets s[0] to the
  null wide character.
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The snwprintf_s function is equivalent to the swprintf function except for the
  explicit runtime-constraints listed above.
 
    
  The snwprintf_s function, unlike swprintf_s, will truncate the result to fit within
  the array pointed to by s.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The snwprintf_s function returns the number of wide characters that would have
  been written had n been sufficiently large, not counting the terminating wide null
@@ -30858,14 +30858,14 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  terminated output has been completely written if and only if the returned value is
  nonnegative and less than n.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    418) It is not a runtime-constraint violation for the wide characters %n to appear in sequence in the wide
  string pointed at by format when those wide characters are not a interpreted as a %n specifier. For
  example, if the entire format string was L"%%n".
 
 
 
    K.3.9.1.4 The swprintf_s function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
@@ -30888,14 +30888,14 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  If there is a runtime-constraint violation, then if s is not a null pointer and n is greater
  than zero and less than RSIZE_MAX, then the swprintf_s function sets s[0] to the
  null wide character.
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The swprintf_s function is equivalent to the swprintf function except for the
  explicit runtime-constraints listed above.
 
    
  The swprintf_s function, unlike snwprintf_s, treats a result too big for the array
  pointed to by s as a runtime-constraint violation.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  If no runtime-constraint violation occurred, the swprintf_s function returns the
  number of wide characters written in the array, not counting the terminating null wide
@@ -30903,14 +30903,14 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  be written, swprintf_s returns a negative value. If any other runtime-constraint
  violation occurred, swprintf_s returns zero.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    419) It is not a runtime-constraint violation for the wide characters %n to appear in sequence in the wide
  string pointed at by format when those wide characters are not a interpreted as a %n specifier. For
  example, if the entire format string was L"%%n".
 
 
 
    K.3.9.1.5 The swscanf_s function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
@@ -30926,13 +30926,13 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  If there is a runtime-constraint violation, the swscanf_s function does not attempt to
  perform further input, and it is unspecified to what extent swscanf_s performed input
  before discovering the runtime-constraint violation.
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The swscanf_s function is equivalent to fwscanf_s, except that the argument s
  specifies a wide string from which the input is to be obtained, rather than from a stream.
  Reaching the end of the wide string is equivalent to encountering end-of-file for the
  fwscanf_s function.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The swscanf_s function returns the value of the macro EOF if an input failure occurs
  before any conversion or if there is a runtime-constraint violation. Otherwise, the
@@ -30941,7 +30941,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
 
 
    K.3.9.1.6 The vfwprintf_s function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
@@ -30962,23 +30962,23 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  If there is a runtime-constraint violation, the vfwprintf_s function does not attempt
  to produce further output, and it is unspecified to what extent vfwprintf_s produced
  output before discovering the runtime-constraint violation.
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The vfwprintf_s function is equivalent to the vfwprintf function except for the
  explicit runtime-constraints listed above.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The vfwprintf_s function returns the number of wide characters transmitted, or a
  negative value if an output error, encoding error, or runtime-constraint violation occurred.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    420) It is not a runtime-constraint violation for the wide characters %n to appear in sequence in the wide
  string pointed at by format when those wide characters are not a interpreted as a %n specifier. For
  example, if the entire format string was L"%%n".
 
 
 
    K.3.9.1.7 The vfwscanf_s function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
@@ -31000,26 +31000,26 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  If there is a runtime-constraint violation, the vfwscanf_s function does not attempt to
  perform further input, and it is unspecified to what extent vfwscanf_s performed input
  before discovering the runtime-constraint violation.
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The vfwscanf_s function is equivalent to fwscanf_s, with the variable argument
  list replaced by arg, which shall have been initialized by the va_start macro (and
  possibly subsequent va_arg calls). The vfwscanf_s function does not invoke the
  va_end macro.421)
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The vfwscanf_s function returns the value of the macro EOF if an input failure occurs
  before any conversion or if there is a runtime-constraint violation. Otherwise, the
  vfwscanf_s function returns the number of input items assigned, which can be fewer
  than provided for, or even zero, in the event of an early matching failure.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    421) As the functions vfwscanf_s, vwscanf_s, and vswscanf_s invoke the va_arg macro, the
  value of arg after the return is indeterminate.
 
 
 
    K.3.9.1.8 The vsnwprintf_s function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
@@ -31043,14 +31043,14 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  If there is a runtime-constraint violation, then if s is not a null pointer and n is greater
  than zero and less than RSIZE_MAX, then the vsnwprintf_s function sets s[0] to
  the null wide character.
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The vsnwprintf_s function is equivalent to the vswprintf function except for the
  explicit runtime-constraints listed above.
 
    
  The vsnwprintf_s function, unlike vswprintf_s, will truncate the result to fit
  within the array pointed to by s.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The vsnwprintf_s function returns the number of wide characters that would have
  been written had n been sufficiently large, not counting the terminating null character, or
@@ -31058,14 +31058,14 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  output has been completely written if and only if the returned value is nonnegative and
  less than n.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    422) It is not a runtime-constraint violation for the wide characters %n to appear in sequence in the wide
  string pointed at by format when those wide characters are not a interpreted as a %n specifier. For
  example, if the entire format string was L"%%n".
 
 
 
    K.3.9.1.9 The vswprintf_s function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
@@ -31090,14 +31090,14 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  null wide character.
  
 
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The vswprintf_s function is equivalent to the vswprintf function except for the
  explicit runtime-constraints listed above.
 
    
  The vswprintf_s function, unlike vsnwprintf_s, treats a result too big for the
  array pointed to by s as a runtime-constraint violation.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  If no runtime-constraint violation occurred, the vswprintf_s function returns the
  number of wide characters written in the array, not counting the terminating null wide
@@ -31105,14 +31105,14 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  be written, vswprintf_s returns a negative value. If any other runtime-constraint
  violation occurred, vswprintf_s returns zero.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    423) It is not a runtime-constraint violation for the wide characters %n to appear in sequence in the wide
  string pointed at by format when those wide characters are not a interpreted as a %n specifier. For
  example, if the entire format string was L"%%n".
 
 
 
    K.3.9.1.10 The vswscanf_s function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
@@ -31130,7 +31130,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  If there is a runtime-constraint violation, the vswscanf_s function does not attempt to
  perform further input, and it is unspecified to what extent vswscanf_s performed input
  before discovering the runtime-constraint violation.
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The vswscanf_s function is equivalent to swscanf_s, with the variable argument
  list replaced by arg, which shall have been initialized by the va_start macro (and
@@ -31141,20 +31141,20 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
  
 
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The vswscanf_s function returns the value of the macro EOF if an input failure occurs
  before any conversion or if there is a runtime-constraint violation. Otherwise, the
  vswscanf_s function returns the number of input items assigned, which can be fewer
  than provided for, or even zero, in the event of an early matching failure.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    424) As the functions vfwscanf_s, vwscanf_s, and vswscanf_s invoke the va_arg macro, the
  value of arg after the return is indeterminate.
 
 
 
    K.3.9.1.11 The vwprintf_s function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
@@ -31172,11 +31172,11 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  If there is a runtime-constraint violation, the vwprintf_s function does not attempt to
  produce further output, and it is unspecified to what extent vwprintf_s produced
  output before discovering the runtime-constraint violation.
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The vwprintf_s function is equivalent to the vwprintf function except for the
  explicit runtime-constraints listed above.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The vwprintf_s function returns the number of wide characters transmitted, or a
  negative value if an output error, encoding error, or runtime-constraint violation occurred.
@@ -31186,14 +31186,14 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    425) It is not a runtime-constraint violation for the wide characters %n to appear in sequence in the wide
  string pointed at by format when those wide characters are not a interpreted as a %n specifier. For
  example, if the entire format string was L"%%n".
 
 
 
    K.3.9.1.12 The vwscanf_s function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
@@ -31210,26 +31210,26 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  If there is a runtime-constraint violation, the vwscanf_s function does not attempt to
  perform further input, and it is unspecified to what extent vwscanf_s performed input
  before discovering the runtime-constraint violation.
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The vwscanf_s function is equivalent to wscanf_s, with the variable argument list
  replaced by arg, which shall have been initialized by the va_start macro (and
  possibly subsequent va_arg calls). The vwscanf_s function does not invoke the
  va_end macro.426)
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The vwscanf_s function returns the value of the macro EOF if an input failure occurs
  before any conversion or if there is a runtime-constraint violation. Otherwise, the
  vwscanf_s function returns the number of input items assigned, which can be fewer
  than provided for, or even zero, in the event of an early matching failure.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    426) As the functions vfwscanf_s, vwscanf_s, and vswscanf_s invoke the va_arg macro, the
  value of arg after the return is indeterminate.
 
 
 
    K.3.9.1.13 The wprintf_s function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
@@ -31247,23 +31247,23 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  If there is a runtime-constraint violation, the wprintf_s function does not attempt to
  produce further output, and it is unspecified to what extent wprintf_s produced output
  before discovering the runtime-constraint violation.
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The wprintf_s function is equivalent to the wprintf function except for the explicit
  runtime-constraints listed above.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The wprintf_s function returns the number of wide characters transmitted, or a
  negative value if an output error, encoding error, or runtime-constraint violation occurred.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    427) It is not a runtime-constraint violation for the wide characters %n to appear in sequence in the wide
  string pointed at by format when those wide characters are not a interpreted as a %n specifier. For
  example, if the entire format string was L"%%n".
 
 
 
    K.3.9.1.14 The wscanf_s function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
@@ -31278,11 +31278,11 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  If there is a runtime-constraint violation, the wscanf_s function does not attempt to
  perform further input, and it is unspecified to what extent wscanf_s performed input
  before discovering the runtime-constraint violation.
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The wscanf_s function is equivalent to fwscanf_s with the argument stdin
  interposed before the arguments to wscanf_s.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The wscanf_s function returns the value of the macro EOF if an input failure occurs
  before any conversion or if there is a runtime-constraint violation. Otherwise, the
@@ -31295,7 +31295,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    K.3.9.2.1 Wide string copying functions
    
 
 
    K.3.9.2.1.1 The wcscpy_s function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
@@ -31313,7 +31313,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  If there is a runtime-constraint violation, then if s1 is not a null pointer and s1max is
  greater than zero and not greater than RSIZE_MAX, then wcscpy_s sets s1[0] to the
  null wide character.
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The wcscpy_s function copies the wide string pointed to by s2 (including the
  terminating null wide character) into the array pointed to by s1.
@@ -31321,7 +31321,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  All elements following the terminating null wide character (if any) written by
  wcscpy_s in the array of s1max wide characters pointed to by s1 take unspecified
  values when wcscpy_s returns.428)
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The wcscpy_s function returns zero429) if there was no runtime-constraint violation.
  Otherwise, a nonzero value is returned.
@@ -31331,7 +31331,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    428) This allows an implementation to copy wide characters from s2 to s1 while simultaneously checking
  if any of those wide characters are null. Such an approach might write a wide character to every
  element of s1 before discovering that the first element should be set to the null wide character.
@@ -31341,7 +31341,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
 
 
    K.3.9.2.1.2 The wcsncpy_s function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
@@ -31361,7 +31361,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  If there is a runtime-constraint violation, then if s1 is not a null pointer and s1max is
  greater than zero and not greater than RSIZE_MAX, then wcsncpy_s sets s1[0] to the
  null wide character.
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The wcsncpy_s function copies not more than n successive wide characters (wide
  characters that follow a null wide character are not copied) from the array pointed to by
@@ -31371,7 +31371,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  All elements following the terminating null wide character (if any) written by
  wcsncpy_s in the array of s1max wide characters pointed to by s1 take unspecified
  values when wcsncpy_s returns.430)
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The wcsncpy_s function returns zero431) if there was no runtime-constraint violation.
  Otherwise, a nonzero value is returned.
@@ -31401,7 +31401,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  The third call will assign to r3 the value zero and to dst3 the sequence of wide characters good\0.
  
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    430) This allows an implementation to copy wide characters from s2 to s1 while simultaneously checking
  if any of those wide characters are null. Such an approach might write a wide character to every
  element of s1 before discovering that the first element should be set to the null wide character.
@@ -31411,7 +31411,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
 
 
    K.3.9.2.1.3 The wmemcpy_s function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
@@ -31430,18 +31430,18 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  If there is a runtime-constraint violation, the wmemcpy_s function stores zeros in the
  first s1max wide characters of the object pointed to by s1 if s1 is not a null pointer and
  s1max is not greater than RSIZE_MAX.
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The wmemcpy_s function copies n successive wide characters from the object pointed
  to by s2 into the object pointed to by s1.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The wmemcpy_s function returns zero if there was no runtime-constraint violation.
  Otherwise, a nonzero value is returned.
 
 
 
    K.3.9.2.1.4 The wmemmove_s function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
@@ -31457,14 +31457,14 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  If there is a runtime-constraint violation, the wmemmove_s function stores zeros in the
  first s1max wide characters of the object pointed to by s1 if s1 is not a null pointer and
  s1max is not greater than RSIZE_MAX.
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The wmemmove_s function copies n successive wide characters from the object pointed
  to by s2 into the object pointed to by s1. This copying takes place as if the n wide
  characters from the object pointed to by s2 are first copied into a temporary array of n
  wide characters that does not overlap the objects pointed to by s1 or s2, and then the n
  wide characters from the temporary array are copied into the object pointed to by s1.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The wmemmove_s function returns zero if there was no runtime-constraint violation.
  Otherwise, a nonzero value is returned.
@@ -31472,7 +31472,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    K.3.9.2.2 Wide string concatenation functions
    
 
 
    K.3.9.2.2.1 The wcscat_s function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
@@ -31494,7 +31494,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  If there is a runtime-constraint violation, then if s1 is not a null pointer and s1max is
  greater than zero and not greater than RSIZE_MAX, then wcscat_s sets s1[0] to the
  null wide character.
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The wcscat_s function appends a copy of the wide string pointed to by s2 (including
  the terminating null wide character) to the end of the wide string pointed to by s1. The
@@ -31503,12 +31503,12 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  All elements following the terminating null wide character (if any) written by
  wcscat_s in the array of s1max wide characters pointed to by s1 take unspecified
  values when wcscat_s returns.433)
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The wcscat_s function returns zero434) if there was no runtime-constraint violation.
  Otherwise, a nonzero value is returned.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    432) Zero means that s1 was not null terminated upon entry to wcscat_s.
 
 
    433) This allows an implementation to append wide characters from s2 to s1 while simultaneously
@@ -31520,7 +31520,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
 
 
    K.3.9.2.2.2 The wcsncat_s function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
               #define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
@@ -31546,7 +31546,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  If there is a runtime-constraint violation, then if s1 is not a null pointer and s1max is
  greater than zero and not greater than RSIZE_MAX, then wcsncat_s sets s1[0] to the
  null wide character.
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The wcsncat_s function appends not more than n successive wide characters (wide
  characters that follow a null wide character are not copied) from the array pointed to by
@@ -31557,7 +31557,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  All elements following the terminating null wide character (if any) written by
  wcsncat_s in the array of s1max wide characters pointed to by s1 take unspecified
  values when wcsncat_s returns.436)
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The wcsncat_s function returns zero437) if there was no runtime-constraint violation.
  Otherwise, a nonzero value is returned.
@@ -31590,7 +31590,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    435) Zero means that s1 was not null terminated upon entry to wcsncat_s.
 
 
    436) This allows an implementation to append wide characters from s2 to s1 while simultaneously
@@ -31604,7 +31604,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    K.3.9.2.3 Wide string search functions
    
 
 
    K.3.9.2.3.1 The wcstok_s function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
@@ -31624,7 +31624,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    
  If there is a runtime-constraint violation, the wcstok_s function does not indirect
  through the s1 or s2 pointers, and does not store a value in the object pointed to by ptr.
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  A sequence of calls to the wcstok_s function breaks the wide string pointed to by s1
  into a sequence of tokens, each of which is delimited by a wide character from the wide
@@ -31658,7 +31658,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  to by ptr so that subsequent calls, with a null pointer for s1 and the unmodified pointer
  value for ptr, shall start searching just past the element overwritten by a null wide
  character (if any).
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The wcstok_s function returns a pointer to the first wide character of a token, or a null
  pointer if there is no token or there is a runtime-constraint violation.
@@ -31683,17 +31683,17 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    K.3.9.2.4 Miscellaneous functions
    
 
 
    K.3.9.2.4.1 The wcsnlen_s function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #define __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ 1
         #include <wchar.h>
         size_t wcsnlen_s(const wchar_t *s, size_t maxsize);
 
    
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The wcsnlen_s function computes the length of the wide string pointed to by s.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  If s is a null pointer,438) then the wcsnlen_s function returns zero.
 
    
@@ -31703,7 +31703,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
  maxsize wide characters of s shall be accessed by wcsnlen_s.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    438) Note that the wcsnlen_s function has no runtime-constraints. This lack of runtime-constraints
  along with the values returned for a null pointer or an unterminated wide string argument make
  wcsnlen_s useful in algorithms that gracefully handle such exceptional data.
@@ -31717,7 +31717,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  conversion state) to be a null pointer.
 
 
    K.3.9.3.1.1 The wcrtomb_s function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
              #include <wchar.h>
@@ -31736,7 +31736,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  not a null pointer and smax is greater than zero and not greater than RSIZE_MAX, then
  wcrtomb_s sets s[0] to the null character. If retval is not a null pointer, then
  wcrtomb_s sets *retval to (size_t)(-1).
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  If s is a null pointer, the wcrtomb_s function is equivalent to the call
 
    @@ -31760,7 +31760,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  conversion state is unspecified. Otherwise, the wcrtomb_s function stores into
  *retval the number of bytes (including any shift sequences) stored in the array pointed
  to by s.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The wcrtomb_s function returns zero if no runtime-constraint violation and no
  encoding error occurred. Otherwise, a nonzero value is returned.
@@ -31771,7 +31771,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  permit the ps parameter (the pointer to the conversion state) to be a null pointer.
 
 
    K.3.9.3.2.1 The mbsrtowcs_s function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
             #include <wchar.h>
@@ -31793,7 +31793,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  retval is not a null pointer, then mbsrtowcs_s sets *retval to (size_t)(-1).
  If dst is not a null pointer and dstmax is greater than zero and less than RSIZE_MAX,
  then mbsrtowcs_s sets dst[0] to the null wide character.
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The mbsrtowcs_s function converts a sequence of multibyte characters that begins in
  the conversion state described by the object pointed to by ps, from the array indirectly
@@ -31827,12 +31827,12 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    
  If copying takes place between objects that overlap, the objects take on unspecified
  values.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The mbsrtowcs_s function returns zero if no runtime-constraint violation and no
  encoding error occurred. Otherwise, a nonzero value is returned.
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    439) Thus, the value of len is ignored if dst is a null pointer.
 
 
    440) This allows an implementation to attempt converting the multibyte string before discovering a
@@ -31840,7 +31840,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
 
 
    K.3.9.3.2.2 The wcsrtombs_s function
    
-
    Synopsis
    
+
    Synopsis
 
    
 
               #include <wchar.h>
@@ -31867,7 +31867,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  retval is not a null pointer, then wcsrtombs_s sets *retval to (size_t)(-1).
  If dst is not a null pointer and dstmax is greater than zero and less than RSIZE_MAX,
  then wcsrtombs_s sets dst[0] to the null character.
-
    Description
    
+
    Description
 
    
  The wcsrtombs_s function converts a sequence of wide characters from the array
  indirectly pointed to by src into a sequence of corresponding multibyte characters that
@@ -31910,7 +31910,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
 
    
  If copying takes place between objects that overlap, the objects take on unspecified
  values.
-
    Returns
    
+
    Returns
 
    
  The wcsrtombs_s function returns zero if no runtime-constraint violation and no
  encoding error occurred. Otherwise, a nonzero value is returned.
@@ -31920,7 +31920,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  
 
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    441) If conversion stops because a terminating null wide character has been reached, the bytes stored
  include those necessary to reach the initial shift state immediately before the null byte. However, if
  the conversion stops before a terminating null wide character has been reached, the result will be null
@@ -31943,7 +31943,7 @@ margin: deleted text is marked with ''*'', new or changed text with '' ''.
  An implementation that defines __STDC_ANALYZABLE__ shall conform to the
  specifications in this annex.443)
 
-
    footnotes
    
+
    Footnotes
 
    443) Implementations that do not define __STDC_ANALYZABLE__ are not required to conform to these
  specifications.